Let's chat? - Online

Looking for something else?

Someone needs credit?

The Tune Talk App allows you to easily transfer your prepaid credit to your family and friends in just a few steps!

Credit Validity

1 Day

Credit Validity

3 Days

Credit Validity

3 Days

You can also transfer via

USSD Code

An SMS confirmation will be sent and RM0.50 will be deducted from both sender and receiver.

Get your brand new SIM from

Psst... Get your brand new SIM from

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

  • Account
  • 1-year Validity
  • Account Management
  • Mobile Number Portability
  • 4G SIM Upgrade
  • Sales & Service Tax (SST)
  • Tune Talk
  • Change Mobile Numbers
  • Traveller
  • Traveller SIM
  • Data Internet
  • Traveller eSIM
  • Data Roaming
  • Malaysia Traveller SIM
  • Malaysia Traveller SIM - KR
  • Free Basic Internet (FBI)
  • Apps
  • Friends & Family
  • Self Care
  • Get New SIM
  • Credit Transfer
  • Airtime Credit Transfer (International)
  • Network
  • Lifestyle & Entertainment
  • Tune Talk Hi-Value Pack (TTHV)
  • Santai Content
  • Troubleshooting
  • Interactive Voice Response (IVR)
  • International Direct Dialing (IDD)
  • Device Plans
  • Prepaid Plan
  • Google Play Store Direct Carrier Billing
  • Tune Talk CUN VALUE Pack (TTCVP)
  • Personal Accident Insurance
  • Rates
  • Rewards
  • Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP)
  • Roaming & IDD
  • Pek Jimat
  • TT Jimat Prepaid Plans & Pack
  • Upgrade to TT Jimat Prepaid Pack
  • Self Registration
  • Services
  • Value Incredible Plan (VIP)
  • Pek Borneo
  • Short Message Service (SMS)
  • Pek Epik
  • SIM
  • SIM Card & eSIM
  • TT Epik+ Prepaid Plans & Pack
  • Upgrade to TT Epik Prepaid Pack
  • Switch to Tune Talk
  • Prepaid Services
  • Top Up
  • Tune Talk Points Conversion
  • Tune Talk eSIM Info
  • Tune Talk Goodies
  • Upgrade to Tune Talk Hi-Value Prepaid Pack (“TTHV”) for FREE!
  • Jomenjoy Deals
  • Corporate
  • Jendela
  • Japan SIM
  • Codeshop Service
  • e-Invoice
  • General
  • Partner
  • Self Care
  • Tune Talk Shop
  • Web
  • Go For Gold Campaign
  • Pek Epik Affiliate
  • TT Epik+ Prepaid Plans & Pack
  • Upgrade to TT Epik Prepaid Pack
I do not have enough Tune Talk balance to do change mobile number. Can I pay using other payment method?

No. Charges for change mobile number will be deducted only from your own Tune Talk prepaid credit balance. In the case of insufficient balance, your mobile change request will not be processed.

How do I know if my mobile number change request was successful?

After completing change mobile number request, subscriber can launch TT Selfcare App to check their number reflecting correctly in the App.

How can I change my mobile number?

Changing of mobile phone number can be done through the Self Care Portal or Tune Talk Selfcare App.

When will service tax be implemented?

Service Tax 6% will be implemented nation-wide from 1st Sept 2018 onwards; SST is introduced to replace the current GST.

How if I am unable to log in to Self-Care and having issues with the Self-Care account?

You may contact our Careline at 13100 and 03-27717000.

Is roaming service subjected to service tax?

Yes. Roaming services provided by Malaysian telco (Telco) to its subscribers, whether the roaming services is provided in Malaysia or outside Malaysia is subject to service tax

Are telecommunication services between special areas (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax?

Yes. Telecommunication services between special area (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax.

When I register a new Prepaid SIM Pack, will I be charged for service tax and how much will it be?

Purchase of prepaid SIM card is already inclusive of service tax, you will not be further charged when you register a new prepaid number, as there is no registration fee.

Will I be charged for usage on calls, SMS and data?

No, Service Tax 6 % is charged upon the purchase of reload, No further service charges is applied

How do I check my account balance?

Here are some of the ways to check your account balance:

Call IVR : by dialing 13101 and then follow these steps:
First, select your preferred language
Select option 1 for Account Info
Select option 1 for Balance and Validity
You may press 1 to repeat the balance & validity read-out
USSD Menu : Dial *133# and press Send.
Login to Self Care account. Then follow these steps:
Choose Mobile Number
Click My Profile

Can I get a billing summary?

Yes you can. You can view a summary of your usage in the last 90 days with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History option.

Can I track my monthly minutes?

Yes you can. You can view your minute-by-minute usage in the past month with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History tab.

Does my account balance have an expiry?

Yes, it varies based on every top-up as per table below:

Top Up Validity
RM5 5 days
RM10 10 days
RM20 20 days
RM15 20 days
RM30 30 days
RM50 50 days
RM100 100 days

After that, your balance will still be valid but you will enter a Grace Period of 45 days. You will not be able to make calls, SMS or use any data you may have until you top up again.

Failing to top up within Grace Period will cause your number to be disconnected. Tune Talk reserves the right to charge up to RM1,000 (by billing, top-ups or service subscriptions in kind) for reactivation or ownership transfer requests. All such requests will be considered on a case-to-case basis and subject to Tune Talk’s policies. When you top up, your previous balance will be added onto the latest top up and all credit will be usable within the new expiry period.

You can always check your validity and SIM expiry by calling *133#.

Where can I get the latest Tune Talk updates?

You can visit www.tunetalk.com for more info. We’ll also send you messages from time to time about great deals and offers from our partners!

Why choose Tune Talk?

Because we know you‘ll love:

  • Lower voice call and SMS rates
  • A fun, simple and easy-to-use prepaid service
  • Exciting deals from our partners nationwide like Tune Protect, Dunkin Donuts and many more.
Are there add-ons to my Tune Talk prepaid account?

Yes there are! You’ll get these Value Added Services:

  • Miscall notification
I would like to lodge a dispute, how do I go about it?

If you have a dispute, you can send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com or contact us via Live Chat for further assistance.

What is the imposition and scope of tax?

Effective from 1 September 2018, under Group I, Item 2(a), First Schedule of the Service Tax Regulations 2018, the provision of:

  • Telecommunication services; and
  • Other services in connection with telecommunication services, excluding provisions of services to another provider of telecommunication services in Malaysia or outside Malaysia are subject to service tax.
What’s mobile number portability (MNP)?

MNP allows you to change network service providers without losing your number. That means you can keep your mobile number even if you switch services. For more information, check out this SKMM article!

I registered a new SIM and I don’t like the number. Can I change my number immediately?

For new registration, you are entitled to one FREE change mobile number request as long as it is within 48 hours of registration. After the 48 hours window, any change mobile number request will be charged.

How much do I need to pay to change my mobile number?

There is a charge of RM35.00 each time a mobile number is changed.

What is change mobile number (Change MSISDN)?

Change mobile number is a feature offered by Tune Talk to allow Tune Talk Subscribers to choose a preferable number as their primary hotline.

What is the mechanism of SST implementation for Prepaid Telecommunication Services beginning 1st June 2018?

All provision of telecommunication services by telco provider are subjected to Service Tax. Examples are IDD call, telex, video conference, roaming, fax, VoIP, lease line, MVNO, bandwidth service, billing and collection services, maintenance of facilities, installation, etc.

How can I check my invoice?

Tune Talk will issue a valid invoice for all subscriber account and can be downloaded from the Tune Talk Self-care portal, visit https://selfcare.tunetalk.com/selfcare/login.do.

Will there be service tax charges for BIG Points Redemption and Purchase Of Merchandise from Tune Talk online shop?

Yes, all charges and pricing stated in Tune Talk Online Shop is inclusive of SST.

How much will Tune Talk SIM Pack cost after service tax implementation?

Tune Talk SIM Pack cost are RM 5 with airtime of RM 2 and Starter pack at RM 8 with airtime of RM4. (Both prices are inclusive of SST)

Will there be any service tax charges for the content services and Local Airtime Transfer?

No, Service Tax 6% is charged upon the purchase of reload, therefore content services and Local Airtime Transfer is not applicable for SST

Sales & Service Tax (SST) Terms and Condition
  1. In accordance to the instruction from the Ministry of Finance based on Section 34(3)(a), Service Tax Act, 2018, as of 6th September 2018, the SST (Sales and Service Tax) will not be charged on the mobile prepaid service for Malaysian citizens.
  2. Non-Malaysians purchasing the mobile prepaid service will be subject to the 6% SST charge.
What Prepaid Tariff Plans are being offered by Tune Talk?

Tune Talk offers great value prepaid mobile internet plans and peace of mind for your connectivity needs. Check out our latest plans here.

How much is a Tune Talk SIM pack?

Get our SIM Pack at the price of RM5 each.

How do I get a new SIM pack?

Random number
Drop by any Tune Talk Prepaid dealer and buy it off the shelves.

If you wanna choose your own number, follow these steps:

  • Log on to www.tunetalk.com
  • Click on Register. Complete the form (no false details now!)
  • Choose your preferred number and print your receipt
  • Visit your nearest Tune Talk dealer, show him your receipt, and buy a Tune Talk SIM pack with your chosen number
My credit/debit card transaction failed. What can I do?

You are first advised to retry after a few minutes. If the transactions continue to fail, there is a possibility that the transaction was declined due to your bank’s measures to protect potentially fraudulant transactions and you are thus advised to check with your bank.

What is Tune Talk?

Tune Talk is a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MNVO) offering ‘no-frills’ mobile prepaid services with the lowest calling rates around.

Does Tune Talk offer postpaid services?

Nope, we’re prepaid all the way.

I’ve got my Tune Talk SIM card. Now what?

Pop the SIM into your phone, go through the simple steps and you’re activated.

Who shall I report for any irregularities?

Any irregularities shall be forwarded to the eAduan of Ministry of Domestic Trade, Co-operatives and Consumerism (KPDNKK) https://eaduan.kpdnkk.gov.my or email to e-aduan@kpdnkk.gov.my

Hotline : 1800-886-800 | Tel : 03-8000 8000 | Faks : +603-8882 5983 Kementerian Perdagangan Dalam Negeri, Koperasi dan Kepenggunaan No 13, Persiaran Perdana, Presint 2, 62623 Putrajaya, Malaysia

For more information please refer to here.

What is service tax?

Service tax is a tax charged on any provision of taxable services; made in the course or furtherance of any business; by a taxable person; and in Malaysia. Service tax is not charged on imported nor exported services.

I do not have enough Tune Talk balance to do change mobile number. Can I pay using other payment method?

No. Charges for change mobile number will be deducted only from your own Tune Talk prepaid credit balance. In the case of insufficient balance, your mobile change request will not be processed.

I registered a new SIM and I don’t like the number. Can I change my number immediately?

For new registration, you are entitled to one FREE change mobile number request as long as it is within 48 hours of registration. After the 48 hours window, any change mobile number request will be charged.

How do I know if my mobile number change request was successful?

After completing change mobile number request, subscriber can launch TT Selfcare App to check their number reflecting correctly in the App.

How much do I need to pay to change my mobile number?

There is a charge of RM35.00 each time a mobile number is changed.

How can I change my mobile number?

Changing of mobile phone number can be done through the Self Care Portal or Tune Talk Selfcare App.

What is change mobile number (Change MSISDN)?

Change mobile number is a feature offered by Tune Talk to allow Tune Talk Subscribers to choose a preferable number as their primary hotline.

When will service tax be implemented?

Service Tax 6% will be implemented nation-wide from 1st Sept 2018 onwards; SST is introduced to replace the current GST.

What is the mechanism of SST implementation for Prepaid Telecommunication Services beginning 1st June 2018?

All provision of telecommunication services by telco provider are subjected to Service Tax. Examples are IDD call, telex, video conference, roaming, fax, VoIP, lease line, MVNO, bandwidth service, billing and collection services, maintenance of facilities, installation, etc.

How if I am unable to log in to Self-Care and having issues with the Self-Care account?

You may contact our Careline at 13100 and 03-27717000.

How can I check my invoice?

Tune Talk will issue a valid invoice for all subscriber account and can be downloaded from the Tune Talk Self-care portal, visit https://selfcare.tunetalk.com/selfcare/login.do.

Is roaming service subjected to service tax?

Yes. Roaming services provided by Malaysian telco (Telco) to its subscribers, whether the roaming services is provided in Malaysia or outside Malaysia is subject to service tax

Will there be service tax charges for BIG Points Redemption and Purchase Of Merchandise from Tune Talk online shop?

Yes, all charges and pricing stated in Tune Talk Online Shop is inclusive of SST.

Are telecommunication services between special areas (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax?

Yes. Telecommunication services between special area (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax.

How much will Tune Talk SIM Pack cost after service tax implementation?

Tune Talk SIM Pack cost are RM 5 with airtime of RM 2 and Starter pack at RM 8 with airtime of RM4. (Both prices are inclusive of SST)

When I register a new Prepaid SIM Pack, will I be charged for service tax and how much will it be?

Purchase of prepaid SIM card is already inclusive of service tax, you will not be further charged when you register a new prepaid number, as there is no registration fee.

Will there be any service tax charges for the content services and Local Airtime Transfer?

No, Service Tax 6% is charged upon the purchase of reload, therefore content services and Local Airtime Transfer is not applicable for SST

Will I be charged for usage on calls, SMS and data?

No, Service Tax 6 % is charged upon the purchase of reload, No further service charges is applied

Sales & Service Tax (SST) Terms and Condition
  1. In accordance to the instruction from the Ministry of Finance based on Section 34(3)(a), Service Tax Act, 2018, as of 6th September 2018, the SST (Sales and Service Tax) will not be charged on the mobile prepaid service for Malaysian citizens.
  2. Non-Malaysians purchasing the mobile prepaid service will be subject to the 6% SST charge.
How do I check my account balance?

Here are some of the ways to check your account balance:

Call IVR : by dialing 13101 and then follow these steps:
First, select your preferred language
Select option 1 for Account Info
Select option 1 for Balance and Validity
You may press 1 to repeat the balance & validity read-out
USSD Menu : Dial *133# and press Send.
Login to Self Care account. Then follow these steps:
Choose Mobile Number
Click My Profile

What Prepaid Tariff Plans are being offered by Tune Talk?

Tune Talk offers great value prepaid mobile internet plans and peace of mind for your connectivity needs. Check out our latest plans here.

Can I get a billing summary?

Yes you can. You can view a summary of your usage in the last 90 days with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History option.

How much is a Tune Talk SIM pack?

Get our SIM Pack at the price of RM5 each.

Can I track my monthly minutes?

Yes you can. You can view your minute-by-minute usage in the past month with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History tab.

How do I get a new SIM pack?

Random number
Drop by any Tune Talk Prepaid dealer and buy it off the shelves.

If you wanna choose your own number, follow these steps:

  • Log on to www.tunetalk.com
  • Click on Register. Complete the form (no false details now!)
  • Choose your preferred number and print your receipt
  • Visit your nearest Tune Talk dealer, show him your receipt, and buy a Tune Talk SIM pack with your chosen number
Does my account balance have an expiry?

Yes, it varies based on every top-up as per table below:

Top Up Validity
RM5 5 days
RM10 10 days
RM20 20 days
RM15 20 days
RM30 30 days
RM50 50 days
RM100 100 days

After that, your balance will still be valid but you will enter a Grace Period of 45 days. You will not be able to make calls, SMS or use any data you may have until you top up again.

Failing to top up within Grace Period will cause your number to be disconnected. Tune Talk reserves the right to charge up to RM1,000 (by billing, top-ups or service subscriptions in kind) for reactivation or ownership transfer requests. All such requests will be considered on a case-to-case basis and subject to Tune Talk’s policies. When you top up, your previous balance will be added onto the latest top up and all credit will be usable within the new expiry period.

You can always check your validity and SIM expiry by calling *133#.

My credit/debit card transaction failed. What can I do?

You are first advised to retry after a few minutes. If the transactions continue to fail, there is a possibility that the transaction was declined due to your bank’s measures to protect potentially fraudulant transactions and you are thus advised to check with your bank.

Where can I get the latest Tune Talk updates?

You can visit www.tunetalk.com for more info. We’ll also send you messages from time to time about great deals and offers from our partners!

What is Tune Talk?

Tune Talk is a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MNVO) offering ‘no-frills’ mobile prepaid services with the lowest calling rates around.

Why choose Tune Talk?

Because we know you‘ll love:

  • Lower voice call and SMS rates
  • A fun, simple and easy-to-use prepaid service
  • Exciting deals from our partners nationwide like Tune Protect, Dunkin Donuts and many more.
Does Tune Talk offer postpaid services?

Nope, we’re prepaid all the way.

Are there add-ons to my Tune Talk prepaid account?

Yes there are! You’ll get these Value Added Services:

  • Miscall notification
I’ve got my Tune Talk SIM card. Now what?

Pop the SIM into your phone, go through the simple steps and you’re activated.

I would like to lodge a dispute, how do I go about it?

If you have a dispute, you can send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com or contact us via Live Chat for further assistance.

Who shall I report for any irregularities?

Any irregularities shall be forwarded to the eAduan of Ministry of Domestic Trade, Co-operatives and Consumerism (KPDNKK) https://eaduan.kpdnkk.gov.my or email to e-aduan@kpdnkk.gov.my

Hotline : 1800-886-800 | Tel : 03-8000 8000 | Faks : +603-8882 5983 Kementerian Perdagangan Dalam Negeri, Koperasi dan Kepenggunaan No 13, Persiaran Perdana, Presint 2, 62623 Putrajaya, Malaysia

For more information please refer to here.

What is the imposition and scope of tax?

Effective from 1 September 2018, under Group I, Item 2(a), First Schedule of the Service Tax Regulations 2018, the provision of:

  • Telecommunication services; and
  • Other services in connection with telecommunication services, excluding provisions of services to another provider of telecommunication services in Malaysia or outside Malaysia are subject to service tax.
What is service tax?

Service tax is a tax charged on any provision of taxable services; made in the course or furtherance of any business; by a taxable person; and in Malaysia. Service tax is not charged on imported nor exported services.

What’s mobile number portability (MNP)?

MNP allows you to change network service providers without losing your number. That means you can keep your mobile number even if you switch services. For more information, check out this SKMM article!

How do I extend my credit validity?

You can extend your credit validity via the Tune Talk App  OR SMS EXT to 2222.

One year is equivalent to how many days?

365 days.

If I top-up RM50 and subscribe to this service, will my total validity be 50 days + 365 days?

No, your total validity will be 365 days from the day of subscripton. Validity will follow whichever is the longest.

Will my extended validity be automatically renewed every year?

No, you will need to re-subscribe annually 14 days before expired.

Can I cancel my subscription?

No, once subscribed, you will need to wait until reaching end of the validity period.

What is the cost to extend my credit validity for one year?
  • RM28 (No Basic Internet) – TuneTalk BUDDIES only
  • Rm 35 (No Basic Internet) – Tune Talk Pek Jimat, Tune Talk Hi-Value, Tune Talk Cun Value, and Tune Talk Value Prepaid
  • RM100 (Comes with 10GB Monthly Basic Internet) – Tune Talk HI-VALUE, Tune Talk CUN VALUE & Tune Talk VALUE only
When will the extended validity start?

The extended validity starts on the very day you receive the confirmation message upon subscription.

What if I subscribe more than once?

You won’t be able to subscribe more than one time in a year.

How would I know if my subscription is successful?

You will receive an SMS notification upon subscription.

What happens to my current 1 Year Validity if I switch to Pek Jimat? Will it be forfeited?

No, your 1 Year Validity will not be forfeited if you decide to switch to Tune Talk Pek Jimat.

How do I extend my credit validity?

You can extend your credit validity via the Tune Talk App  OR SMS EXT to 2222.

What is the cost to extend my credit validity for one year?
  • RM28 (No Basic Internet) – TuneTalk BUDDIES only
  • Rm 35 (No Basic Internet) – Tune Talk Pek Jimat, Tune Talk Hi-Value, Tune Talk Cun Value, and Tune Talk Value Prepaid
  • RM100 (Comes with 10GB Monthly Basic Internet) – Tune Talk HI-VALUE, Tune Talk CUN VALUE & Tune Talk VALUE only
One year is equivalent to how many days?

365 days.

When will the extended validity start?

The extended validity starts on the very day you receive the confirmation message upon subscription.

If I top-up RM50 and subscribe to this service, will my total validity be 50 days + 365 days?

No, your total validity will be 365 days from the day of subscripton. Validity will follow whichever is the longest.

What if I subscribe more than once?

You won’t be able to subscribe more than one time in a year.

Will my extended validity be automatically renewed every year?

No, you will need to re-subscribe annually 14 days before expired.

How would I know if my subscription is successful?

You will receive an SMS notification upon subscription.

Can I cancel my subscription?

No, once subscribed, you will need to wait until reaching end of the validity period.

What happens to my current 1 Year Validity if I switch to Pek Jimat? Will it be forfeited?

No, your 1 Year Validity will not be forfeited if you decide to switch to Tune Talk Pek Jimat.

How do I check my account balance?

Here are some of the ways to check your account balance:

Call IVR : by dialing 13101 and then follow these steps:
First, select your preferred language
Select option 1 for Account Info
Select option 1 for Balance and Validity
You may press 1 to repeat the balance & validity read-out
USSD Menu : Dial *133# and press Send.
Login to Self Care account. Then follow these steps:
Choose Mobile Number
Click My Profile

Can I track my monthly minutes?

Yes you can. You can view your minute-by-minute usage in the past month with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History tab.

My credit/debit card transaction failed. What can I do?

You are first advised to retry after a few minutes. If the transactions continue to fail, there is a possibility that the transaction was declined due to your bank’s measures to protect potentially fraudulant transactions and you are thus advised to check with your bank.

Can I get a billing summary?

Yes you can. You can view a summary of your usage in the last 90 days with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History option.

Does my account balance have an expiry?

Yes, it varies based on every top-up as per table below:

Top Up Validity
RM5 5 days
RM10 10 days
RM20 20 days
RM15 20 days
RM30 30 days
RM50 50 days
RM100 100 days

After that, your balance will still be valid but you will enter a Grace Period of 45 days. You will not be able to make calls, SMS or use any data you may have until you top up again.

Failing to top up within Grace Period will cause your number to be disconnected. Tune Talk reserves the right to charge up to RM1,000 (by billing, top-ups or service subscriptions in kind) for reactivation or ownership transfer requests. All such requests will be considered on a case-to-case basis and subject to Tune Talk’s policies. When you top up, your previous balance will be added onto the latest top up and all credit will be usable within the new expiry period.

You can always check your validity and SIM expiry by calling *133#.

How do I check my account balance?

Here are some of the ways to check your account balance:

Call IVR : by dialing 13101 and then follow these steps:
First, select your preferred language
Select option 1 for Account Info
Select option 1 for Balance and Validity
You may press 1 to repeat the balance & validity read-out
USSD Menu : Dial *133# and press Send.
Login to Self Care account. Then follow these steps:
Choose Mobile Number
Click My Profile

Can I get a billing summary?

Yes you can. You can view a summary of your usage in the last 90 days with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History option.

Can I track my monthly minutes?

Yes you can. You can view your minute-by-minute usage in the past month with your Self Care account. Just click on the My Usage tab and then select Credit History tab.

Does my account balance have an expiry?

Yes, it varies based on every top-up as per table below:

Top Up Validity
RM5 5 days
RM10 10 days
RM20 20 days
RM15 20 days
RM30 30 days
RM50 50 days
RM100 100 days

After that, your balance will still be valid but you will enter a Grace Period of 45 days. You will not be able to make calls, SMS or use any data you may have until you top up again.

Failing to top up within Grace Period will cause your number to be disconnected. Tune Talk reserves the right to charge up to RM1,000 (by billing, top-ups or service subscriptions in kind) for reactivation or ownership transfer requests. All such requests will be considered on a case-to-case basis and subject to Tune Talk’s policies. When you top up, your previous balance will be added onto the latest top up and all credit will be usable within the new expiry period.

You can always check your validity and SIM expiry by calling *133#.

My credit/debit card transaction failed. What can I do?

You are first advised to retry after a few minutes. If the transactions continue to fail, there is a possibility that the transaction was declined due to your bank’s measures to protect potentially fraudulant transactions and you are thus advised to check with your bank.

What’s mobile number portability (MNP)?

MNP allows you to change network service providers without losing your number. That means you can keep your mobile number even if you switch services. For more information, check out this SKMM article!

What’s mobile number portability (MNP)?

MNP allows you to change network service providers without losing your number. That means you can keep your mobile number even if you switch services. For more information, check out this SKMM article!

WIll there be a deduction or fee after reload has been made?

There will be no deduction or fee on your reload for the 4G upgrade process and you will receive the full amount of the reload in your new SIM except SST charges for passport holders.

What is 4G SIM card upgrade?

Upgrade your old SIM card with the latest 4G network accessible SIM card (Existing Tune Talk users)

What are the payment options for online reloads?

Users can pay via e-banking, credit cards and major eWallets.

What do I need to do once I receive the SIM card?

Great! Now you’ll just need to call our careline at 13100 or 03-27717000 and inform us that you have received the SIM card. Our team will proceed with the SIM card replacement.

How long does the process to upgrade my SIM take?

After receiving your SIM, it would take between 1-2 working days to complete.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customers will need to key in their correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take between 3 to 7 working days.

Do I need to make any payment to upgrade to a 4G SIM?

Yes, a minimum credit reload of RM30 will need to be made

Can I upgrade to a 4G SIM without a credit reload? Also, what happens to my existing credit and plan in my non-4G SIM?

You can either pick any mobile plan to come with your new SIM or reload a minimum of RM10. This new plan will replace any existing plan from your previous SIM card and reloads will also be added on top of any existing credit balance.

Will my credit remain after the SIM replacement?

Yes, it will remain and any new reloads (subject to applicable taxes) will be added on top of it.

WIll there be a deduction or fee after reload has been made?

There will be no deduction or fee on your reload for the 4G upgrade process and you will receive the full amount of the reload in your new SIM except SST charges for passport holders.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customers will need to key in their correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take between 3 to 7 working days.

What is 4G SIM card upgrade?

Upgrade your old SIM card with the latest 4G network accessible SIM card (Existing Tune Talk users)

Do I need to make any payment to upgrade to a 4G SIM?

Yes, a minimum credit reload of RM30 will need to be made

What are the payment options for online reloads?

Users can pay via e-banking, credit cards and major eWallets.

Can I upgrade to a 4G SIM without a credit reload? Also, what happens to my existing credit and plan in my non-4G SIM?

You can either pick any mobile plan to come with your new SIM or reload a minimum of RM10. This new plan will replace any existing plan from your previous SIM card and reloads will also be added on top of any existing credit balance.

What do I need to do once I receive the SIM card?

Great! Now you’ll just need to call our careline at 13100 or 03-27717000 and inform us that you have received the SIM card. Our team will proceed with the SIM card replacement.

Will my credit remain after the SIM replacement?

Yes, it will remain and any new reloads (subject to applicable taxes) will be added on top of it.

How long does the process to upgrade my SIM take?

After receiving your SIM, it would take between 1-2 working days to complete.

When will service tax be implemented?

Service Tax 6% will be implemented nation-wide from 1st Sept 2018 onwards; SST is introduced to replace the current GST.

How if I am unable to log in to Self-Care and having issues with the Self-Care account?

You may contact our Careline at 13100 and 03-27717000.

Is roaming service subjected to service tax?

Yes. Roaming services provided by Malaysian telco (Telco) to its subscribers, whether the roaming services is provided in Malaysia or outside Malaysia is subject to service tax

Are telecommunication services between special areas (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax?

Yes. Telecommunication services between special area (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax.

When I register a new Prepaid SIM Pack, will I be charged for service tax and how much will it be?

Purchase of prepaid SIM card is already inclusive of service tax, you will not be further charged when you register a new prepaid number, as there is no registration fee.

Will I be charged for usage on calls, SMS and data?

No, Service Tax 6 % is charged upon the purchase of reload, No further service charges is applied

Who shall I report for any irregularities?

Any irregularities shall be forwarded to the eAduan of Ministry of Domestic Trade, Co-operatives and Consumerism (KPDNKK) https://eaduan.kpdnkk.gov.my or email to e-aduan@kpdnkk.gov.my

Hotline : 1800-886-800 | Tel : 03-8000 8000 | Faks : +603-8882 5983 Kementerian Perdagangan Dalam Negeri, Koperasi dan Kepenggunaan No 13, Persiaran Perdana, Presint 2, 62623 Putrajaya, Malaysia

For more information please refer to here.

What is service tax?

Service tax is a tax charged on any provision of taxable services; made in the course or furtherance of any business; by a taxable person; and in Malaysia. Service tax is not charged on imported nor exported services.

What is the mechanism of SST implementation for Prepaid Telecommunication Services beginning 1st June 2018?

All provision of telecommunication services by telco provider are subjected to Service Tax. Examples are IDD call, telex, video conference, roaming, fax, VoIP, lease line, MVNO, bandwidth service, billing and collection services, maintenance of facilities, installation, etc.

How can I check my invoice?

Tune Talk will issue a valid invoice for all subscriber account and can be downloaded from the Tune Talk Self-care portal, visit https://selfcare.tunetalk.com/selfcare/login.do.

Will there be service tax charges for BIG Points Redemption and Purchase Of Merchandise from Tune Talk online shop?

Yes, all charges and pricing stated in Tune Talk Online Shop is inclusive of SST.

How much will Tune Talk SIM Pack cost after service tax implementation?

Tune Talk SIM Pack cost are RM 5 with airtime of RM 2 and Starter pack at RM 8 with airtime of RM4. (Both prices are inclusive of SST)

Will there be any service tax charges for the content services and Local Airtime Transfer?

No, Service Tax 6% is charged upon the purchase of reload, therefore content services and Local Airtime Transfer is not applicable for SST

Sales & Service Tax (SST) Terms and Condition
  1. In accordance to the instruction from the Ministry of Finance based on Section 34(3)(a), Service Tax Act, 2018, as of 6th September 2018, the SST (Sales and Service Tax) will not be charged on the mobile prepaid service for Malaysian citizens.
  2. Non-Malaysians purchasing the mobile prepaid service will be subject to the 6% SST charge.
What is the imposition and scope of tax?

Effective from 1 September 2018, under Group I, Item 2(a), First Schedule of the Service Tax Regulations 2018, the provision of:

  • Telecommunication services; and
  • Other services in connection with telecommunication services, excluding provisions of services to another provider of telecommunication services in Malaysia or outside Malaysia are subject to service tax.
When will service tax be implemented?

Service Tax 6% will be implemented nation-wide from 1st Sept 2018 onwards; SST is introduced to replace the current GST.

What is the mechanism of SST implementation for Prepaid Telecommunication Services beginning 1st June 2018?

All provision of telecommunication services by telco provider are subjected to Service Tax. Examples are IDD call, telex, video conference, roaming, fax, VoIP, lease line, MVNO, bandwidth service, billing and collection services, maintenance of facilities, installation, etc.

How if I am unable to log in to Self-Care and having issues with the Self-Care account?

You may contact our Careline at 13100 and 03-27717000.

How can I check my invoice?

Tune Talk will issue a valid invoice for all subscriber account and can be downloaded from the Tune Talk Self-care portal, visit https://selfcare.tunetalk.com/selfcare/login.do.

Is roaming service subjected to service tax?

Yes. Roaming services provided by Malaysian telco (Telco) to its subscribers, whether the roaming services is provided in Malaysia or outside Malaysia is subject to service tax

Will there be service tax charges for BIG Points Redemption and Purchase Of Merchandise from Tune Talk online shop?

Yes, all charges and pricing stated in Tune Talk Online Shop is inclusive of SST.

Are telecommunication services between special areas (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax?

Yes. Telecommunication services between special area (SA), from SA to the designated area (DA) and from DA to SA are subject to service tax.

How much will Tune Talk SIM Pack cost after service tax implementation?

Tune Talk SIM Pack cost are RM 5 with airtime of RM 2 and Starter pack at RM 8 with airtime of RM4. (Both prices are inclusive of SST)

When I register a new Prepaid SIM Pack, will I be charged for service tax and how much will it be?

Purchase of prepaid SIM card is already inclusive of service tax, you will not be further charged when you register a new prepaid number, as there is no registration fee.

Will there be any service tax charges for the content services and Local Airtime Transfer?

No, Service Tax 6% is charged upon the purchase of reload, therefore content services and Local Airtime Transfer is not applicable for SST

Will I be charged for usage on calls, SMS and data?

No, Service Tax 6 % is charged upon the purchase of reload, No further service charges is applied

Sales & Service Tax (SST) Terms and Condition
  1. In accordance to the instruction from the Ministry of Finance based on Section 34(3)(a), Service Tax Act, 2018, as of 6th September 2018, the SST (Sales and Service Tax) will not be charged on the mobile prepaid service for Malaysian citizens.
  2. Non-Malaysians purchasing the mobile prepaid service will be subject to the 6% SST charge.
Who shall I report for any irregularities?

Any irregularities shall be forwarded to the eAduan of Ministry of Domestic Trade, Co-operatives and Consumerism (KPDNKK) https://eaduan.kpdnkk.gov.my or email to e-aduan@kpdnkk.gov.my

Hotline : 1800-886-800 | Tel : 03-8000 8000 | Faks : +603-8882 5983 Kementerian Perdagangan Dalam Negeri, Koperasi dan Kepenggunaan No 13, Persiaran Perdana, Presint 2, 62623 Putrajaya, Malaysia

For more information please refer to here.

What is the imposition and scope of tax?

Effective from 1 September 2018, under Group I, Item 2(a), First Schedule of the Service Tax Regulations 2018, the provision of:

  • Telecommunication services; and
  • Other services in connection with telecommunication services, excluding provisions of services to another provider of telecommunication services in Malaysia or outside Malaysia are subject to service tax.
What is service tax?

Service tax is a tax charged on any provision of taxable services; made in the course or furtherance of any business; by a taxable person; and in Malaysia. Service tax is not charged on imported nor exported services.

What Prepaid Tariff Plans are being offered by Tune Talk?

Tune Talk offers great value prepaid mobile internet plans and peace of mind for your connectivity needs. Check out our latest plans here.

How do I get a new SIM pack?

Random number
Drop by any Tune Talk Prepaid dealer and buy it off the shelves.

If you wanna choose your own number, follow these steps:

  • Log on to www.tunetalk.com
  • Click on Register. Complete the form (no false details now!)
  • Choose your preferred number and print your receipt
  • Visit your nearest Tune Talk dealer, show him your receipt, and buy a Tune Talk SIM pack with your chosen number
What is Tune Talk?

Tune Talk is a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MNVO) offering ‘no-frills’ mobile prepaid services with the lowest calling rates around.

Does Tune Talk offer postpaid services?

Nope, we’re prepaid all the way.

I’ve got my Tune Talk SIM card. Now what?

Pop the SIM into your phone, go through the simple steps and you’re activated.

How much is a Tune Talk SIM pack?

Get our SIM Pack at the price of RM5 each.

Where can I get the latest Tune Talk updates?

You can visit www.tunetalk.com for more info. We’ll also send you messages from time to time about great deals and offers from our partners!

Why choose Tune Talk?

Because we know you‘ll love:

  • Lower voice call and SMS rates
  • A fun, simple and easy-to-use prepaid service
  • Exciting deals from our partners nationwide like Tune Protect, Dunkin Donuts and many more.
Are there add-ons to my Tune Talk prepaid account?

Yes there are! You’ll get these Value Added Services:

  • Miscall notification
I would like to lodge a dispute, how do I go about it?

If you have a dispute, you can send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com or contact us via Live Chat for further assistance.

What Prepaid Tariff Plans are being offered by Tune Talk?

Tune Talk offers great value prepaid mobile internet plans and peace of mind for your connectivity needs. Check out our latest plans here.

How much is a Tune Talk SIM pack?

Get our SIM Pack at the price of RM5 each.

How do I get a new SIM pack?

Random number
Drop by any Tune Talk Prepaid dealer and buy it off the shelves.

If you wanna choose your own number, follow these steps:

  • Log on to www.tunetalk.com
  • Click on Register. Complete the form (no false details now!)
  • Choose your preferred number and print your receipt
  • Visit your nearest Tune Talk dealer, show him your receipt, and buy a Tune Talk SIM pack with your chosen number
Where can I get the latest Tune Talk updates?

You can visit www.tunetalk.com for more info. We’ll also send you messages from time to time about great deals and offers from our partners!

What is Tune Talk?

Tune Talk is a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MNVO) offering ‘no-frills’ mobile prepaid services with the lowest calling rates around.

Why choose Tune Talk?

Because we know you‘ll love:

  • Lower voice call and SMS rates
  • A fun, simple and easy-to-use prepaid service
  • Exciting deals from our partners nationwide like Tune Protect, Dunkin Donuts and many more.
Does Tune Talk offer postpaid services?

Nope, we’re prepaid all the way.

Are there add-ons to my Tune Talk prepaid account?

Yes there are! You’ll get these Value Added Services:

  • Miscall notification
I’ve got my Tune Talk SIM card. Now what?

Pop the SIM into your phone, go through the simple steps and you’re activated.

I would like to lodge a dispute, how do I go about it?

If you have a dispute, you can send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com or contact us via Live Chat for further assistance.

I do not have enough Tune Talk balance to do change mobile number. Can I pay using other payment method?

No. Charges for change mobile number will be deducted only from your own Tune Talk prepaid credit balance. In the case of insufficient balance, your mobile change request will not be processed.

How do I know if my mobile number change request was successful?

After completing change mobile number request, subscriber can launch TT Selfcare App to check their number reflecting correctly in the App.

How can I change my mobile number?

Changing of mobile phone number can be done through the Self Care Portal or Tune Talk Selfcare App.

I registered a new SIM and I don’t like the number. Can I change my number immediately?

For new registration, you are entitled to one FREE change mobile number request as long as it is within 48 hours of registration. After the 48 hours window, any change mobile number request will be charged.

How much do I need to pay to change my mobile number?

There is a charge of RM35.00 each time a mobile number is changed.

What is change mobile number (Change MSISDN)?

Change mobile number is a feature offered by Tune Talk to allow Tune Talk Subscribers to choose a preferable number as their primary hotline.

I do not have enough Tune Talk balance to do change mobile number. Can I pay using other payment method?

No. Charges for change mobile number will be deducted only from your own Tune Talk prepaid credit balance. In the case of insufficient balance, your mobile change request will not be processed.

I registered a new SIM and I don’t like the number. Can I change my number immediately?

For new registration, you are entitled to one FREE change mobile number request as long as it is within 48 hours of registration. After the 48 hours window, any change mobile number request will be charged.

How do I know if my mobile number change request was successful?

After completing change mobile number request, subscriber can launch TT Selfcare App to check their number reflecting correctly in the App.

How much do I need to pay to change my mobile number?

There is a charge of RM35.00 each time a mobile number is changed.

How can I change my mobile number?

Changing of mobile phone number can be done through the Self Care Portal or Tune Talk Selfcare App.

What is change mobile number (Change MSISDN)?

Change mobile number is a feature offered by Tune Talk to allow Tune Talk Subscribers to choose a preferable number as their primary hotline.

What should I do if my Tune Talk Traveller eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually. An email with the Manual Code and QR Code will be sent upon purchase. Kindly follow the steps below to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager“
    4. Select “Add eSIM“
    5. Click “Manual Enter”
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service“
    3. Select “Add eSIM“
    4. Click “Use QR Code“
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually“
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
How do I activate Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you upon successful purchase. You may then activate via the Tune Talk App.

유효 기간이 만료된 후에도 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 계속 사용할 수 있나요?

네, 계속해서 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 사용하실 수 있습니다. 튠톡 앱에 접속하여 재충전 및 튠톡 데이터 플랜을 신청하면 연결을 유지하실 수 있습니다.

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았습니다. 어떻게 해야 하나요?

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았고 영업일 기준 7일~14일간 당사로부터 연락을 받지 못하신 경우에는 customer.care@tunetalk.com에 다음 정보를 포함하여 이메일을 보내 주십시오.

  • 성명
  • 여권 번호
  • 주문 번호 및 주문 날짜
  • 도착 날짜 및 시간
  • 도착 목적지
  • 말레이시아 내 숙소 (예: 호텔명)
  • 연락처
How do I purchase the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

Tune Talk Traveller eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 제 주소로 배송받기까지 얼마나 소요되나요?

말레이시아 외 배송/국제 배송

국제 배송은 현재 불가능합니다.
말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

말레이시아 국내 배송

말레이시아 국내 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다.

말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발
루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

최소 7일 전에 주문해 주셔야 합니다.

주문 건은 영업일 기준 3일~5일 이내에 도착합니다.

주말이나 공휴일에 주문하신 경우, 다음 영업일에 해당 주문 건을 처리해 드립니다.

당사에서는 안전한 배송을 위해 배송 추적(Courier Post Track and Trace) 서비스를 이용합니다. 당사에 알려 주시는 배송지에는 월요일에서 금요일, 오전 7시에서 오후 6시 사이에 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 계셔야 합니다. 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 없는 경우에는 귀하의 지역 우편 제도에 따라 배송 약관이 적용됩니다.

SIM 카드는 어떻게 활성화 하나요?
  • 말레이시아에 도착하면 기기에 SIM 카드를 장착합니다.
  • 13101번으로 전화하여 SIM을 활성화합니다.
  • 모바일 데이터를 활성화합니다.
주문 문의 사항은 누구에게 연락하나요?

주문에 대한 문의 사항이 있는 경우, 다음과 같은 세부 내용을 포함하여 customer.care@tunetalk.com으로 이메일을 보내주시길 바랍니다.

  • 성명
  • 여권번호
  • 주문 번호/거래 ID
데이터 및 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량을 어떻게 조회할 수 있나요?
  • 잔여 데이터는 *134#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
  • 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량은 *133#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
How can I seek assistance with any issues related to the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

You may reach out to our Customer Care via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Capital A
Can I continue to use the Japan SIM after the validity expires?

No you may not, as this is a 1 time use only.

Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am
until 10pm daily.

Where can I purchase this sim?
How much is the cost for international shipping?

It will cost you RM16 for worldwide delivery.

What do I get when I purchase the Malaysia Traveller SIM package?
Pack Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
Data Allocation 15GB High-Speed Data 35GB High-Speed Data Unlimited Data

* (FUP: 60GB)
9am – 5pm (12Mbps)
Else 6Mbps
Calls N/A Unlimited calls to all networks Unlimited calls to all networks
Global Bundle RM5 Tune Talk credit N/A N/A
Hotspot Shared with 15GB Base Quota Shared with 35GB Base Quota Additional 6GB Hotspot
Basic Internet 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps
Validity 15 Days 30 Days 30 Days
How do I make International calls?

Just dial <00><country code><mobile number> and enjoy our IDD rates as low as 12sen/min

Who is eligible to purchase these Traveller SIM packages?

Eligible for Malaysians with MyKad and Non – Malaysians with passport aged 12 and above.

Where can I get top-up for my Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Download the Tune Talk App or visit https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/ to top up

What does Traveller SIM offer?
Pack RED PACK BLACK PACK
Price RM35 RM70
Data Allocation 4GB High Speed Data 4GB High Speed Data
Country
8 Countries
  1. Singapore
  2. Thailand
  3. Indonesia
  4. Hong Kong SAR
  5. Macao SAR
  6. Vietnam
  7. Taiwan
  8. Cambodia
6 Countries
  1. China
  2. Australia
  3. New Zealand
  4. Japan
  5. South Korea
  6. Philippines
Hotspot Shared with 4GB Base Quota Shared with 4GB Base Quota
Validity 7 Days 7 Days
국제문자 청구 요금은 얼마인가요?

국가별 요율에 따라 청구됩니다.

If I have inquiries about my order, who can I contact?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us to customer.care@tunetalk.com
and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  •   Full name
  •  Order number / Transaction ID
  • Date of purchase
My order hasn’t arrived, what do I do?

If your order hasn’t arrived and you haven’t heard from us for more than 7 – 14 business days, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following information:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number & date of order
  • Date & time of arrival 
  • Destination of arrival
  • Place of stay in Malaysia (e.g: name of hotel)
  • Contact number
Who can I contact if I have inquiries about my order?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number / Transaction ID
국제 전화를 어떻게 거나요?

<00><국가 코드><휴대 전화 번호> 번으로 간편하게 전화를 걸어 분당 12센(SEN)인 당사의 저렴한 국제 직통 전화(IDD) 요금을 즐겨보세요.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM이란 무엇인가요?

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM은 튠톡의 인터넷 유심 팩으로 말레이시아를 방문하는 여행객을 위한 3가지 데이터 플랜으로 구성되어 있습니다. 여행객은 트래블 LITE SIM, 트래블 FAST SIM 또는 트래블 UNLIMITED SIM 중 선택하여 구매하실 수 있습니다.

유심이 작동하지 않으면 누구에게 연락해야 하나요?

매일 오전 8시에서 오후 10시까지 운영하는 저희 고객 서비스 팀에 13100번으로 연락주시거나 tunetalk.com에서 온라인 채팅을 이용해 주십시오.

Can I continue using the Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Once validity expires, you will be unable to use the SIM anymore. However, you may purchase an extra SIM in advance.

What do I need to do if my sim is not receiving any data connection?
  1. Select “Activate SIM
  2. Select “Register this SIM” and click “Skip” promo code
  3. Select “Get a New Number
  4. Select “Physical SIM
  5. Scan your SIM barcode
  6. Scan your Passport or MyKad (for Malaysians)
  7. Fill in User’s Details
  8. Complete Face Recognition and your SIM is now registered!
How do I use a Traveller SIM?
  1. Insert the sim into the device.
  2. Turn on “Data Roaming”.
  3. Restart your device and allow 2-5 minutes for SIM to be activated.
  4. Your device will automatically be connected to the supported roaming network partner
What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

Unfortunately, eSIM profiles can only be installed once. If you switch devices, accidentally delete the profile, or lose your device, you will need to purchase a new eSIM to set it up on a different device. Please reach out to our Customer Care for further assistance with purchasing and setting up a new eSIM.

배송비는 얼마인가요?

말레이시아 내에서의 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다. 말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

How do I check if my device is eSIM-compatible?

Please refer HERE for a list of devices compatible with the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM

How much is the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?
Plan Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
eSIM Charges Additional RM10
Why am I experiencing issues installing eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed
  3. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive

You may reach out to our Customer Care by dialling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 for further assistance.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 어디에서 추가로 충전할 수 있나요?

튠톡 앱을 다운로드하거나 https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/에 방문하여 충전하세요.

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

Upon removing your eSIM profile, you will experience loss of cellular connection and will no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with an eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you would like to keep
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and select “eSIM
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you within 5 minutes upon successful purchase
  8. Ensure that the eSIM activation is completed before installing your eSIM profile
What is the speed for Unlimited Basic Internet

Speed for Basic internet is capped at 200kbps.

Who is eligible to purchase these Tune Talk Japan SIM?

The sim purchasing is open to all who is traveling to Japan.

What do I get when I purchased the Japan SIM packages?
Tune Talk Japan SIM
  • 5GB High Speed Data
  • Unlimited Basic Internet
  • 7 days validity
How do I activate my Japan SIM?

You may need to change the APN setting as per below:

Name *free*
APN vmobile.jp
Username *free*
Password *free*
Authentication Type PAP of CHAP

 

What is the validity for my Japan SIM?

Tune Talk Japan Sim is valid for 7 days

How much is the cost for domestic shipping?

It will cost Rm10 for domestic delivery.

How do I activate my SIM card?
  • Insert your SIM upon arriving in Malaysia
  • Dial 13101 to activate your SIM
  • Enable mobile data
How to view my data and airtime balance?
  • Dial *134# for data balance 
  • Dial *133# for airtime balance
How much is the charge for International SMS?

Subject to country rate.

How long will it take to deliver the Malaysia Traveller SIM to my address?

Shipping outside Malaysia/International shipping

  • International shipping is currently not available.
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

Shipping within Malaysia

  • Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. 
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.
  • A minimum of 7 days in advance is required to place an order.
  • Your order will arrive anytime within 3 to 5 working days.
  • If you placed your order over the weekend or on a public holiday, we will process the orders on the next business day.
  • To ensure safe delivery, we use the Courier Post Track and Trace service. Please give us an address where someone will be home to sign for the delivery between 7am and 6pm, Monday to Friday. If no one is home to sign for the delivery, delivery terms will be based on your local postal service.
Can I switch my physical Traveller SIM to Traveller eSIM?

Unfortunately, we do not allow to switch as eSIM is exclusively for new users

How long will it take to deliver the Japan SIM to International address?

Your order will take within 14 to 21 working days to reach you. If you placed your order over
the weekend or on a public holiday it might take an extra day or two to arrive as we process
these orders on the next business day.

What is Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Malaysia Traveller SIM is an internet sim pack by Tune Talk that consists of 3 data plans for travellers who are visiting Malaysia. Travellers are given the choice to purchase Travel LITE SIM, Travel FAST SIM or Travel UNLIMITED SIM.

Can I continue to use the Malaysia Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Yes, you can continue using the Malaysia Traveller SIM. Just reload and subscribe to Tune Talk data plan via Tune Talk App to stay connected.

What is a Traveller SIM?

The Traveller SIM is a roaming SIM card ready to be used anytime in over 14 countries around the world.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM 패키지 구매 시 무엇이 제공되나요?
 팩 트래블 LITE 트래블 FAST 트래블 UNLIMITED
 가격 RM25 RM35 RM50
데이터 할당량 15GB 초고속 데이터 35GB 초고속 데이터 무제한 데이터

* (FUP: 60GB)
오전 9시~ 오후 5시(12Mbps)
 그 외 시간 6Mbps
 통화 해당 없음 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화
 글로벌 번들 RM5 튠톡 크레딧 해당 없음 해당 없음
핫스팟 15GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 35GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 추가 6GB 핫스팟 제공
기본 인터넷 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도)
 유효 기간 15일 30일 30일
유심이 데이터 연결을 수신받지 못하는 경우 어떻게 해야 하나요?
  1. “SIM 활성화”를 선택합니다.
  2. “이 SIM 등록”을 선택 후 프로모션 코드 “건너뛰기”를 클릭합니다.
  3. “새 번호 받기”를 선택합니다.
  4. “물리 SIM”을 선택합니다.
  5. SIM 바코드를 스캔합니다.
  6. 여권 또는 MyKad(말레이시아인만 해당)을 스캔합니다.
  7. 사용자 세부 사항을 기재합니다.
  8. 안면 인식을 완료하면 SIM이 등록됩니다!
Can I use my Traveller SIM in other countries if I still have data quota balance?

You may use the Traveller SIM if the country you are visiting is listed on the Traveller SIM pack and is still within the validity period.

Red Pack: Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR, Vietnam, Taiwan, and Cambodia

Black Pack: China, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and Philippines

*Note: If you travel to another country which is excluded from the countries listed on the Traveller SIM pack, you need to purchase a different pack of Traveller SIM.

How much is the cost for shipping?

Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am until 10pm daily.

What should I do if my SIM cannot access the internet?

Kindly contact our Customer Care team via WhatsApp at 60105008080 or e-mail to wifi@tunetalk.com for assistance. You can reach us 24 hours daily.

What should I do if my Tune Talk Traveller eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually. An email with the Manual Code and QR Code will be sent upon purchase. Kindly follow the steps below to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager“
    4. Select “Add eSIM“
    5. Click “Manual Enter”
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service“
    3. Select “Add eSIM“
    4. Click “Use QR Code“
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually“
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

Unfortunately, eSIM profiles can only be installed once. If you switch devices, accidentally delete the profile, or lose your device, you will need to purchase a new eSIM to set it up on a different device. Please reach out to our Customer Care for further assistance with purchasing and setting up a new eSIM.

How do I activate Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you upon successful purchase. You may then activate via the Tune Talk App.

배송비는 얼마인가요?

말레이시아 내에서의 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다. 말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

유효 기간이 만료된 후에도 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 계속 사용할 수 있나요?

네, 계속해서 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 사용하실 수 있습니다. 튠톡 앱에 접속하여 재충전 및 튠톡 데이터 플랜을 신청하면 연결을 유지하실 수 있습니다.

How do I check if my device is eSIM-compatible?

Please refer HERE for a list of devices compatible with the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았습니다. 어떻게 해야 하나요?

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았고 영업일 기준 7일~14일간 당사로부터 연락을 받지 못하신 경우에는 customer.care@tunetalk.com에 다음 정보를 포함하여 이메일을 보내 주십시오.

  • 성명
  • 여권 번호
  • 주문 번호 및 주문 날짜
  • 도착 날짜 및 시간
  • 도착 목적지
  • 말레이시아 내 숙소 (예: 호텔명)
  • 연락처
How much is the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?
Plan Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
eSIM Charges Additional RM10
How do I purchase the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

Tune Talk Traveller eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website

Why am I experiencing issues installing eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed
  3. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive

You may reach out to our Customer Care by dialling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 for further assistance.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 제 주소로 배송받기까지 얼마나 소요되나요?

말레이시아 외 배송/국제 배송

국제 배송은 현재 불가능합니다.
말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

말레이시아 국내 배송

말레이시아 국내 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다.

말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발
루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

최소 7일 전에 주문해 주셔야 합니다.

주문 건은 영업일 기준 3일~5일 이내에 도착합니다.

주말이나 공휴일에 주문하신 경우, 다음 영업일에 해당 주문 건을 처리해 드립니다.

당사에서는 안전한 배송을 위해 배송 추적(Courier Post Track and Trace) 서비스를 이용합니다. 당사에 알려 주시는 배송지에는 월요일에서 금요일, 오전 7시에서 오후 6시 사이에 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 계셔야 합니다. 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 없는 경우에는 귀하의 지역 우편 제도에 따라 배송 약관이 적용됩니다.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 어디에서 추가로 충전할 수 있나요?

튠톡 앱을 다운로드하거나 https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/에 방문하여 충전하세요.

SIM 카드는 어떻게 활성화 하나요?
  • 말레이시아에 도착하면 기기에 SIM 카드를 장착합니다.
  • 13101번으로 전화하여 SIM을 활성화합니다.
  • 모바일 데이터를 활성화합니다.
What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

주문 문의 사항은 누구에게 연락하나요?

주문에 대한 문의 사항이 있는 경우, 다음과 같은 세부 내용을 포함하여 customer.care@tunetalk.com으로 이메일을 보내주시길 바랍니다.

  • 성명
  • 여권번호
  • 주문 번호/거래 ID
What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

Upon removing your eSIM profile, you will experience loss of cellular connection and will no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with an eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you would like to keep
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and select “eSIM
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you within 5 minutes upon successful purchase
  8. Ensure that the eSIM activation is completed before installing your eSIM profile
데이터 및 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량을 어떻게 조회할 수 있나요?
  • 잔여 데이터는 *134#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
  • 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량은 *133#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
What is the speed for Unlimited Basic Internet

Speed for Basic internet is capped at 200kbps.

How can I seek assistance with any issues related to the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

You may reach out to our Customer Care via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Capital A
Who is eligible to purchase these Tune Talk Japan SIM?

The sim purchasing is open to all who is traveling to Japan.

Can I continue to use the Japan SIM after the validity expires?

No you may not, as this is a 1 time use only.

What do I get when I purchased the Japan SIM packages?
Tune Talk Japan SIM
  • 5GB High Speed Data
  • Unlimited Basic Internet
  • 7 days validity
Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am
until 10pm daily.

How do I activate my Japan SIM?

You may need to change the APN setting as per below:

Name *free*
APN vmobile.jp
Username *free*
Password *free*
Authentication Type PAP of CHAP

 

Where can I purchase this sim?
What is the validity for my Japan SIM?

Tune Talk Japan Sim is valid for 7 days

How much is the cost for international shipping?

It will cost you RM16 for worldwide delivery.

How much is the cost for domestic shipping?

It will cost Rm10 for domestic delivery.

What do I get when I purchase the Malaysia Traveller SIM package?
Pack Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
Data Allocation 15GB High-Speed Data 35GB High-Speed Data Unlimited Data

* (FUP: 60GB)
9am – 5pm (12Mbps)
Else 6Mbps
Calls N/A Unlimited calls to all networks Unlimited calls to all networks
Global Bundle RM5 Tune Talk credit N/A N/A
Hotspot Shared with 15GB Base Quota Shared with 35GB Base Quota Additional 6GB Hotspot
Basic Internet 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps
Validity 15 Days 30 Days 30 Days
How do I activate my SIM card?
  • Insert your SIM upon arriving in Malaysia
  • Dial 13101 to activate your SIM
  • Enable mobile data
How do I make International calls?

Just dial <00><country code><mobile number> and enjoy our IDD rates as low as 12sen/min

How to view my data and airtime balance?
  • Dial *134# for data balance 
  • Dial *133# for airtime balance
Who is eligible to purchase these Traveller SIM packages?

Eligible for Malaysians with MyKad and Non – Malaysians with passport aged 12 and above.

How much is the charge for International SMS?

Subject to country rate.

Where can I get top-up for my Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Download the Tune Talk App or visit https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/ to top up

How long will it take to deliver the Malaysia Traveller SIM to my address?

Shipping outside Malaysia/International shipping

  • International shipping is currently not available.
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

Shipping within Malaysia

  • Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. 
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.
  • A minimum of 7 days in advance is required to place an order.
  • Your order will arrive anytime within 3 to 5 working days.
  • If you placed your order over the weekend or on a public holiday, we will process the orders on the next business day.
  • To ensure safe delivery, we use the Courier Post Track and Trace service. Please give us an address where someone will be home to sign for the delivery between 7am and 6pm, Monday to Friday. If no one is home to sign for the delivery, delivery terms will be based on your local postal service.
What does Traveller SIM offer?
Pack RED PACK BLACK PACK
Price RM35 RM70
Data Allocation 4GB High Speed Data 4GB High Speed Data
Country
8 Countries
  1. Singapore
  2. Thailand
  3. Indonesia
  4. Hong Kong SAR
  5. Macao SAR
  6. Vietnam
  7. Taiwan
  8. Cambodia
6 Countries
  1. China
  2. Australia
  3. New Zealand
  4. Japan
  5. South Korea
  6. Philippines
Hotspot Shared with 4GB Base Quota Shared with 4GB Base Quota
Validity 7 Days 7 Days
Can I switch my physical Traveller SIM to Traveller eSIM?

Unfortunately, we do not allow to switch as eSIM is exclusively for new users

국제문자 청구 요금은 얼마인가요?

국가별 요율에 따라 청구됩니다.

How long will it take to deliver the Japan SIM to International address?

Your order will take within 14 to 21 working days to reach you. If you placed your order over
the weekend or on a public holiday it might take an extra day or two to arrive as we process
these orders on the next business day.

If I have inquiries about my order, who can I contact?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us to customer.care@tunetalk.com
and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  •   Full name
  •  Order number / Transaction ID
  • Date of purchase
What is Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Malaysia Traveller SIM is an internet sim pack by Tune Talk that consists of 3 data plans for travellers who are visiting Malaysia. Travellers are given the choice to purchase Travel LITE SIM, Travel FAST SIM or Travel UNLIMITED SIM.

My order hasn’t arrived, what do I do?

If your order hasn’t arrived and you haven’t heard from us for more than 7 – 14 business days, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following information:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number & date of order
  • Date & time of arrival 
  • Destination of arrival
  • Place of stay in Malaysia (e.g: name of hotel)
  • Contact number
Can I continue to use the Malaysia Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Yes, you can continue using the Malaysia Traveller SIM. Just reload and subscribe to Tune Talk data plan via Tune Talk App to stay connected.

Who can I contact if I have inquiries about my order?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number / Transaction ID
What is a Traveller SIM?

The Traveller SIM is a roaming SIM card ready to be used anytime in over 14 countries around the world.

국제 전화를 어떻게 거나요?

<00><국가 코드><휴대 전화 번호> 번으로 간편하게 전화를 걸어 분당 12센(SEN)인 당사의 저렴한 국제 직통 전화(IDD) 요금을 즐겨보세요.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM 패키지 구매 시 무엇이 제공되나요?
 팩 트래블 LITE 트래블 FAST 트래블 UNLIMITED
 가격 RM25 RM35 RM50
데이터 할당량 15GB 초고속 데이터 35GB 초고속 데이터 무제한 데이터

* (FUP: 60GB)
오전 9시~ 오후 5시(12Mbps)
 그 외 시간 6Mbps
 통화 해당 없음 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화
 글로벌 번들 RM5 튠톡 크레딧 해당 없음 해당 없음
핫스팟 15GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 35GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 추가 6GB 핫스팟 제공
기본 인터넷 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도)
 유효 기간 15일 30일 30일
말레이시아 트래블러 SIM이란 무엇인가요?

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM은 튠톡의 인터넷 유심 팩으로 말레이시아를 방문하는 여행객을 위한 3가지 데이터 플랜으로 구성되어 있습니다. 여행객은 트래블 LITE SIM, 트래블 FAST SIM 또는 트래블 UNLIMITED SIM 중 선택하여 구매하실 수 있습니다.

유심이 데이터 연결을 수신받지 못하는 경우 어떻게 해야 하나요?
  1. “SIM 활성화”를 선택합니다.
  2. “이 SIM 등록”을 선택 후 프로모션 코드 “건너뛰기”를 클릭합니다.
  3. “새 번호 받기”를 선택합니다.
  4. “물리 SIM”을 선택합니다.
  5. SIM 바코드를 스캔합니다.
  6. 여권 또는 MyKad(말레이시아인만 해당)을 스캔합니다.
  7. 사용자 세부 사항을 기재합니다.
  8. 안면 인식을 완료하면 SIM이 등록됩니다!
유심이 작동하지 않으면 누구에게 연락해야 하나요?

매일 오전 8시에서 오후 10시까지 운영하는 저희 고객 서비스 팀에 13100번으로 연락주시거나 tunetalk.com에서 온라인 채팅을 이용해 주십시오.

Can I use my Traveller SIM in other countries if I still have data quota balance?

You may use the Traveller SIM if the country you are visiting is listed on the Traveller SIM pack and is still within the validity period.

Red Pack: Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR, Vietnam, Taiwan, and Cambodia

Black Pack: China, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and Philippines

*Note: If you travel to another country which is excluded from the countries listed on the Traveller SIM pack, you need to purchase a different pack of Traveller SIM.

Can I continue using the Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Once validity expires, you will be unable to use the SIM anymore. However, you may purchase an extra SIM in advance.

How much is the cost for shipping?

Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

What do I need to do if my sim is not receiving any data connection?
  1. Select “Activate SIM
  2. Select “Register this SIM” and click “Skip” promo code
  3. Select “Get a New Number
  4. Select “Physical SIM
  5. Scan your SIM barcode
  6. Scan your Passport or MyKad (for Malaysians)
  7. Fill in User’s Details
  8. Complete Face Recognition and your SIM is now registered!
Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am until 10pm daily.

How do I use a Traveller SIM?
  1. Insert the sim into the device.
  2. Turn on “Data Roaming”.
  3. Restart your device and allow 2-5 minutes for SIM to be activated.
  4. Your device will automatically be connected to the supported roaming network partner
What should I do if my SIM cannot access the internet?

Kindly contact our Customer Care team via WhatsApp at 60105008080 or e-mail to wifi@tunetalk.com for assistance. You can reach us 24 hours daily.

Who is eligible to purchase these Traveller SIM packages?

Eligible for Malaysians with MyKad and Non – Malaysians with passport aged 12 and above.

What is a Traveller SIM?

The Traveller SIM is a roaming SIM card ready to be used anytime in over 14 countries around the world.

Can I continue using the Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Once validity expires, you will be unable to use the SIM anymore. However, you may purchase an extra SIM in advance.

What should I do if my SIM cannot access the internet?

Kindly contact our Customer Care team via WhatsApp at 60105008080 or e-mail to wifi@tunetalk.com for assistance. You can reach us 24 hours daily.

What does Traveller SIM offer?
Pack RED PACK BLACK PACK
Price RM35 RM70
Data Allocation 4GB High Speed Data 4GB High Speed Data
Country
8 Countries
  1. Singapore
  2. Thailand
  3. Indonesia
  4. Hong Kong SAR
  5. Macao SAR
  6. Vietnam
  7. Taiwan
  8. Cambodia
6 Countries
  1. China
  2. Australia
  3. New Zealand
  4. Japan
  5. South Korea
  6. Philippines
Hotspot Shared with 4GB Base Quota Shared with 4GB Base Quota
Validity 7 Days 7 Days
Can I use my Traveller SIM in other countries if I still have data quota balance?

You may use the Traveller SIM if the country you are visiting is listed on the Traveller SIM pack and is still within the validity period.

Red Pack: Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR, Vietnam, Taiwan, and Cambodia

Black Pack: China, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and Philippines

*Note: If you travel to another country which is excluded from the countries listed on the Traveller SIM pack, you need to purchase a different pack of Traveller SIM.

How do I use a Traveller SIM?
  1. Insert the sim into the device.
  2. Turn on “Data Roaming”.
  3. Restart your device and allow 2-5 minutes for SIM to be activated.
  4. Your device will automatically be connected to the supported roaming network partner
Who is eligible to purchase these Traveller SIM packages?

Eligible for Malaysians with MyKad and Non – Malaysians with passport aged 12 and above.

What does Traveller SIM offer?
Pack RED PACK BLACK PACK
Price RM35 RM70
Data Allocation 4GB High Speed Data 4GB High Speed Data
Country
8 Countries
  1. Singapore
  2. Thailand
  3. Indonesia
  4. Hong Kong SAR
  5. Macao SAR
  6. Vietnam
  7. Taiwan
  8. Cambodia
6 Countries
  1. China
  2. Australia
  3. New Zealand
  4. Japan
  5. South Korea
  6. Philippines
Hotspot Shared with 4GB Base Quota Shared with 4GB Base Quota
Validity 7 Days 7 Days
What is a Traveller SIM?

The Traveller SIM is a roaming SIM card ready to be used anytime in over 14 countries around the world.

Can I use my Traveller SIM in other countries if I still have data quota balance?

You may use the Traveller SIM if the country you are visiting is listed on the Traveller SIM pack and is still within the validity period.

Red Pack: Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR, Vietnam, Taiwan, and Cambodia

Black Pack: China, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and Philippines

*Note: If you travel to another country which is excluded from the countries listed on the Traveller SIM pack, you need to purchase a different pack of Traveller SIM.

Can I continue using the Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Once validity expires, you will be unable to use the SIM anymore. However, you may purchase an extra SIM in advance.

How do I use a Traveller SIM?
  1. Insert the sim into the device.
  2. Turn on “Data Roaming”.
  3. Restart your device and allow 2-5 minutes for SIM to be activated.
  4. Your device will automatically be connected to the supported roaming network partner
What should I do if my SIM cannot access the internet?

Kindly contact our Customer Care team via WhatsApp at 60105008080 or e-mail to wifi@tunetalk.com for assistance. You can reach us 24 hours daily.

What Is GPRS?

GPRS stands for General Packet Radio Services. In comparison to the normal circuit switched platform, this feature gives you increased connection speed when accessing WAP or the Internet while you are on the move.

Is there a minimum charge to use Data/Internet?

Yes, the minimum charge is 3 sen.

Do I need to register to access Data/Internet from my Tune Talk Prepaid mobile phone?

No, you don’t. Your Tune Talk account comes with Data/Internet pre-activated.

How will I be charged for using Data/Internet?

You will be charged a minimum of RM0.03 per MB. Multiple sessions will be charged RM0.03 per session notwithstanding that each session may not reach or exceed 1MB.

Example 1: – If you download 1MB of data, you will be charged RM0.03 or if you download 1.5MB, you will be charged RM0.06.

Example 2: – If you download 1MB of data, but it was done in 3 sessions, you will be charged RM0.09.

Note: Only applicable for Tune Talk Buddies Pack

How much talk time credit will I need in order to use Data/Internet?

With Data/Internet, you will only be charged for the amount of data that is actually transferred. The cost of using Data/Internet is RM0.03/MB.

Example: If you download 1MB of data via Data/Internet, you will be charged RM0.03.

What if Data/Internet doesn’t work even after I get my settings?

You may call our Customer Care at 13100 (local call rates apply) or send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com

What Is GPRS?

GPRS stands for General Packet Radio Services. In comparison to the normal circuit switched platform, this feature gives you increased connection speed when accessing WAP or the Internet while you are on the move.

How will I be charged for using Data/Internet?

You will be charged a minimum of RM0.03 per MB. Multiple sessions will be charged RM0.03 per session notwithstanding that each session may not reach or exceed 1MB.

Example 1: – If you download 1MB of data, you will be charged RM0.03 or if you download 1.5MB, you will be charged RM0.06.

Example 2: – If you download 1MB of data, but it was done in 3 sessions, you will be charged RM0.09.

Note: Only applicable for Tune Talk Buddies Pack

Is there a minimum charge to use Data/Internet?

Yes, the minimum charge is 3 sen.

How much talk time credit will I need in order to use Data/Internet?

With Data/Internet, you will only be charged for the amount of data that is actually transferred. The cost of using Data/Internet is RM0.03/MB.

Example: If you download 1MB of data via Data/Internet, you will be charged RM0.03.

Do I need to register to access Data/Internet from my Tune Talk Prepaid mobile phone?

No, you don’t. Your Tune Talk account comes with Data/Internet pre-activated.

What if Data/Internet doesn’t work even after I get my settings?

You may call our Customer Care at 13100 (local call rates apply) or send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com

What should I do if my Tune Talk Traveller eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually. An email with the Manual Code and QR Code will be sent upon purchase. Kindly follow the steps below to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager“
    4. Select “Add eSIM“
    5. Click “Manual Enter”
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service“
    3. Select “Add eSIM“
    4. Click “Use QR Code“
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually“
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
How do I activate Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you upon successful purchase. You may then activate via the Tune Talk App.

How much is the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?
Plan Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
eSIM Charges Additional RM10
Why am I experiencing issues installing eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed
  3. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive

You may reach out to our Customer Care by dialling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 for further assistance.

What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

Upon removing your eSIM profile, you will experience loss of cellular connection and will no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with an eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you would like to keep
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and select “eSIM
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you within 5 minutes upon successful purchase
  8. Ensure that the eSIM activation is completed before installing your eSIM profile
Can I switch my physical Traveller SIM to Traveller eSIM?

Unfortunately, we do not allow to switch as eSIM is exclusively for new users

What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

Unfortunately, eSIM profiles can only be installed once. If you switch devices, accidentally delete the profile, or lose your device, you will need to purchase a new eSIM to set it up on a different device. Please reach out to our Customer Care for further assistance with purchasing and setting up a new eSIM.

How do I check if my device is eSIM-compatible?

Please refer HERE for a list of devices compatible with the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM

How do I purchase the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

Tune Talk Traveller eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

How can I seek assistance with any issues related to the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

You may reach out to our Customer Care via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Capital A
What should I do if my Tune Talk Traveller eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually. An email with the Manual Code and QR Code will be sent upon purchase. Kindly follow the steps below to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager“
    4. Select “Add eSIM“
    5. Click “Manual Enter”
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service“
    3. Select “Add eSIM“
    4. Click “Use QR Code“
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually“
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

Unfortunately, eSIM profiles can only be installed once. If you switch devices, accidentally delete the profile, or lose your device, you will need to purchase a new eSIM to set it up on a different device. Please reach out to our Customer Care for further assistance with purchasing and setting up a new eSIM.

How do I activate Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you upon successful purchase. You may then activate via the Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is eSIM-compatible?

Please refer HERE for a list of devices compatible with the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM

How much is the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?
Plan Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
eSIM Charges Additional RM10
How do I purchase the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

Tune Talk Traveller eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website

Why am I experiencing issues installing eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed
  3. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive

You may reach out to our Customer Care by dialling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 for further assistance.

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

Upon removing your eSIM profile, you will experience loss of cellular connection and will no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with an eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you would like to keep
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and select “eSIM
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with eSIM installation and activation will be sent to you within 5 minutes upon successful purchase
  8. Ensure that the eSIM activation is completed before installing your eSIM profile
How can I seek assistance with any issues related to the Tune Talk Traveller eSIM?

You may reach out to our Customer Care via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Capital A
Can I switch my physical Traveller SIM to Traveller eSIM?

Unfortunately, we do not allow to switch as eSIM is exclusively for new users

What is Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass?

Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass allows you to subscribe to Internet and roam for abroad use.

What will happen if I have an active & valid 3-Day Data Roaming Pass and I travel to another non-participating country?

The 3-Day Data Roaming Pass is only valid in selected countries that you can only use in one country at a time.

If you wish to enjoy data in this new destination country, you will only need to subscribe to the available Data Roaming Pass. Upon activation of this new Pass it will automatically override the previous Pass activated in the previous country.

How long can I perform RAP before I travel abroad?

All RAP must be activated/utilised within 30 days from the date of subscription

Successful Data Roaming Passes will only be activated and displayed on the Tune Talk App once you connect to eligible Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks in the destination country

How do I perform a RAP?

All RAP can only be done via the Tune Talk App.

How long will it take to activate once I have subscribed to the Data Roaming Pass?

Firstly, you will receive an SMS confirmation upon successful subscription. Then, activation is almost immediate as long as you are connected to the correct Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks (subject to the quality of network connection during point of time and location in destination country with the correct APN settings).

How do I check my balance and validity for the Data Roaming Pass?

Balance and validity can be checked via Tune Talk App or by dialing *138#.

Can I unsubscribe from a Roaming Pass? What do I do if I no longer wish to have internet/data roaming access?

No, the Data Roaming Pass will expire automatically when the validity period ends.

What does Tune Talk Data Roaming Passes offer?
Description 3-Day Roaming Pass 1-Day Roaming Pass
Price RM25.00 RM33.00
Plan Quota 2GB Data 50MB – 500MB
Validity 75hrs 24hrs
Auto-renew No No
Allow Stack/Additional purchased Yes Yes
Roaming Countries 16 Over 100 countries

*click here to view country list

What is Roaming Advance Purchase (RAP)?

You may perform an ‘advance purchase’/’pre-subscribe’ the passes before you travel abroad. You may purchase multiple passes for multiple countries before you travel.

How many Data Roaming Passes can I purchase in advance (RAP)?

You can purchase a maximum of 3 Data Roaming Passes for both 1-Day and 3-Day passes

Can I utilize the Data Roaming Pass in multiple countries?

Data Roaming Passes purchased can only be used in selected participating countries with particular networks.

Click here to view respective country list & Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks.

How does the RAP activation and validity work?

RAP will have the same validity period as your current Pass. Upon exhaustion of the current Pass, you will receive an SMS notification. The pre-added pass will be activated along with an SMS activation and the new validity will start at the time of activation.

e.g. In the event where you pre-add the 3-Day Data Roaming Pass on 1st July 2019 while currently enjoying a remaining of 700MB out of 2GB (from the existing 3-Day Data Roaming Pass) which expires on 2nd July 2019; if you were to exhaust the remaining 700MB at 3PM on the 1st July 2019, your new pre-added 2GB Pass will be activated immediately and will expire within 72 hours from 3PM, 1st July 2019.

What happens once my data roaming quota is finished? Can I add or subscribe for more quota?

If your Data Roaming Pass data quota is exhausted within the validity period, your data will experience a hard stop as there is no Pay-Per-Use Data for roaming. To continue, you may purchase a new Data Roaming Pass via Tune Talk app, dial USSD *138# or SMS.

What is Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass?

Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass allows you to subscribe to Internet and roam for abroad use.

What does Tune Talk Data Roaming Passes offer?
Description 3-Day Roaming Pass 1-Day Roaming Pass
Price RM25.00 RM33.00
Plan Quota 2GB Data 50MB – 500MB
Validity 75hrs 24hrs
Auto-renew No No
Allow Stack/Additional purchased Yes Yes
Roaming Countries 16 Over 100 countries

*click here to view country list

What will happen if I have an active & valid 3-Day Data Roaming Pass and I travel to another non-participating country?

The 3-Day Data Roaming Pass is only valid in selected countries that you can only use in one country at a time.

If you wish to enjoy data in this new destination country, you will only need to subscribe to the available Data Roaming Pass. Upon activation of this new Pass it will automatically override the previous Pass activated in the previous country.

What is Roaming Advance Purchase (RAP)?

You may perform an ‘advance purchase’/’pre-subscribe’ the passes before you travel abroad. You may purchase multiple passes for multiple countries before you travel.

How long can I perform RAP before I travel abroad?

All RAP must be activated/utilised within 30 days from the date of subscription

Successful Data Roaming Passes will only be activated and displayed on the Tune Talk App once you connect to eligible Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks in the destination country

How many Data Roaming Passes can I purchase in advance (RAP)?

You can purchase a maximum of 3 Data Roaming Passes for both 1-Day and 3-Day passes

How do I perform a RAP?

All RAP can only be done via the Tune Talk App.

Can I utilize the Data Roaming Pass in multiple countries?

Data Roaming Passes purchased can only be used in selected participating countries with particular networks.

Click here to view respective country list & Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks.

How long will it take to activate once I have subscribed to the Data Roaming Pass?

Firstly, you will receive an SMS confirmation upon successful subscription. Then, activation is almost immediate as long as you are connected to the correct Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks (subject to the quality of network connection during point of time and location in destination country with the correct APN settings).

How does the RAP activation and validity work?

RAP will have the same validity period as your current Pass. Upon exhaustion of the current Pass, you will receive an SMS notification. The pre-added pass will be activated along with an SMS activation and the new validity will start at the time of activation.

e.g. In the event where you pre-add the 3-Day Data Roaming Pass on 1st July 2019 while currently enjoying a remaining of 700MB out of 2GB (from the existing 3-Day Data Roaming Pass) which expires on 2nd July 2019; if you were to exhaust the remaining 700MB at 3PM on the 1st July 2019, your new pre-added 2GB Pass will be activated immediately and will expire within 72 hours from 3PM, 1st July 2019.

How do I check my balance and validity for the Data Roaming Pass?

Balance and validity can be checked via Tune Talk App or by dialing *138#.

What happens once my data roaming quota is finished? Can I add or subscribe for more quota?

If your Data Roaming Pass data quota is exhausted within the validity period, your data will experience a hard stop as there is no Pay-Per-Use Data for roaming. To continue, you may purchase a new Data Roaming Pass via Tune Talk app, dial USSD *138# or SMS.

Can I unsubscribe from a Roaming Pass? What do I do if I no longer wish to have internet/data roaming access?

No, the Data Roaming Pass will expire automatically when the validity period ends.

What do I get when I purchase the Malaysia Traveller SIM package?
Pack Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
Data Allocation 15GB High-Speed Data 35GB High-Speed Data Unlimited Data

* (FUP: 60GB)
9am – 5pm (12Mbps)
Else 6Mbps
Calls N/A Unlimited calls to all networks Unlimited calls to all networks
Global Bundle RM5 Tune Talk credit N/A N/A
Hotspot Shared with 15GB Base Quota Shared with 35GB Base Quota Additional 6GB Hotspot
Basic Internet 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps
Validity 15 Days 30 Days 30 Days
How do I make International calls?

Just dial <00><country code><mobile number> and enjoy our IDD rates as low as 12sen/min

How much is the charge for International SMS?

Subject to country rate.

How long will it take to deliver the Malaysia Traveller SIM to my address?

Shipping outside Malaysia/International shipping

  • International shipping is currently not available.
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

Shipping within Malaysia

  • Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. 
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.
  • A minimum of 7 days in advance is required to place an order.
  • Your order will arrive anytime within 3 to 5 working days.
  • If you placed your order over the weekend or on a public holiday, we will process the orders on the next business day.
  • To ensure safe delivery, we use the Courier Post Track and Trace service. Please give us an address where someone will be home to sign for the delivery between 7am and 6pm, Monday to Friday. If no one is home to sign for the delivery, delivery terms will be based on your local postal service.
My order hasn’t arrived, what do I do?

If your order hasn’t arrived and you haven’t heard from us for more than 7 – 14 business days, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following information:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number & date of order
  • Date & time of arrival 
  • Destination of arrival
  • Place of stay in Malaysia (e.g: name of hotel)
  • Contact number
Who can I contact if I have inquiries about my order?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number / Transaction ID
What do I need to do if my sim is not receiving any data connection?
  1. Select “Activate SIM
  2. Select “Register this SIM” and click “Skip” promo code
  3. Select “Get a New Number
  4. Select “Physical SIM
  5. Scan your SIM barcode
  6. Scan your Passport or MyKad (for Malaysians)
  7. Fill in User’s Details
  8. Complete Face Recognition and your SIM is now registered!
How do I activate my SIM card?
  • Insert your SIM upon arriving in Malaysia
  • Dial 13101 to activate your SIM
  • Enable mobile data
How to view my data and airtime balance?
  • Dial *134# for data balance 
  • Dial *133# for airtime balance
Where can I get top-up for my Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Download the Tune Talk App or visit https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/ to top up

What is Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Malaysia Traveller SIM is an internet sim pack by Tune Talk that consists of 3 data plans for travellers who are visiting Malaysia. Travellers are given the choice to purchase Travel LITE SIM, Travel FAST SIM or Travel UNLIMITED SIM.

Can I continue to use the Malaysia Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Yes, you can continue using the Malaysia Traveller SIM. Just reload and subscribe to Tune Talk data plan via Tune Talk App to stay connected.

How much is the cost for shipping?

Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am until 10pm daily.

What do I get when I purchase the Malaysia Traveller SIM package?
Pack Travel LITE Travel FAST Travel UNLIMITED
Price RM25 RM35 RM50
Data Allocation 15GB High-Speed Data 35GB High-Speed Data Unlimited Data

* (FUP: 60GB)
9am – 5pm (12Mbps)
Else 6Mbps
Calls N/A Unlimited calls to all networks Unlimited calls to all networks
Global Bundle RM5 Tune Talk credit N/A N/A
Hotspot Shared with 15GB Base Quota Shared with 35GB Base Quota Additional 6GB Hotspot
Basic Internet 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps 10GB Basic Internet @ 256kbps
Validity 15 Days 30 Days 30 Days
How do I activate my SIM card?
  • Insert your SIM upon arriving in Malaysia
  • Dial 13101 to activate your SIM
  • Enable mobile data
How do I make International calls?

Just dial <00><country code><mobile number> and enjoy our IDD rates as low as 12sen/min

How to view my data and airtime balance?
  • Dial *134# for data balance 
  • Dial *133# for airtime balance
How much is the charge for International SMS?

Subject to country rate.

Where can I get top-up for my Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Download the Tune Talk App or visit https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/ to top up

How long will it take to deliver the Malaysia Traveller SIM to my address?

Shipping outside Malaysia/International shipping

  • International shipping is currently not available.
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

Shipping within Malaysia

  • Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. 
  • Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.
  • A minimum of 7 days in advance is required to place an order.
  • Your order will arrive anytime within 3 to 5 working days.
  • If you placed your order over the weekend or on a public holiday, we will process the orders on the next business day.
  • To ensure safe delivery, we use the Courier Post Track and Trace service. Please give us an address where someone will be home to sign for the delivery between 7am and 6pm, Monday to Friday. If no one is home to sign for the delivery, delivery terms will be based on your local postal service.
What is Malaysia Traveller SIM?

Malaysia Traveller SIM is an internet sim pack by Tune Talk that consists of 3 data plans for travellers who are visiting Malaysia. Travellers are given the choice to purchase Travel LITE SIM, Travel FAST SIM or Travel UNLIMITED SIM.

My order hasn’t arrived, what do I do?

If your order hasn’t arrived and you haven’t heard from us for more than 7 – 14 business days, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following information:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number & date of order
  • Date & time of arrival 
  • Destination of arrival
  • Place of stay in Malaysia (e.g: name of hotel)
  • Contact number
Can I continue to use the Malaysia Traveller SIM after the validity expires?

Yes, you can continue using the Malaysia Traveller SIM. Just reload and subscribe to Tune Talk data plan via Tune Talk App to stay connected.

Who can I contact if I have inquiries about my order?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  • Full name
  • Passport number
  • Order number / Transaction ID
How much is the cost for shipping?

Shipping within Malaysia costs RM6. At the moment, international shipping is not available. Travellers from outside Malaysia who purchase SIM cards will need to pick them up at KLIA, KLIA2, KKIA or Penang Airport.

What do I need to do if my sim is not receiving any data connection?
  1. Select “Activate SIM
  2. Select “Register this SIM” and click “Skip” promo code
  3. Select “Get a New Number
  4. Select “Physical SIM
  5. Scan your SIM barcode
  6. Scan your Passport or MyKad (for Malaysians)
  7. Fill in User’s Details
  8. Complete Face Recognition and your SIM is now registered!
Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am until 10pm daily.

배송비는 얼마인가요?

말레이시아 내에서의 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다. 말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았습니다. 어떻게 해야 하나요?

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았고 영업일 기준 7일~14일간 당사로부터 연락을 받지 못하신 경우에는 customer.care@tunetalk.com에 다음 정보를 포함하여 이메일을 보내 주십시오.

  • 성명
  • 여권 번호
  • 주문 번호 및 주문 날짜
  • 도착 날짜 및 시간
  • 도착 목적지
  • 말레이시아 내 숙소 (예: 호텔명)
  • 연락처
말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 어디에서 추가로 충전할 수 있나요?

튠톡 앱을 다운로드하거나 https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/에 방문하여 충전하세요.

주문 문의 사항은 누구에게 연락하나요?

주문에 대한 문의 사항이 있는 경우, 다음과 같은 세부 내용을 포함하여 customer.care@tunetalk.com으로 이메일을 보내주시길 바랍니다.

  • 성명
  • 여권번호
  • 주문 번호/거래 ID
국제문자 청구 요금은 얼마인가요?

국가별 요율에 따라 청구됩니다.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM 패키지 구매 시 무엇이 제공되나요?
 팩 트래블 LITE 트래블 FAST 트래블 UNLIMITED
 가격 RM25 RM35 RM50
데이터 할당량 15GB 초고속 데이터 35GB 초고속 데이터 무제한 데이터

* (FUP: 60GB)
오전 9시~ 오후 5시(12Mbps)
 그 외 시간 6Mbps
 통화 해당 없음 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화
 글로벌 번들 RM5 튠톡 크레딧 해당 없음 해당 없음
핫스팟 15GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 35GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 추가 6GB 핫스팟 제공
기본 인터넷 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도)
 유효 기간 15일 30일 30일
유심이 데이터 연결을 수신받지 못하는 경우 어떻게 해야 하나요?
  1. “SIM 활성화”를 선택합니다.
  2. “이 SIM 등록”을 선택 후 프로모션 코드 “건너뛰기”를 클릭합니다.
  3. “새 번호 받기”를 선택합니다.
  4. “물리 SIM”을 선택합니다.
  5. SIM 바코드를 스캔합니다.
  6. 여권 또는 MyKad(말레이시아인만 해당)을 스캔합니다.
  7. 사용자 세부 사항을 기재합니다.
  8. 안면 인식을 완료하면 SIM이 등록됩니다!
유효 기간이 만료된 후에도 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 계속 사용할 수 있나요?

네, 계속해서 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 사용하실 수 있습니다. 튠톡 앱에 접속하여 재충전 및 튠톡 데이터 플랜을 신청하면 연결을 유지하실 수 있습니다.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 제 주소로 배송받기까지 얼마나 소요되나요?

말레이시아 외 배송/국제 배송

국제 배송은 현재 불가능합니다.
말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

말레이시아 국내 배송

말레이시아 국내 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다.

말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발
루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

최소 7일 전에 주문해 주셔야 합니다.

주문 건은 영업일 기준 3일~5일 이내에 도착합니다.

주말이나 공휴일에 주문하신 경우, 다음 영업일에 해당 주문 건을 처리해 드립니다.

당사에서는 안전한 배송을 위해 배송 추적(Courier Post Track and Trace) 서비스를 이용합니다. 당사에 알려 주시는 배송지에는 월요일에서 금요일, 오전 7시에서 오후 6시 사이에 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 계셔야 합니다. 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 없는 경우에는 귀하의 지역 우편 제도에 따라 배송 약관이 적용됩니다.

SIM 카드는 어떻게 활성화 하나요?
  • 말레이시아에 도착하면 기기에 SIM 카드를 장착합니다.
  • 13101번으로 전화하여 SIM을 활성화합니다.
  • 모바일 데이터를 활성화합니다.
데이터 및 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량을 어떻게 조회할 수 있나요?
  • 잔여 데이터는 *134#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
  • 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량은 *133#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
국제 전화를 어떻게 거나요?

<00><국가 코드><휴대 전화 번호> 번으로 간편하게 전화를 걸어 분당 12센(SEN)인 당사의 저렴한 국제 직통 전화(IDD) 요금을 즐겨보세요.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM이란 무엇인가요?

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM은 튠톡의 인터넷 유심 팩으로 말레이시아를 방문하는 여행객을 위한 3가지 데이터 플랜으로 구성되어 있습니다. 여행객은 트래블 LITE SIM, 트래블 FAST SIM 또는 트래블 UNLIMITED SIM 중 선택하여 구매하실 수 있습니다.

유심이 작동하지 않으면 누구에게 연락해야 하나요?

매일 오전 8시에서 오후 10시까지 운영하는 저희 고객 서비스 팀에 13100번으로 연락주시거나 tunetalk.com에서 온라인 채팅을 이용해 주십시오.

배송비는 얼마인가요?

말레이시아 내에서의 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다. 말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

유효 기간이 만료된 후에도 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 계속 사용할 수 있나요?

네, 계속해서 말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 사용하실 수 있습니다. 튠톡 앱에 접속하여 재충전 및 튠톡 데이터 플랜을 신청하면 연결을 유지하실 수 있습니다.

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았습니다. 어떻게 해야 하나요?

주문 물품이 도착하지 않았고 영업일 기준 7일~14일간 당사로부터 연락을 받지 못하신 경우에는 customer.care@tunetalk.com에 다음 정보를 포함하여 이메일을 보내 주십시오.

  • 성명
  • 여권 번호
  • 주문 번호 및 주문 날짜
  • 도착 날짜 및 시간
  • 도착 목적지
  • 말레이시아 내 숙소 (예: 호텔명)
  • 연락처
말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 제 주소로 배송받기까지 얼마나 소요되나요?

말레이시아 외 배송/국제 배송

국제 배송은 현재 불가능합니다.
말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

말레이시아 국내 배송

말레이시아 국내 배송 비용은 RM6입니다. 현재는 해외 배송이 불가능합니다.

말레이시아 외의 국가에서 SIM 카드를 구매하신 여행객은 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제1 터미널(KLIA), 쿠알라룸푸르 국제공항 제2 터미널(KLIA2), 코타키나발
루 국제공항(KKIA) 또는 페낭 공항에서 수령하셔야 합니다.

최소 7일 전에 주문해 주셔야 합니다.

주문 건은 영업일 기준 3일~5일 이내에 도착합니다.

주말이나 공휴일에 주문하신 경우, 다음 영업일에 해당 주문 건을 처리해 드립니다.

당사에서는 안전한 배송을 위해 배송 추적(Courier Post Track and Trace) 서비스를 이용합니다. 당사에 알려 주시는 배송지에는 월요일에서 금요일, 오전 7시에서 오후 6시 사이에 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 계셔야 합니다. 물품 수령 후 서명해 주실 분이 없는 경우에는 귀하의 지역 우편 제도에 따라 배송 약관이 적용됩니다.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM을 어디에서 추가로 충전할 수 있나요?

튠톡 앱을 다운로드하거나 https://www.tunetalk.com/prepaid/top-up/에 방문하여 충전하세요.

SIM 카드는 어떻게 활성화 하나요?
  • 말레이시아에 도착하면 기기에 SIM 카드를 장착합니다.
  • 13101번으로 전화하여 SIM을 활성화합니다.
  • 모바일 데이터를 활성화합니다.
주문 문의 사항은 누구에게 연락하나요?

주문에 대한 문의 사항이 있는 경우, 다음과 같은 세부 내용을 포함하여 customer.care@tunetalk.com으로 이메일을 보내주시길 바랍니다.

  • 성명
  • 여권번호
  • 주문 번호/거래 ID
데이터 및 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량을 어떻게 조회할 수 있나요?
  • 잔여 데이터는 *134#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
  • 휴대전화 사용 시간 잔여량은 *133#번으로 전화하여 확인해 주세요.
국제문자 청구 요금은 얼마인가요?

국가별 요율에 따라 청구됩니다.

국제 전화를 어떻게 거나요?

<00><국가 코드><휴대 전화 번호> 번으로 간편하게 전화를 걸어 분당 12센(SEN)인 당사의 저렴한 국제 직통 전화(IDD) 요금을 즐겨보세요.

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM 패키지 구매 시 무엇이 제공되나요?
 팩 트래블 LITE 트래블 FAST 트래블 UNLIMITED
 가격 RM25 RM35 RM50
데이터 할당량 15GB 초고속 데이터 35GB 초고속 데이터 무제한 데이터

* (FUP: 60GB)
오전 9시~ 오후 5시(12Mbps)
 그 외 시간 6Mbps
 통화 해당 없음 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화 모든 통신망으로 무제한 통화
 글로벌 번들 RM5 튠톡 크레딧 해당 없음 해당 없음
핫스팟 15GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 35GB 기본 할당량으로 공유 추가 6GB 핫스팟 제공
기본 인터넷 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도) 10GB 기본 인터넷(256kbps 속도)
 유효 기간 15일 30일 30일
말레이시아 트래블러 SIM이란 무엇인가요?

말레이시아 트래블러 SIM은 튠톡의 인터넷 유심 팩으로 말레이시아를 방문하는 여행객을 위한 3가지 데이터 플랜으로 구성되어 있습니다. 여행객은 트래블 LITE SIM, 트래블 FAST SIM 또는 트래블 UNLIMITED SIM 중 선택하여 구매하실 수 있습니다.

유심이 데이터 연결을 수신받지 못하는 경우 어떻게 해야 하나요?
  1. “SIM 활성화”를 선택합니다.
  2. “이 SIM 등록”을 선택 후 프로모션 코드 “건너뛰기”를 클릭합니다.
  3. “새 번호 받기”를 선택합니다.
  4. “물리 SIM”을 선택합니다.
  5. SIM 바코드를 스캔합니다.
  6. 여권 또는 MyKad(말레이시아인만 해당)을 스캔합니다.
  7. 사용자 세부 사항을 기재합니다.
  8. 안면 인식을 완료하면 SIM이 등록됩니다!
유심이 작동하지 않으면 누구에게 연락해야 하나요?

매일 오전 8시에서 오후 10시까지 운영하는 저희 고객 서비스 팀에 13100번으로 연락주시거나 tunetalk.com에서 온라인 채팅을 이용해 주십시오.

What is the benefit of Tune Talk’s Free Basic Internet?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy FREE always-on connectivity.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10Gb of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed at the 1st of every calendar month.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! If you have FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates if you don’t have any Data Plans.

If I already have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I still choose Pay-Per-Use?

No. Users who are enjoying FBI cannot opt for pay-per-use data usage.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted, you can no longer enjoy data and you will need to subscribe to another Mobile Internet plan to continue to enjoy data.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will also receive an SMS notification from the us when your BI quota usage is at 90% and 100%.

How do I check the status or the balance of my quota?

You can check this by dialing *134# (USSD) or send FBI STATUS to 2222 or within the Tune Talk App.

Quota balance also via FBI STATUS to 2222

Who is eligible for Free Basic Internet?

Free basic internet will be available for new subscribers after 15th January 2019 as well as selected existing subscribers by phases starting from the same mentioned date.

Eligible subscribers will be notified via SMS and you just have to follow the steps provided.

What is the benefit of Tune Talk’s Free Basic Internet?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy FREE always-on connectivity.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10Gb of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed at the 1st of every calendar month.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will also receive an SMS notification from the us when your BI quota usage is at 90% and 100%.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! If you have FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates if you don’t have any Data Plans.

How do I check the status or the balance of my quota?

You can check this by dialing *134# (USSD) or send FBI STATUS to 2222 or within the Tune Talk App.

Quota balance also via FBI STATUS to 2222

If I already have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I still choose Pay-Per-Use?

No. Users who are enjoying FBI cannot opt for pay-per-use data usage.

Who is eligible for Free Basic Internet?

Free basic internet will be available for new subscribers after 15th January 2019 as well as selected existing subscribers by phases starting from the same mentioned date.

Eligible subscribers will be notified via SMS and you just have to follow the steps provided.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted, you can no longer enjoy data and you will need to subscribe to another Mobile Internet plan to continue to enjoy data.

What is the Self Care portal?

Self Care portal is your personal page. It contains all the information about your Tune Talk account; Allows you to manage your personal details in your account, top up and transfer credit to another Tune Talk mobile number.

I’ve forgotten my password/username. How do I retrieve it?

To retrieve your password:

  • Go to your Self Care login page, select First time login/retrieve password
  • Select Forgot Password/Username
  • Select your nationality
  • Select the method of retrieval (email or mobile number)
What can I do in the Self Care portal?

You can view your account details:

  • Mobile Number
  • Current airtime balance & network validity
  • Personal details
  • Last 3 months top up transaction details
  • Last 3 months call/SMS records
  • No insurance policy on Selfcare

You can also:

  • Perform top ups
  • Change mobile number
  • Transfer Airtime Balance
How do I change my Self Care password ?

To change your password:

  • Log in to your Self Care account
  • Click My Profile
  • Click View Profile
  • Click Edit Profile
  • Click Change Password option
  • Enter your current password
  • Enter your new password and confirm password
  • Save the changes
How do I sign up for a Self Care account?

Send our Customer Care an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com to request for your Self Care account details.
Please provide the following information:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk SIM card number (601999…)
  • Full Address
  • Date of Birth

The provided information will be used to verify your profile before providing you with the Self Care account login details.

What is the Self Care portal?

Self Care portal is your personal page. It contains all the information about your Tune Talk account; Allows you to manage your personal details in your account, top up and transfer credit to another Tune Talk mobile number.

How do I change my Self Care password ?

To change your password:

  • Log in to your Self Care account
  • Click My Profile
  • Click View Profile
  • Click Edit Profile
  • Click Change Password option
  • Enter your current password
  • Enter your new password and confirm password
  • Save the changes
I’ve forgotten my password/username. How do I retrieve it?

To retrieve your password:

  • Go to your Self Care login page, select First time login/retrieve password
  • Select Forgot Password/Username
  • Select your nationality
  • Select the method of retrieval (email or mobile number)
How do I sign up for a Self Care account?

Send our Customer Care an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com to request for your Self Care account details.
Please provide the following information:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk SIM card number (601999…)
  • Full Address
  • Date of Birth

The provided information will be used to verify your profile before providing you with the Self Care account login details.

What can I do in the Self Care portal?

You can view your account details:

  • Mobile Number
  • Current airtime balance & network validity
  • Personal details
  • Last 3 months top up transaction details
  • Last 3 months call/SMS records
  • No insurance policy on Selfcare

You can also:

  • Perform top ups
  • Change mobile number
  • Transfer Airtime Balance
What is Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is Tune Talk latest’s offer where you only pay 10 sen per minute to your ten favourite Tune Talk numbers, anytime of the day.

How do I subscribe to Friends & Family?

You can configure your favourite 10 numbers via:

  • SelfCare – login and click on My Services and select TuneBuddies
  • Or *111# – option 5, Services and option 3, Tune Talk number.
Are there any charges to enjoy Friends & Family?

No, there is no charge or fee to enjoy Friends & Family. However, once you configured all 10 numbers, there will be a nominal fee of RM2 per transaction to make further changes.

How do I check my list of Friends & Family Number?

Login to your SelfCare account or dial *111# and select “List” option from the menu.

When can I start to enjoy Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is available on 16 March 2012 onwards.

What is the call rate for Friends & Family?

Only 10 sen per minute for local calls to your selected Tune Talk numbers, 24 hours a day.

Can I add any numbers onto my Friends & Family list?

No, Friends & Family is limited to Tune Talk numbers only.

What is Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is Tune Talk latest’s offer where you only pay 10 sen per minute to your ten favourite Tune Talk numbers, anytime of the day.

When can I start to enjoy Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is available on 16 March 2012 onwards.

How do I subscribe to Friends & Family?

You can configure your favourite 10 numbers via:

  • SelfCare – login and click on My Services and select TuneBuddies
  • Or *111# – option 5, Services and option 3, Tune Talk number.
What is the call rate for Friends & Family?

Only 10 sen per minute for local calls to your selected Tune Talk numbers, 24 hours a day.

Are there any charges to enjoy Friends & Family?

No, there is no charge or fee to enjoy Friends & Family. However, once you configured all 10 numbers, there will be a nominal fee of RM2 per transaction to make further changes.

Can I add any numbers onto my Friends & Family list?

No, Friends & Family is limited to Tune Talk numbers only.

How do I check my list of Friends & Family Number?

Login to your SelfCare account or dial *111# and select “List” option from the menu.

What is the Self Care portal?

Self Care portal is your personal page. It contains all the information about your Tune Talk account; Allows you to manage your personal details in your account, top up and transfer credit to another Tune Talk mobile number.

I’ve forgotten my password/username. How do I retrieve it?

To retrieve your password:

  • Go to your Self Care login page, select First time login/retrieve password
  • Select Forgot Password/Username
  • Select your nationality
  • Select the method of retrieval (email or mobile number)
What can I do in the Self Care portal?

You can view your account details:

  • Mobile Number
  • Current airtime balance & network validity
  • Personal details
  • Last 3 months top up transaction details
  • Last 3 months call/SMS records
  • No insurance policy on Selfcare

You can also:

  • Perform top ups
  • Change mobile number
  • Transfer Airtime Balance
How do I change my Self Care password ?

To change your password:

  • Log in to your Self Care account
  • Click My Profile
  • Click View Profile
  • Click Edit Profile
  • Click Change Password option
  • Enter your current password
  • Enter your new password and confirm password
  • Save the changes
How do I sign up for a Self Care account?

Send our Customer Care an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com to request for your Self Care account details.
Please provide the following information:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk SIM card number (601999…)
  • Full Address
  • Date of Birth

The provided information will be used to verify your profile before providing you with the Self Care account login details.

What is the Self Care portal?

Self Care portal is your personal page. It contains all the information about your Tune Talk account; Allows you to manage your personal details in your account, top up and transfer credit to another Tune Talk mobile number.

How do I change my Self Care password ?

To change your password:

  • Log in to your Self Care account
  • Click My Profile
  • Click View Profile
  • Click Edit Profile
  • Click Change Password option
  • Enter your current password
  • Enter your new password and confirm password
  • Save the changes
I’ve forgotten my password/username. How do I retrieve it?

To retrieve your password:

  • Go to your Self Care login page, select First time login/retrieve password
  • Select Forgot Password/Username
  • Select your nationality
  • Select the method of retrieval (email or mobile number)
How do I sign up for a Self Care account?

Send our Customer Care an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com to request for your Self Care account details.
Please provide the following information:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk SIM card number (601999…)
  • Full Address
  • Date of Birth

The provided information will be used to verify your profile before providing you with the Self Care account login details.

What can I do in the Self Care portal?

You can view your account details:

  • Mobile Number
  • Current airtime balance & network validity
  • Personal details
  • Last 3 months top up transaction details
  • Last 3 months call/SMS records
  • No insurance policy on Selfcare

You can also:

  • Perform top ups
  • Change mobile number
  • Transfer Airtime Balance
What does ‘Free SIM’ mean?

With a minimum purchase of RM10 top up or any mobile plan, you neither get charged for a physical SIM card nor for any delivery charges. This does not however apply for eSIMs which will cost RM10.

Will there be any additional deduction or fees beyond my top up or plan purchase?

There will be no additional deduction on your top up for ‘Get New SIM’ and you will receive the full amount of the top up in your new SIM (subject to relevant taxes for non-Malaysians).

Can I change the reserved mobile number once the order has been successfully made?

Unfortunately, you can’t change it upon confirmation of your purchase. The good news is Tune Talk has a service which enables you to switch your number once for free upon newly activating it. After a few days grace period, you can change it for only RM5, anytime. (Look for ‘Change Mobile Number’ under the ‘Extra Services’ in the Tune Talk App.)

Can I pay online?

You may pay via e-banking, credit or debit cards and with major eWallets.

How long will it take to deliver my Tune Talk SIM?

After placing your order, SIM delivery would take at most 7 working days (any delays are subject to our delivery partners’ Terms & Conditions of delivery). Should you choose eSIM however, it will be sent immediately to your email upon completing your order.

What does ‘Free SIM’ mean?

With a minimum purchase of RM10 top up or any mobile plan, you neither get charged for a physical SIM card nor for any delivery charges. This does not however apply for eSIMs which will cost RM10.

Can I pay online?

You may pay via e-banking, credit or debit cards and with major eWallets.

Will there be any additional deduction or fees beyond my top up or plan purchase?

There will be no additional deduction on your top up for ‘Get New SIM’ and you will receive the full amount of the top up in your new SIM (subject to relevant taxes for non-Malaysians).

How long will it take to deliver my Tune Talk SIM?

After placing your order, SIM delivery would take at most 7 working days (any delays are subject to our delivery partners’ Terms & Conditions of delivery). Should you choose eSIM however, it will be sent immediately to your email upon completing your order.

Can I change the reserved mobile number once the order has been successfully made?

Unfortunately, you can’t change it upon confirmation of your purchase. The good news is Tune Talk has a service which enables you to switch your number once for free upon newly activating it. After a few days grace period, you can change it for only RM5, anytime. (Look for ‘Change Mobile Number’ under the ‘Extra Services’ in the Tune Talk App.)

What is International Airtime Credit Transfer?

International Airtime Credit Transfer is a service that allows Tune Talk prepaid subscribers to transfer a small amount of prepaid credits to overseas prepaid mobile accounts.

Can I transfer prepaid credits while I’m roaming in another country (International Roaming)?

No, it is only available in Malaysia.

How much can I transfer?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

Does the recipient receive the transfer in Ringgit Malaysia (MYR) or foreign currency?

The denomination will be in foreign currency depending on the country.

Will there be any notifications sent to the recipient when the amount has been successfully transferred?

Recipient will receive an SMS notification on the amount transferred over (in foreign currency).

Who can I contact for more information on this service?

You may contact Tune Talk’s Customer Care at 13100.

How can I qualify to use this service?

You must be a Tune Talk prepaid subscriber. You must be in active state and have enough balance to purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer.

SMS sent for the service is free?

All SMS sent are free.

How fast does my recipient get the airtime credited?

Within 5 minutes.

What happens if the recipient’s telephone number is already terminated when I purchase the airtime?

An invalid number message will be sent to the sender and the deducted amount will be refunded into the sender’s prepaid account.

To whom can I transfer the prepaid credits?

You may transfer the prepaid credits from your Tune Talk Prepaid mobile number to another prepaid mobile number overseas (Bangladesh, Brazil, India, Indonesia, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Turkey, Vietnam). Varies between both shortcodes.

What is the minimum balance required in my prepaid account for me to perform an International Airtime Credit Transfer?

You can perform the International Airtime Credit Transfer as long as you have sufficient balance for the selected denomination.

How much am I charged for the transfer?

You will only be charged for the denomination selected for the International Airtime Credit Transfer.

Will the sender receive confirmation when the International Airtime Credit Transfer is successful?

Yes. Tune Talk Prepaid subscribers will receive an SMS confirmation when the recipient receives the credit. The SMS will display the amount (in MYR) deducted from sender’s credit balance and the foreign amount received by the recipient.

Can I send other denominations that are not listed?

No. You can only send according to the fixed denominations offered by Tune Talk.

Is there any subscription fee for this service?

No subscription fee is required to use this service

I have a credit balance of MYR10.00 left but the validity has expired. Can I still send International Airtime Credit Transfer?

No, your line has to be in “active” state to enjoy this service.

Is this service open to all Tune Talk prepaid rate plans?

Yes, all Tune Talk prepaid customers can use this service.

What happens if the recipient’s mobile telephone is not switched on when I purchase the airtime?

The recipient’s airtime balance will be increased (top-up) but the recipient might not receive the SMS notification. The sender will receive a successful SMS notification.

Is there a limit to how many times I can purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer in a single day?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

What is International Airtime Credit Transfer?

International Airtime Credit Transfer is a service that allows Tune Talk prepaid subscribers to transfer a small amount of prepaid credits to overseas prepaid mobile accounts.

To whom can I transfer the prepaid credits?

You may transfer the prepaid credits from your Tune Talk Prepaid mobile number to another prepaid mobile number overseas (Bangladesh, Brazil, India, Indonesia, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Turkey, Vietnam). Varies between both shortcodes.

Can I transfer prepaid credits while I’m roaming in another country (International Roaming)?

No, it is only available in Malaysia.

What is the minimum balance required in my prepaid account for me to perform an International Airtime Credit Transfer?

You can perform the International Airtime Credit Transfer as long as you have sufficient balance for the selected denomination.

How much can I transfer?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

How much am I charged for the transfer?

You will only be charged for the denomination selected for the International Airtime Credit Transfer.

Does the recipient receive the transfer in Ringgit Malaysia (MYR) or foreign currency?

The denomination will be in foreign currency depending on the country.

Will the sender receive confirmation when the International Airtime Credit Transfer is successful?

Yes. Tune Talk Prepaid subscribers will receive an SMS confirmation when the recipient receives the credit. The SMS will display the amount (in MYR) deducted from sender’s credit balance and the foreign amount received by the recipient.

Will there be any notifications sent to the recipient when the amount has been successfully transferred?

Recipient will receive an SMS notification on the amount transferred over (in foreign currency).

Can I send other denominations that are not listed?

No. You can only send according to the fixed denominations offered by Tune Talk.

Who can I contact for more information on this service?

You may contact Tune Talk’s Customer Care at 13100.

Is there any subscription fee for this service?

No subscription fee is required to use this service

How can I qualify to use this service?

You must be a Tune Talk prepaid subscriber. You must be in active state and have enough balance to purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer.

I have a credit balance of MYR10.00 left but the validity has expired. Can I still send International Airtime Credit Transfer?

No, your line has to be in “active” state to enjoy this service.

SMS sent for the service is free?

All SMS sent are free.

Is this service open to all Tune Talk prepaid rate plans?

Yes, all Tune Talk prepaid customers can use this service.

How fast does my recipient get the airtime credited?

Within 5 minutes.

What happens if the recipient’s mobile telephone is not switched on when I purchase the airtime?

The recipient’s airtime balance will be increased (top-up) but the recipient might not receive the SMS notification. The sender will receive a successful SMS notification.

What happens if the recipient’s telephone number is already terminated when I purchase the airtime?

An invalid number message will be sent to the sender and the deducted amount will be refunded into the sender’s prepaid account.

Is there a limit to how many times I can purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer in a single day?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

What is International Airtime Credit Transfer?

International Airtime Credit Transfer is a service that allows Tune Talk prepaid subscribers to transfer a small amount of prepaid credits to overseas prepaid mobile accounts.

Can I transfer prepaid credits while I’m roaming in another country (International Roaming)?

No, it is only available in Malaysia.

How much can I transfer?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

Does the recipient receive the transfer in Ringgit Malaysia (MYR) or foreign currency?

The denomination will be in foreign currency depending on the country.

Will there be any notifications sent to the recipient when the amount has been successfully transferred?

Recipient will receive an SMS notification on the amount transferred over (in foreign currency).

Who can I contact for more information on this service?

You may contact Tune Talk’s Customer Care at 13100.

How can I qualify to use this service?

You must be a Tune Talk prepaid subscriber. You must be in active state and have enough balance to purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer.

SMS sent for the service is free?

All SMS sent are free.

How fast does my recipient get the airtime credited?

Within 5 minutes.

What happens if the recipient’s telephone number is already terminated when I purchase the airtime?

An invalid number message will be sent to the sender and the deducted amount will be refunded into the sender’s prepaid account.

To whom can I transfer the prepaid credits?

You may transfer the prepaid credits from your Tune Talk Prepaid mobile number to another prepaid mobile number overseas (Bangladesh, Brazil, India, Indonesia, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Turkey, Vietnam). Varies between both shortcodes.

What is the minimum balance required in my prepaid account for me to perform an International Airtime Credit Transfer?

You can perform the International Airtime Credit Transfer as long as you have sufficient balance for the selected denomination.

How much am I charged for the transfer?

You will only be charged for the denomination selected for the International Airtime Credit Transfer.

Will the sender receive confirmation when the International Airtime Credit Transfer is successful?

Yes. Tune Talk Prepaid subscribers will receive an SMS confirmation when the recipient receives the credit. The SMS will display the amount (in MYR) deducted from sender’s credit balance and the foreign amount received by the recipient.

Can I send other denominations that are not listed?

No. You can only send according to the fixed denominations offered by Tune Talk.

Is there any subscription fee for this service?

No subscription fee is required to use this service

I have a credit balance of MYR10.00 left but the validity has expired. Can I still send International Airtime Credit Transfer?

No, your line has to be in “active” state to enjoy this service.

Is this service open to all Tune Talk prepaid rate plans?

Yes, all Tune Talk prepaid customers can use this service.

What happens if the recipient’s mobile telephone is not switched on when I purchase the airtime?

The recipient’s airtime balance will be increased (top-up) but the recipient might not receive the SMS notification. The sender will receive a successful SMS notification.

Is there a limit to how many times I can purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer in a single day?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

What is International Airtime Credit Transfer?

International Airtime Credit Transfer is a service that allows Tune Talk prepaid subscribers to transfer a small amount of prepaid credits to overseas prepaid mobile accounts.

To whom can I transfer the prepaid credits?

You may transfer the prepaid credits from your Tune Talk Prepaid mobile number to another prepaid mobile number overseas (Bangladesh, Brazil, India, Indonesia, Pakistan, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Turkey, Vietnam). Varies between both shortcodes.

Can I transfer prepaid credits while I’m roaming in another country (International Roaming)?

No, it is only available in Malaysia.

What is the minimum balance required in my prepaid account for me to perform an International Airtime Credit Transfer?

You can perform the International Airtime Credit Transfer as long as you have sufficient balance for the selected denomination.

How much can I transfer?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

How much am I charged for the transfer?

You will only be charged for the denomination selected for the International Airtime Credit Transfer.

Does the recipient receive the transfer in Ringgit Malaysia (MYR) or foreign currency?

The denomination will be in foreign currency depending on the country.

Will the sender receive confirmation when the International Airtime Credit Transfer is successful?

Yes. Tune Talk Prepaid subscribers will receive an SMS confirmation when the recipient receives the credit. The SMS will display the amount (in MYR) deducted from sender’s credit balance and the foreign amount received by the recipient.

Will there be any notifications sent to the recipient when the amount has been successfully transferred?

Recipient will receive an SMS notification on the amount transferred over (in foreign currency).

Can I send other denominations that are not listed?

No. You can only send according to the fixed denominations offered by Tune Talk.

Who can I contact for more information on this service?

You may contact Tune Talk’s Customer Care at 13100.

Is there any subscription fee for this service?

No subscription fee is required to use this service

How can I qualify to use this service?

You must be a Tune Talk prepaid subscriber. You must be in active state and have enough balance to purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer.

I have a credit balance of MYR10.00 left but the validity has expired. Can I still send International Airtime Credit Transfer?

No, your line has to be in “active” state to enjoy this service.

SMS sent for the service is free?

All SMS sent are free.

Is this service open to all Tune Talk prepaid rate plans?

Yes, all Tune Talk prepaid customers can use this service.

How fast does my recipient get the airtime credited?

Within 5 minutes.

What happens if the recipient’s mobile telephone is not switched on when I purchase the airtime?

The recipient’s airtime balance will be increased (top-up) but the recipient might not receive the SMS notification. The sender will receive a successful SMS notification.

What happens if the recipient’s telephone number is already terminated when I purchase the airtime?

An invalid number message will be sent to the sender and the deducted amount will be refunded into the sender’s prepaid account.

Is there a limit to how many times I can purchase International Airtime Credit Transfer in a single day?

You can transfer a maximum of RM100 per day.

Help I can’t make a call/send a text message!

You can report this to our Customer Care at (03-2771 7000) or dial (13100). You can also Live Chat with us and we will assist you accordingly.

My calls keeps disconnecting in the middle of a call or when I’ve just started talking. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

I can’t make an outgoing call. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.

For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

Help I can’t make a call/send a text message!

You can report this to our Customer Care at (03-2771 7000) or dial (13100). You can also Live Chat with us and we will assist you accordingly.

I can’t make an outgoing call. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.

For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

My calls keeps disconnecting in the middle of a call or when I’ve just started talking. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What are the prizes?

There are Grand Prizes, First Prizes, and Weekly Prizes available. Winners will be selected at random. Please refer to the table below for further details.

Prizes Number of Winners
Grand Prize Winner iPhone 16 2
First Prize Winner Samsung Galaxy S24 FE 2
Weekly Winner RM50 TnG eWallet PIN 25 per week
How do I join the campaign?
  1. Login to Tune Talk App
  2. You will receive push notification about the campaign
  3. An additional pop-up will appear to Opt-In (join) the campaign
  4. Click “YES, I want to join!” to confirm your participation in the campaign
  5. You will receive ongoing notification, updates of your entries and other relevant campaign information
  6. Top up your mobile number to earn entries
What is the difference between entries and Tune Talk Points?

Entries are valid exclusively for this campaign, while Tune Talk Points can be redeemed for #JomEnjoy offers and Tune Talk Rewards are available within the Tune Talk App.

I have won a weekly prize. Am I still eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize?

You remain eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize, but you are not eligible to win the multiple weekly prizes thereafter. However, if you win the First Prize, you will not be eligible for the Grand Prize, and vice versa.

How will I receive my prize?

Weekly winners must provide their email address, and the RM50 TnG e-Wallet PIN will be sent via email. The code will only be sent once and will not be reissued in the event of an incorrect email address.

Grand Prize and First Prize winners residing in Kuala Lumpur and Selangor (as per MyKad address) are to collect their prize in person or appoint a representative. For winners outside of Kuala Lumpur and Selangor, delivery arrangements are available. Prizes must be collected or delivered within 7 days from the announcement date (excluding public holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays). Failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of the prize.

How much is the content fee?

Each content has different pricing. Subscribers can view the fee before purchasing the content. The content fee will be charged on a daily basis based on the content subscription.

Who is eligible to use this service?

This service is available for all Tune Talk subscribers with sufficient credit balance to purchase content or renew subscriptions.

What should I do if I face any issues or need assistance?

If you encounter any issues or need assistance with this service, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will be more than happy to assist you.

Who can use CodeShop platform?

CodeShop by Tune Talk is available for Tune Talk subscribers with valid Tune Talk mobile numbers only. If you do not have a Tune Talk SIM card, you can purchase your SIM card from the nearest Tune Talk store, or visit here.

Can I refund or return a game voucher after purchase?

No. Once a voucher code has been received, it is not refundable.

What is the purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Starting 4th October 2023, we have implemented purchase limit as below:

Purchase Limit Type Limit Limit Reset
Daily Limit RM150 After 24 hours
Monthly Limit RM300 First day of each calendar month
How do I redeem a game voucher?

To redeem a game voucher, follow these steps:

  1. Log in to your gaming platform account.
  2. Go to “Redeem a Steam Gift Card or Wallet Code” for Steam Wallet or “Redeem Code” for PlayStation Network platform.
  3. Enter the voucher code and follow further instructions.
Do I need to provide my payment information on CodeShop platform to complete my purchase?

No. Charges for the voucher code and its surcharge via CodeShop platform will be deducted from your Tune Talk Credit. In the case of insufficient balance, your voucher code purchase will not be processed.

How do I purchase game vouchers in the CodeShop platform?

Purchasing in CodeShop platform is simple:

  1. Go to https://codeshop-tt.com/.
  2. Browse the available game vouchers.
  3. Choose the voucher you want to purchase by clicking on “BUY NOW”.
  4. On “Choose your payment option” page, click on “Tune Talk”.
  5. Provide your Tune Talk mobile number and email address.
  6. Request for TAC number.
  7. Provide the TAC number and proceed with the voucher purchasing.
  8. After payment confirmation, you will receive a voucher code via SMS and/or email.
Can I convert my entries into Tune Talk Points after the campaign ends?

Entries are valid solely for this campaign.

Do I need to create an account on CodeShop platform to purchase game vouchers?

No. Subscribers only need to provide their valid Tune Talk mobile number when purchasing game vouchers on CodeShop.

Is there a limit to the number of top ups or plans that can be purchased to join this campaign?

There is no limit to the number of top ups or plans you can purchase. The more you top up, the more points and entries you earn, the higher your chances of winning. However, there is a maximum credit limit of RM1,000 that a subscriber can hold at any given time.

If I purchase a new plan during the campaign period, will entries earned from my previous plan remain valid?

Yes, your entries shall continue to accumulate as long as you retain the same mobile number.

If I move from the Silver tier to the Gold tier, will I receive the additional 10 entries?

No, only participants who are in the Gold tier at the start of the campaign shall receive the additional 10 entries. Silver tier participants shall continue to enjoy double entries.

Can I subscribe to multiple content?

Yes, subscribers can subscribe to multiple content and a fee will be charged based on each individual content.

Do I have to pay anything additional to receive this coverage?

It is absolutely FREE and the premium payment is borne by Tune Talk if you Top Up a minimum of RM50 monthly.

When does the FREE PA Insurance coverage begin?

Coverage commences on the following month upon meeting the minimum monthly top up of RM50 for the current month, subject to the 60 days cooling-off period from the date you activate your Tune Talk SIM. (Example: if your cumulative top up for the month of January is RM50 or more, you will receive the FREE PA Insurance coverage for the following month of February)

When does the PA Insurance coverage for each month commence and end?

Coverage commences on the first day of the month and ends on the last day of the month. (Example: 1st January until 31st January)

Can I claim my PA Insurance if I were involved in a motorcycle accident?

The PA Insurance does NOT cover subscribers who are engaged in riding or pillion riding on a motorcycle for any purpose.

What are some examples of high-risk occupations that are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Military and Law Enforcement
  • Pilot and Aircrew
  • Professional Sports
  • Workers utilising wood-working machinery

Please read through the exclusions in the policy here for a comprehensive list of occupations that are excluded from coverage

What if I have other insurance policies?

All benefits are paid in addition to and regardless of any other insurance policies you may have.

What is the claim procedure?

For incidents after 1-Nov-2024
All claims must be notified within 30 (thirty) days from the date of accident, provide full particulars and shall seek medical or surgical advice as soon as possible. Please contact RHB Insurance Customer Service Hotline at 1300-220-007 to do this or seek more clarification on your claim enquiries.
Alternatively, you can download the claim form here and email it to rhbi.general@rhbgroup.com.

For incidents occurring on or before 31/10/24, please click HERE.

Where can I find the exclusions and policy wording?

The exclusions and policy wording can be accessed and downloaded here.

What should I mainly consider so that my eligibility is not affected?

Eligibility to the PA Insurance coverage is subject to accuracy of subscriber’s personal information as per his/her Mykad/Passport/Police ID/Army ID entered at point of registration.

What is Direct Carrier Billing in Google Play?

A payment feature by Tune Talk that allows you to purchase any digital content (Apps, Games, E-book, etc.) in Google Play securely using your Tune Talk credit balance.

How do I enable Tune Talk Billing option on Google Play?

a. You have a valid Gmail account;
b. You have an active Tune Talk subscription and your device must be on active Tune Talk mobile network;
c. You must have enough Airtime credit balance in your account to purchase your desired content from Google Play™ Store;
d. One-time setup is required for your first purchase on Google Play™ Store. Add “use Tune Talk Billing” as your preferred payment method. Once Tune Talk Billing payment is selected, it shall be your default payment method for purchases made at Google Play™ Store until you change it.

Can I still purchase Google Play Content once I reach the daily/monthly limit?

In the event where you have reached the daily/monthly limit, Tune Talk Billing option will not be displayed in the payment options. As such, you are required to choose other available payment options if you wish to proceed with Content purchase.

How to prevent accidental or unwanted purchases?

Google Play™ password protection feature requires you to enter a password before each Content purchase.

Can I request refund for a Content purchase that I do not like?

There is an immediate Google Refund Policy window of 2 hours. It is as simple as going back to the recent installed app and clicking the Refund button. It will immediately uninstall the app and process your refund request.

For any purchase made more than 2 hours, you will only be able to see the Uninstall button. In this case, you may refer to Google’s Refund and Return for more details.

Who qualifies for this plan?

Anyone who purchases a device that offers a Tune Talk Device Plan from the Tune Talk Online Store.

Do I need to use the device I purchased with the nominated Tune Talk number to enjoy the FREE DATA?

Yes. This is one of the conditions to enjoy the FREE DATA! The FREE DATA will not be granted if this condition is not met.

What happens to my FREE DATA If I switch operators?

Once you have switched Operators, you will no longer receive the FREE DATA and are not entitled to any reimbursement for the unused FREE DATA.

If I already have FREE DATA from my reload, which data allocation will be utilized first?

The FREE DATA from this device plan will be utilized first. Once the data has been fully used, then the FREE DATA from your reload will be utilized.

Who is eligible to participate in this campaign?

This campaign is eligible for all Tune Talk subscribers excluding inbound/outbound travelers, Staff or Dealers/Partners.

How do I earn entries?

You will earn entries through successful top up transactions or direct plan purchase (applicable only for Pelan Jimat and Epik).

How many entries do I need to win the prizes?

The more entries you accumulate, the greater your chances of winning, provided you are within the Gold tier. For the avoidance of doubt, the Gold tier is achieved by accumulating 1,500 pts or more through top ups or plan purchase. This tier system is an existing feature on the Tune Talk App.

How will the winners be notified?

The winners will receive an SMS / app push notification and our Tune Talk representative will reach out to them via a call. If the winner does not answer the call after three attempts, the prize shall be deemed forfeited.

When is the campaign period?

The campaign starts from 15 November 2024 until 31 December 2024.

How do I subscribe to Santai Contents?

Subscribers can subscribe to Santai Content through the content platform.

What is the “Go for Gold” campaign?

The “Go for Gold” campaign is a promotional campaign on the Tune Talk App, whereby users may earn entries by topping up or subscribing to eligible plans. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of entries earned is directly proportional to the likelihood of winning a prize; thus, the more entries accumulated, the greater the chances of winning.

How do I unsubscribe from content?

You can unsubscribe from the content by sending STOP [KEYWORD] to 2345.

What is CodeShop platform?

CodeShop is a digital game voucher platform that allows users to purchase game vouchers for Steam Wallet and PlayStation Network gaming platforms.

What should I do if I have issues with a voucher code or have not received the voucher code after the payment has been made?

If you encounter any issues with a voucher code or do not receive the voucher code, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

Why is there a purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Purchase limits are implemented to ensure fair access to voucher codes, prevent voucher code abuse, and manage inventory effectively.

Can I purchase game vouchers as gifts for someone else?

Yes, you can purchase game vouchers as gifts for others. During the checkout process, you can send the voucher code to the recipient’s email address or share it with them manually.

What is Santai Content?

Santai Content is a media and entertainment service that allows Tune Talk subscribers to receive the latest news, fun facts and lifestyle tips via SMS.

Is the chance of winning prizes pertaining to this campaign is limited to Gold tier subscribers only?

Only Gold tier subscribers can win the prizes.

Can I transfer my entries to another Tune Talk mobile number?

Entries are non-transferable. The entries you earn shall remain linked to the associated Tune Talk mobile number.

I have multiple mobile numbers. How can I confirm which number is opted in for this campaign?

Please ensure that you log in to the Tune Talk App using the mobile number you wish to use before opting in (joining) the campaign.

I have more than one mobile number, how are my entries calculated?

Entries shall be counted separately for each mobile number.

Is there a difference between Silver tier and Gold tier for this campaign?

Yes, participants in the Silver tier shall receive double entries for the duration of the campaign, while those in the Gold tier shall receive an additional 10 bonus entries at the start of the campaign.

How do I know the total number of entries I have earned?

A weekly push notification will be sent to update you on your total accumulated entries.

How do I know if I have subscribed to the content successfully?

Subscriber will receive a welcome SMS once they have successfully subscribed to the content.  No fee will be charged for the welcome SMS.

I just topped up RM50 this month. Am I eligible for the FREE PA Insurance next month?

You are eligible for the coverage if you top up RM50 or more anytime between the first day of every month (12:00am) till the last day of every month (11:00pm). (Example: 1st January (12.00am) – 31st January (11:00pm).

What is the 60 days cooling-off period?

The 60 days cooling-off period is the excluded period for PA Insurance coverage for all newly activated Tune Talk number.

How old do I have to be in order to be eligible for the PA Insurance?

You have to be not less than 12 years old and not more than 65 years old to be eligible for the PA Insurance coverage.

How do I nominate my beneficiary(ies)?

Pursuant to Section 129 and Para 5 of Schedule 9 of Financial Services Act 2013, Malaysia, nominee(s) should be: spouse, child or parent(s), if there is no spouse or child at the time of making the nomination, the nominee is his parent. A nominee of a Muslim insured person upon receipt of policy moneys shall distribute the policy moneys in accordance with the Shariah Laws.

What does the PA Insurance cover?

The policy covers Death and Total and Permanent Loss or Disablement (Total Paralysis) for RM50, 000.

What if I have more than one line registered under Tune Talk? Am I entitled to additional claims?

Even if you have multiple lines registered under Tune Talk, your coverage is limited to only one policy.

Who should I contact to get more information?

For more information, kindly refer to Tune Talk’s website or call our customer care at 13100 / 03- 2771 7000 from 8am to 10pm.

What are some examples of high-risk activities which are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Scuba Diving
  • Martial Arts
  • Racing (other than on foot)
  • Ice Hockey
  • Hunting

Please read through the exclusions in the policy carefully here for a comprehensive list of activities that are excluded from coverage

Additional Tune Talk policy

Tune Talk reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions without prior notice.

Who can use the Tune Talk Direct Billing?

It is available for all active Tune Talk subscribers.

Is there any purchase limit?

Yes, each monthly cumulative purchase is limited up to RM200 per month. Purchase or purchases for each day is limited to RM100.

Will I be informed once payment is successful?

Yes, you will receive an email notification from Google and also an SMS notification from Tune Talk.

How do I turn on my password protection in Google Play™?

To turn on the password protection feature in Google Play:

  1. Launch Google Play™ app on your device
  2. Go to > Menu icon > Settings
  3. Select > Require authentication for purchases > Choose a setting
  4. Complete setup by following the step by step instructions.

We strongly advise you to turn on the password protection feature in Google Play™ as Tune Talk will not be held responsible for any accidental/unwanted purchases that are charged to your prepaid account.

How long does the Refund process take?

Refunds will take a different duration that will be subjected to the applicable Google terms and refund policy.

I have an existing Tune Talk number. Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA allocation for this plan?

Yes of course! All you have to do is provide us with the Tune Talk number you would like to nominate for the FREE DATA. Do note that you will have to use this number with device purchased to enjoy the FREE DATA.

Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA if my account is in inactive status?

No. You will need to maintain an Active status for your account in order to continue receiving the FREE DATA.

What happens if I do not fully utilize my allocation for this month?

All unused data will not carry forward and will not add towards the allocation for the new month.

If I already have a monthly data plan, will this plan add on to my data quota?

Yes! The FREE DATA from this Device Plan will add on to your existing data quota from your monthly Data Plan. The data from the Device Plan will be utilized first.

What are the prizes?

There are Grand Prizes, First Prizes, and Weekly Prizes available. Winners will be selected at random. Please refer to the table below for further details.

Prizes Number of Winners
Grand Prize Winner iPhone 16 2
First Prize Winner Samsung Galaxy S24 FE 2
Weekly Winner RM50 TnG eWallet PIN 25 per week
Who is eligible to participate in this campaign?

This campaign is eligible for all Tune Talk subscribers excluding inbound/outbound travelers, Staff or Dealers/Partners.

How do I join the campaign?
  1. Login to Tune Talk App
  2. You will receive push notification about the campaign
  3. An additional pop-up will appear to Opt-In (join) the campaign
  4. Click “YES, I want to join!” to confirm your participation in the campaign
  5. You will receive ongoing notification, updates of your entries and other relevant campaign information
  6. Top up your mobile number to earn entries
How do I earn entries?

You will earn entries through successful top up transactions or direct plan purchase (applicable only for Pelan Jimat and Epik).

What is the difference between entries and Tune Talk Points?

Entries are valid exclusively for this campaign, while Tune Talk Points can be redeemed for #JomEnjoy offers and Tune Talk Rewards are available within the Tune Talk App.

How many entries do I need to win the prizes?

The more entries you accumulate, the greater your chances of winning, provided you are within the Gold tier. For the avoidance of doubt, the Gold tier is achieved by accumulating 1,500 pts or more through top ups or plan purchase. This tier system is an existing feature on the Tune Talk App.

I have won a weekly prize. Am I still eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize?

You remain eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize, but you are not eligible to win the multiple weekly prizes thereafter. However, if you win the First Prize, you will not be eligible for the Grand Prize, and vice versa.

How will the winners be notified?

The winners will receive an SMS / app push notification and our Tune Talk representative will reach out to them via a call. If the winner does not answer the call after three attempts, the prize shall be deemed forfeited.

How will I receive my prize?

Weekly winners must provide their email address, and the RM50 TnG e-Wallet PIN will be sent via email. The code will only be sent once and will not be reissued in the event of an incorrect email address.

Grand Prize and First Prize winners residing in Kuala Lumpur and Selangor (as per MyKad address) are to collect their prize in person or appoint a representative. For winners outside of Kuala Lumpur and Selangor, delivery arrangements are available. Prizes must be collected or delivered within 7 days from the announcement date (excluding public holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays). Failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of the prize.

When is the campaign period?

The campaign starts from 15 November 2024 until 31 December 2024.

How much is the content fee?

Each content has different pricing. Subscribers can view the fee before purchasing the content. The content fee will be charged on a daily basis based on the content subscription.

How do I subscribe to Santai Contents?

Subscribers can subscribe to Santai Content through the content platform.

Who is eligible to use this service?

This service is available for all Tune Talk subscribers with sufficient credit balance to purchase content or renew subscriptions.

What is the “Go for Gold” campaign?

The “Go for Gold” campaign is a promotional campaign on the Tune Talk App, whereby users may earn entries by topping up or subscribing to eligible plans. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of entries earned is directly proportional to the likelihood of winning a prize; thus, the more entries accumulated, the greater the chances of winning.

What should I do if I face any issues or need assistance?

If you encounter any issues or need assistance with this service, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will be more than happy to assist you.

How do I unsubscribe from content?

You can unsubscribe from the content by sending STOP [KEYWORD] to 2345.

Who can use CodeShop platform?

CodeShop by Tune Talk is available for Tune Talk subscribers with valid Tune Talk mobile numbers only. If you do not have a Tune Talk SIM card, you can purchase your SIM card from the nearest Tune Talk store, or visit here.

What is CodeShop platform?

CodeShop is a digital game voucher platform that allows users to purchase game vouchers for Steam Wallet and PlayStation Network gaming platforms.

Can I refund or return a game voucher after purchase?

No. Once a voucher code has been received, it is not refundable.

What should I do if I have issues with a voucher code or have not received the voucher code after the payment has been made?

If you encounter any issues with a voucher code or do not receive the voucher code, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

What is the purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Starting 4th October 2023, we have implemented purchase limit as below:

Purchase Limit Type Limit Limit Reset
Daily Limit RM150 After 24 hours
Monthly Limit RM300 First day of each calendar month
Why is there a purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Purchase limits are implemented to ensure fair access to voucher codes, prevent voucher code abuse, and manage inventory effectively.

How do I redeem a game voucher?

To redeem a game voucher, follow these steps:

  1. Log in to your gaming platform account.
  2. Go to “Redeem a Steam Gift Card or Wallet Code” for Steam Wallet or “Redeem Code” for PlayStation Network platform.
  3. Enter the voucher code and follow further instructions.
Can I purchase game vouchers as gifts for someone else?

Yes, you can purchase game vouchers as gifts for others. During the checkout process, you can send the voucher code to the recipient’s email address or share it with them manually.

Do I need to provide my payment information on CodeShop platform to complete my purchase?

No. Charges for the voucher code and its surcharge via CodeShop platform will be deducted from your Tune Talk Credit. In the case of insufficient balance, your voucher code purchase will not be processed.

What is Santai Content?

Santai Content is a media and entertainment service that allows Tune Talk subscribers to receive the latest news, fun facts and lifestyle tips via SMS.

How do I purchase game vouchers in the CodeShop platform?

Purchasing in CodeShop platform is simple:

  1. Go to https://codeshop-tt.com/.
  2. Browse the available game vouchers.
  3. Choose the voucher you want to purchase by clicking on “BUY NOW”.
  4. On “Choose your payment option” page, click on “Tune Talk”.
  5. Provide your Tune Talk mobile number and email address.
  6. Request for TAC number.
  7. Provide the TAC number and proceed with the voucher purchasing.
  8. After payment confirmation, you will receive a voucher code via SMS and/or email.
Is the chance of winning prizes pertaining to this campaign is limited to Gold tier subscribers only?

Only Gold tier subscribers can win the prizes.

Can I convert my entries into Tune Talk Points after the campaign ends?

Entries are valid solely for this campaign.

Can I transfer my entries to another Tune Talk mobile number?

Entries are non-transferable. The entries you earn shall remain linked to the associated Tune Talk mobile number.

Do I need to create an account on CodeShop platform to purchase game vouchers?

No. Subscribers only need to provide their valid Tune Talk mobile number when purchasing game vouchers on CodeShop.

I have multiple mobile numbers. How can I confirm which number is opted in for this campaign?

Please ensure that you log in to the Tune Talk App using the mobile number you wish to use before opting in (joining) the campaign.

Is there a limit to the number of top ups or plans that can be purchased to join this campaign?

There is no limit to the number of top ups or plans you can purchase. The more you top up, the more points and entries you earn, the higher your chances of winning. However, there is a maximum credit limit of RM1,000 that a subscriber can hold at any given time.

I have more than one mobile number, how are my entries calculated?

Entries shall be counted separately for each mobile number.

If I purchase a new plan during the campaign period, will entries earned from my previous plan remain valid?

Yes, your entries shall continue to accumulate as long as you retain the same mobile number.

Is there a difference between Silver tier and Gold tier for this campaign?

Yes, participants in the Silver tier shall receive double entries for the duration of the campaign, while those in the Gold tier shall receive an additional 10 bonus entries at the start of the campaign.

If I move from the Silver tier to the Gold tier, will I receive the additional 10 entries?

No, only participants who are in the Gold tier at the start of the campaign shall receive the additional 10 entries. Silver tier participants shall continue to enjoy double entries.

How do I know the total number of entries I have earned?

A weekly push notification will be sent to update you on your total accumulated entries.

Can I subscribe to multiple content?

Yes, subscribers can subscribe to multiple content and a fee will be charged based on each individual content.

How do I know if I have subscribed to the content successfully?

Subscriber will receive a welcome SMS once they have successfully subscribed to the content.  No fee will be charged for the welcome SMS.

Do I have to pay anything additional to receive this coverage?

It is absolutely FREE and the premium payment is borne by Tune Talk if you Top Up a minimum of RM50 monthly.

I just topped up RM50 this month. Am I eligible for the FREE PA Insurance next month?

You are eligible for the coverage if you top up RM50 or more anytime between the first day of every month (12:00am) till the last day of every month (11:00pm). (Example: 1st January (12.00am) – 31st January (11:00pm).

When does the FREE PA Insurance coverage begin?

Coverage commences on the following month upon meeting the minimum monthly top up of RM50 for the current month, subject to the 60 days cooling-off period from the date you activate your Tune Talk SIM. (Example: if your cumulative top up for the month of January is RM50 or more, you will receive the FREE PA Insurance coverage for the following month of February)

What is the 60 days cooling-off period?

The 60 days cooling-off period is the excluded period for PA Insurance coverage for all newly activated Tune Talk number.

When does the PA Insurance coverage for each month commence and end?

Coverage commences on the first day of the month and ends on the last day of the month. (Example: 1st January until 31st January)

How old do I have to be in order to be eligible for the PA Insurance?

You have to be not less than 12 years old and not more than 65 years old to be eligible for the PA Insurance coverage.

Can I claim my PA Insurance if I were involved in a motorcycle accident?

The PA Insurance does NOT cover subscribers who are engaged in riding or pillion riding on a motorcycle for any purpose.

How do I nominate my beneficiary(ies)?

Pursuant to Section 129 and Para 5 of Schedule 9 of Financial Services Act 2013, Malaysia, nominee(s) should be: spouse, child or parent(s), if there is no spouse or child at the time of making the nomination, the nominee is his parent. A nominee of a Muslim insured person upon receipt of policy moneys shall distribute the policy moneys in accordance with the Shariah Laws.

What are some examples of high-risk occupations that are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Military and Law Enforcement
  • Pilot and Aircrew
  • Professional Sports
  • Workers utilising wood-working machinery

Please read through the exclusions in the policy here for a comprehensive list of occupations that are excluded from coverage

What does the PA Insurance cover?

The policy covers Death and Total and Permanent Loss or Disablement (Total Paralysis) for RM50, 000.

What if I have other insurance policies?

All benefits are paid in addition to and regardless of any other insurance policies you may have.

What if I have more than one line registered under Tune Talk? Am I entitled to additional claims?

Even if you have multiple lines registered under Tune Talk, your coverage is limited to only one policy.

What is the claim procedure?

For incidents after 1-Nov-2024
All claims must be notified within 30 (thirty) days from the date of accident, provide full particulars and shall seek medical or surgical advice as soon as possible. Please contact RHB Insurance Customer Service Hotline at 1300-220-007 to do this or seek more clarification on your claim enquiries.
Alternatively, you can download the claim form here and email it to rhbi.general@rhbgroup.com.

For incidents occurring on or before 31/10/24, please click HERE.

Who should I contact to get more information?

For more information, kindly refer to Tune Talk’s website or call our customer care at 13100 / 03- 2771 7000 from 8am to 10pm.

Where can I find the exclusions and policy wording?

The exclusions and policy wording can be accessed and downloaded here.

What are some examples of high-risk activities which are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Scuba Diving
  • Martial Arts
  • Racing (other than on foot)
  • Ice Hockey
  • Hunting

Please read through the exclusions in the policy carefully here for a comprehensive list of activities that are excluded from coverage

What should I mainly consider so that my eligibility is not affected?

Eligibility to the PA Insurance coverage is subject to accuracy of subscriber’s personal information as per his/her Mykad/Passport/Police ID/Army ID entered at point of registration.

Additional Tune Talk policy

Tune Talk reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions without prior notice.

What is Direct Carrier Billing in Google Play?

A payment feature by Tune Talk that allows you to purchase any digital content (Apps, Games, E-book, etc.) in Google Play securely using your Tune Talk credit balance.

Who can use the Tune Talk Direct Billing?

It is available for all active Tune Talk subscribers.

How do I enable Tune Talk Billing option on Google Play?

a. You have a valid Gmail account;
b. You have an active Tune Talk subscription and your device must be on active Tune Talk mobile network;
c. You must have enough Airtime credit balance in your account to purchase your desired content from Google Play™ Store;
d. One-time setup is required for your first purchase on Google Play™ Store. Add “use Tune Talk Billing” as your preferred payment method. Once Tune Talk Billing payment is selected, it shall be your default payment method for purchases made at Google Play™ Store until you change it.

Is there any purchase limit?

Yes, each monthly cumulative purchase is limited up to RM200 per month. Purchase or purchases for each day is limited to RM100.

Can I still purchase Google Play Content once I reach the daily/monthly limit?

In the event where you have reached the daily/monthly limit, Tune Talk Billing option will not be displayed in the payment options. As such, you are required to choose other available payment options if you wish to proceed with Content purchase.

Will I be informed once payment is successful?

Yes, you will receive an email notification from Google and also an SMS notification from Tune Talk.

How to prevent accidental or unwanted purchases?

Google Play™ password protection feature requires you to enter a password before each Content purchase.

How do I turn on my password protection in Google Play™?

To turn on the password protection feature in Google Play:

  1. Launch Google Play™ app on your device
  2. Go to > Menu icon > Settings
  3. Select > Require authentication for purchases > Choose a setting
  4. Complete setup by following the step by step instructions.

We strongly advise you to turn on the password protection feature in Google Play™ as Tune Talk will not be held responsible for any accidental/unwanted purchases that are charged to your prepaid account.

Can I request refund for a Content purchase that I do not like?

There is an immediate Google Refund Policy window of 2 hours. It is as simple as going back to the recent installed app and clicking the Refund button. It will immediately uninstall the app and process your refund request.

For any purchase made more than 2 hours, you will only be able to see the Uninstall button. In this case, you may refer to Google’s Refund and Return for more details.

How long does the Refund process take?

Refunds will take a different duration that will be subjected to the applicable Google terms and refund policy.

Who qualifies for this plan?

Anyone who purchases a device that offers a Tune Talk Device Plan from the Tune Talk Online Store.

I have an existing Tune Talk number. Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA allocation for this plan?

Yes of course! All you have to do is provide us with the Tune Talk number you would like to nominate for the FREE DATA. Do note that you will have to use this number with device purchased to enjoy the FREE DATA.

Do I need to use the device I purchased with the nominated Tune Talk number to enjoy the FREE DATA?

Yes. This is one of the conditions to enjoy the FREE DATA! The FREE DATA will not be granted if this condition is not met.

Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA if my account is in inactive status?

No. You will need to maintain an Active status for your account in order to continue receiving the FREE DATA.

What happens to my FREE DATA If I switch operators?

Once you have switched Operators, you will no longer receive the FREE DATA and are not entitled to any reimbursement for the unused FREE DATA.

What happens if I do not fully utilize my allocation for this month?

All unused data will not carry forward and will not add towards the allocation for the new month.

If I already have FREE DATA from my reload, which data allocation will be utilized first?

The FREE DATA from this device plan will be utilized first. Once the data has been fully used, then the FREE DATA from your reload will be utilized.

If I already have a monthly data plan, will this plan add on to my data quota?

Yes! The FREE DATA from this Device Plan will add on to your existing data quota from your monthly Data Plan. The data from the Device Plan will be utilized first.

What is Tune Talk Hi-Value (TTHV) Pack? How can I become a TTHV subscriber?

TTHV is a new tariff pack which offers hi-speed data at affordable prices and extends your credit validity.

The TTHV Pack is made available to:

  • New Tune Talk subscribers who registered after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Subscribers who request to port-in after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Existing Tune Talk subscribers who switch to TTHV Pack after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards.
I am currently on an older tariff pack (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid / Tune Talk CUN Value). Can I switch to the TTHV Pack and subscribe to the new data plans?

Yes, you can switch for 300 TT Points. However, this fee is waived from 13th Sept 2021 until 31st March 2022.

Find out more here.

What are boosters, and how do I subscribe to it?

Data boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing data plan. You can subscribe to boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Boosters will follow the validity of the data plan and do not auto-renew.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect Apps’?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once the 10GB FBI is exhausted, you will no longer be able to use any data until it is refreshed again.

Can I still get the older tariff packs (e.g. Tune Talk CUN Value or Tune Talk Buddies) after 24th August?

From 24th August 2021 onwards, only TTHV tariff pack will be available for new SIM registrations or port-ins.

What will happen if my data plan once it has been fully utilised?

You will experience the Free Basic Internet (FBI) connection at speeds of 64kbps.

Alternatively, you may purchase available boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

Do all data plans come with validity?

Yes. All TTHV plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 1st September 2021, the validity will extend up till 23:59, 30th September 2021. If you purchase the Hi-35 Monthly plan on 4th September 2021, the validity will be further extended until 3rd October 2021.

Can I use hotspot with my TTHV data plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base or booster quotas available for any data plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase boosters which can also be utilised for hotspot.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how will I get it?

FBI is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (data plan, bonus, or freebies) or those without data plans to enjoy always-on connectivity directly on your mobile device.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of your mobile number’s registration.

What is Tune Talk Hi-Value (TTHV) Pack? How can I become a TTHV subscriber?

TTHV is a new tariff pack which offers hi-speed data at affordable prices and extends your credit validity.

The TTHV Pack is made available to:

  • New Tune Talk subscribers who registered after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Subscribers who request to port-in after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Existing Tune Talk subscribers who switch to TTHV Pack after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards.
Can I still get the older tariff packs (e.g. Tune Talk CUN Value or Tune Talk Buddies) after 24th August?

From 24th August 2021 onwards, only TTHV tariff pack will be available for new SIM registrations or port-ins.

I am currently on an older tariff pack (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid / Tune Talk CUN Value). Can I switch to the TTHV Pack and subscribe to the new data plans?

Yes, you can switch for 300 TT Points. However, this fee is waived from 13th Sept 2021 until 31st March 2022.

Find out more here.

What will happen if my data plan once it has been fully utilised?

You will experience the Free Basic Internet (FBI) connection at speeds of 64kbps.

Alternatively, you may purchase available boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

What are boosters, and how do I subscribe to it?

Data boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing data plan. You can subscribe to boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Boosters will follow the validity of the data plan and do not auto-renew.

Do all data plans come with validity?

Yes. All TTHV plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 1st September 2021, the validity will extend up till 23:59, 30th September 2021. If you purchase the Hi-35 Monthly plan on 4th September 2021, the validity will be further extended until 3rd October 2021.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect Apps’?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

Can I use hotspot with my TTHV data plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base or booster quotas available for any data plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase boosters which can also be utilised for hotspot.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how will I get it?

FBI is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (data plan, bonus, or freebies) or those without data plans to enjoy always-on connectivity directly on your mobile device.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of your mobile number’s registration.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once the 10GB FBI is exhausted, you will no longer be able to use any data until it is refreshed again.

How much is the content fee?

Each content has different pricing. Subscribers can view the fee before purchasing the content. The content fee will be charged on a daily basis based on the content subscription.

Who is eligible to use this service?

This service is available for all Tune Talk subscribers with sufficient credit balance to purchase content or renew subscriptions.

How do I unsubscribe from content?

You can unsubscribe from the content by sending STOP [KEYWORD] to 2345.

Can I subscribe to multiple content?

Yes, subscribers can subscribe to multiple content and a fee will be charged based on each individual content.

How do I subscribe to Santai Contents?

Subscribers can subscribe to Santai Content through the content platform.

What should I do if I face any issues or need assistance?

If you encounter any issues or need assistance with this service, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will be more than happy to assist you.

What is Santai Content?

Santai Content is a media and entertainment service that allows Tune Talk subscribers to receive the latest news, fun facts and lifestyle tips via SMS.

How do I know if I have subscribed to the content successfully?

Subscriber will receive a welcome SMS once they have successfully subscribed to the content.  No fee will be charged for the welcome SMS.

How much is the content fee?

Each content has different pricing. Subscribers can view the fee before purchasing the content. The content fee will be charged on a daily basis based on the content subscription.

How do I subscribe to Santai Contents?

Subscribers can subscribe to Santai Content through the content platform.

Who is eligible to use this service?

This service is available for all Tune Talk subscribers with sufficient credit balance to purchase content or renew subscriptions.

What should I do if I face any issues or need assistance?

If you encounter any issues or need assistance with this service, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will be more than happy to assist you.

How do I unsubscribe from content?

You can unsubscribe from the content by sending STOP [KEYWORD] to 2345.

What is Santai Content?

Santai Content is a media and entertainment service that allows Tune Talk subscribers to receive the latest news, fun facts and lifestyle tips via SMS.

Can I subscribe to multiple content?

Yes, subscribers can subscribe to multiple content and a fee will be charged based on each individual content.

How do I know if I have subscribed to the content successfully?

Subscriber will receive a welcome SMS once they have successfully subscribed to the content.  No fee will be charged for the welcome SMS.

Help I can’t make a call/send a text message!

You can report this to our Customer Care at (03-2771 7000) or dial (13100). You can also Live Chat with us and we will assist you accordingly.

My calls keeps disconnecting in the middle of a call or when I’ve just started talking. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

I can’t make an outgoing call. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.

For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

Help I can’t make a call/send a text message!

You can report this to our Customer Care at (03-2771 7000) or dial (13100). You can also Live Chat with us and we will assist you accordingly.

I can’t make an outgoing call. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.

For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

My calls keeps disconnecting in the middle of a call or when I’ve just started talking. What’s wrong?

Here are a few ways to find out:

What’s My Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What is Tune Talk’s IVR number?

Tune Talk’s IVR number is 13101

What can I do within Tune Talk’s IVR system?

You can:
Get the account information such as: 

  • Account Balance
  • Account Status
  • The Tariff Plan of your Account
  • Your Mobile and Insurance Policy Number
  • Last Top-Up Details
  • Last Call/SMS Details
  • Status of your Value Added Status
  • Benefits of using Tune Talk’s Prepaid Service
  • Frequently Asked Questions and their Answers

Get the account information such as: 

  • Change IVR Language
  • Top Up your Account
How do I change my preferred language for IVR?

Follow the steps below to change your preferred language:

  • Dial 13101
  • At the 1st Menu select 1
  • At next Menu, select 5
  • You can then select your preferred language
What is Tune Talk’s IVR number?

Tune Talk’s IVR number is 13101

How do I change my preferred language for IVR?

Follow the steps below to change your preferred language:

  • Dial 13101
  • At the 1st Menu select 1
  • At next Menu, select 5
  • You can then select your preferred language
What can I do within Tune Talk’s IVR system?

You can:
Get the account information such as: 

  • Account Balance
  • Account Status
  • The Tariff Plan of your Account
  • Your Mobile and Insurance Policy Number
  • Last Top-Up Details
  • Last Call/SMS Details
  • Status of your Value Added Status
  • Benefits of using Tune Talk’s Prepaid Service
  • Frequently Asked Questions and their Answers

Get the account information such as: 

  • Change IVR Language
  • Top Up your Account
How do I activate IDD?

The IDD service is already pre-activated for all Tune Talk SIMs. You can start enjoying our excellent IDD rates as soon as you activate your Tune Talk SIM.

How Do I Make An IDD Call?

If you are making a call to an overseas mobile phone number, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (mobile phone number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling a UK mobile phone number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
UK Country Code : 44
Mobile phone number with network prefix: 077-87788778
You should dial : +00447787788778 and press Call

If you are making a call to a fixed overseas line, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (fixed line number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling an Australian fixed line number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
Australian Country Code : 61
Fixed line number with network prefix: 03-88881111
You should dial : +0061388881111 and press Call

If you are calling a Singaporean number, key in 02(mobile/fixed line number), then press Call

Example: If you are calling the following Singaporean mobile phone number : 97799779

Dial: 0297799779 and press Call.

What are Tune Talk IDD rates?

You can view the rates here.

How do I activate IDD?

The IDD service is already pre-activated for all Tune Talk SIMs. You can start enjoying our excellent IDD rates as soon as you activate your Tune Talk SIM.

What are Tune Talk IDD rates?

You can view the rates here.

How Do I Make An IDD Call?

If you are making a call to an overseas mobile phone number, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (mobile phone number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling a UK mobile phone number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
UK Country Code : 44
Mobile phone number with network prefix: 077-87788778
You should dial : +00447787788778 and press Call

If you are making a call to a fixed overseas line, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (fixed line number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling an Australian fixed line number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
Australian Country Code : 61
Fixed line number with network prefix: 03-88881111
You should dial : +0061388881111 and press Call

If you are calling a Singaporean number, key in 02(mobile/fixed line number), then press Call

Example: If you are calling the following Singaporean mobile phone number : 97799779

Dial: 0297799779 and press Call.

Who qualifies for this plan?

Anyone who purchases a device that offers a Tune Talk Device Plan from the Tune Talk Online Store.

Do I need to use the device I purchased with the nominated Tune Talk number to enjoy the FREE DATA?

Yes. This is one of the conditions to enjoy the FREE DATA! The FREE DATA will not be granted if this condition is not met.

What happens to my FREE DATA If I switch operators?

Once you have switched Operators, you will no longer receive the FREE DATA and are not entitled to any reimbursement for the unused FREE DATA.

If I already have FREE DATA from my reload, which data allocation will be utilized first?

The FREE DATA from this device plan will be utilized first. Once the data has been fully used, then the FREE DATA from your reload will be utilized.

I have an existing Tune Talk number. Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA allocation for this plan?

Yes of course! All you have to do is provide us with the Tune Talk number you would like to nominate for the FREE DATA. Do note that you will have to use this number with device purchased to enjoy the FREE DATA.

Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA if my account is in inactive status?

No. You will need to maintain an Active status for your account in order to continue receiving the FREE DATA.

What happens if I do not fully utilize my allocation for this month?

All unused data will not carry forward and will not add towards the allocation for the new month.

If I already have a monthly data plan, will this plan add on to my data quota?

Yes! The FREE DATA from this Device Plan will add on to your existing data quota from your monthly Data Plan. The data from the Device Plan will be utilized first.

Who qualifies for this plan?

Anyone who purchases a device that offers a Tune Talk Device Plan from the Tune Talk Online Store.

I have an existing Tune Talk number. Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA allocation for this plan?

Yes of course! All you have to do is provide us with the Tune Talk number you would like to nominate for the FREE DATA. Do note that you will have to use this number with device purchased to enjoy the FREE DATA.

Do I need to use the device I purchased with the nominated Tune Talk number to enjoy the FREE DATA?

Yes. This is one of the conditions to enjoy the FREE DATA! The FREE DATA will not be granted if this condition is not met.

Will I still enjoy the FREE DATA if my account is in inactive status?

No. You will need to maintain an Active status for your account in order to continue receiving the FREE DATA.

What happens to my FREE DATA If I switch operators?

Once you have switched Operators, you will no longer receive the FREE DATA and are not entitled to any reimbursement for the unused FREE DATA.

What happens if I do not fully utilize my allocation for this month?

All unused data will not carry forward and will not add towards the allocation for the new month.

If I already have FREE DATA from my reload, which data allocation will be utilized first?

The FREE DATA from this device plan will be utilized first. Once the data has been fully used, then the FREE DATA from your reload will be utilized.

If I already have a monthly data plan, will this plan add on to my data quota?

Yes! The FREE DATA from this Device Plan will add on to your existing data quota from your monthly Data Plan. The data from the Device Plan will be utilized first.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek Borneo SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota or Data Booster to keep you connected.

I’m an existing user. Can I get Pek Borneo?

No. Pek Borneo only available for new East Malaysia Tune Talk user only.

Can I change to other plans aside from Borneo25?

Pek Borneo is a standalone tariff plan which only has Borneo25 plan. If you wish to change to any other plans such as other monthly plans, yearly plans or weekly passes you can switch to TTEPIK at any time from the TT App. (switching to any legacy tariff plans will not be available). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Subscriber has switched to TT Epik Pack, they shall not be allowed to revert to any legacy packs. Requests to refund for any forfeited quota shall not be accommodated.

Does the Borneo25 come with validity?

Yes, when you purchase a Borneo25 plan it comes with a validity extension.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th June 2023, the validity will extend up till 23:59,4th July 2023. If you purchase the Borneo25 Monthly plan on 10th June 2023, the validity will be further extended until 9th July 2023.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
What is Free 1GB Data? How can I get it?

Any user who registered and activate NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, are eligible for FREE 1GB Welcome Data.

This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be opt in ONCE via the Tune Talk App and valid for 7 days.

Can I use hotspot with my Pek Borneo internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek JIMAT SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota, Data Booster to keep you connected.

What Monthly Internet plans (Internet plans) are entitled for the Super JIMAT Bundles? What is the payment mode for this?

Below are the 3 Monthly Internet (Internet plans) plans that are entitled for Super JIMAT Bundle:

Internet Plans Plan Package (month) Keywords Subscription Price Average Subscription/mth Value SAVINGS Validity Period Auto-Renewal
Fokus 33 1 Fokus33 RM38 RM38 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus33B RM105 RM35 8% RM9 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus33T RM395 RM33 13% RM60 30 days x12 Yes
Fokus 40 1 Fokus40 RM48 RM48 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus40B RM129 RM43 10% RM15 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus40T RM480 RM40 17% RM96 30 days x12 Yes
Bebas 55 1 Bebas55 RM68 RM68 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Bebas55B RM180 RM60 12% RM24 30 days x3 Yes
12 Bebas55T RM660 RM55 19% RM156 30 days x12 Yes

Any Super JIMAT Bundle plan can be subscribed via the Tune Talk App and pay via your Tune Talk credit or online payment (FPX).

Can I use hotspot with my Pek JIMAT internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase the Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How long can I redeem the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60 days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer be able to view and redeem the FREE 1GB Welcome data after the 60 days period has ended. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others.

What are data Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Will the old tariff pack still be available (e.g: Tune Talk HI VALUE or CUN VALUE) after 5th September 2022?

Starting from 5th September 2022, all Tune Talk SIM pack registrations will come with the Pek TTJIMAT tariff only.

Why should I subscribe to the Tune Talk PEK JIMAT (TTJIMAT)?

Pek JIMAT is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans offering great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can subscribed as low as RM33/month!

Once I switch to Pek JIMAT, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note that you may NOT be able to switch back to other packs.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after switching to the Pek JIMAT?

Upon successful switch to the Pek JIMAT, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 256Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

How long does it take for the switch to happen after I submit the application request?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the new Pek JIMAT?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 5th September 2022 until further notice.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *111#)

Who is eligible to switch to Pek JIMAT?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek JIMAT (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available from 5th September onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialing *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 26th August 2019. Can I still purchase the older tariff packs (E.G. Tune Talk VALUE Prepaid & Tune Talk BUDDIES)?

Commencing 26th August 2019 onwards, only TTCVP tariff pack will be available for new Tune Talk Subscribers.

What speed is the unlimited data running at? Is it good enough?

The unlimited data run at speeds of up to 6Mbps. With 6Mbps, you will experience:

  • Smooth web browsing
  • Comfortable online gaming experience
  • Seamless HD video streaming at 720p
  • Full HD video streaming at 1080p
Why does my tune unlimited hotspot usage showing 500MB utilization shortly after I’ve started using it?

The Tune Unlimited hotspot data comes in 500MB (0.5GB) data blocks.

When you start using hotspot, 500MB will be deducted upfront. When the hotspot is turned off, the actual usage is calculated and the unused quota (if any) will be re-credited into the hotspot quota.

What is the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5), and how do I subscribe to it?

The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is an add-on for the Tune Unlimited (TUNE UNL) plan. It provides 5GB of additional hotspot quota which is valid for 3 days upon purchase provided that the TUNE UNL plan is active. The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is priced at RM3.00.

Active Monthly TUNE UNL plan subscribers can purchase the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in the My Account page within the Tune Talk App. BH5 does not auto renew.

What is the validity of the 500MB or 2GB video streaming quota?

The quota is refreshed every day at 00:01 during the 30 days subscription period of the Monthly 6GB or Monthly 10GB data plans.

What is the validity of my CUN calls Add-On?

Upon successful purchase, the CUN Calls add-on follows the validity of your active Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

For example, if your Monthly 6GB plan was activated on 2nd October, and you purchased the CUN Calls add-on on the 4th October, then both the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan and the CUN Calls add-on are valid until 11:59pm of 31st October (30 days after activation of Monthly 6GB (M6) plan).

Therefore, for maximum value, it is always advisable to purchase the CUN Calls add-on upon the activation or renewal of your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social, Chat passes and daily allocation of 500MB video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your daily allocation of 500MB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota before the quota is refreshed, Subscriber may first run on their existing 6GB base quota.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk CUN Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (“FBI”) is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or freebies) or those without data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

If I have FBI, can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are on TTCVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data. Instead, subscribers will enjoy 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

What are the benefits of the new TTVP?

A separate bucket of 6GB or 40GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscription to TTVP’s Monthly RM28 or Monthly RM48. The Video streaming quota will be utilised before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) to stream from enlisted Video apps.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk VALUE Plan?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Will I still be able to tether/use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost. You will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

If I have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are utilizing TTVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

If I need to perform a SIM replacement, will my VIP plan still be active?

Upon successful SIM replacement, the data plan will be automatically resumed.

I am over 60 years old, but the VIP plan does not appear in my Tune Talk mobile app? What can I do?

Your NRIC details could have been registered incorrectly. Please call our customer care line at 13100 to update your details so that you can activate the VIP Plan.

Once I am eligible, can I immediately subscribe to the VIP plan?

Yes, once your SIM card is successfully registered and activated, you can subscribe to the VIP Plan immediately.

What tariff plans are eligible for the VIP plan?

Only subscribers on Tune Talk CUN VALUE, Tune Talk VALUE or Tune Talk BUDDIES are eligible.

I am A foreigner/PR with disabilities or am above 60 years old. Am I eligible to sign-up for this plan?

Sorry, we’re afraid this plan is currently reserved for Malaysian Citizens (identified by Kad OKU or MyKad respectively)

Does this plan auto-renew monthly?

Yes it does provided you have sufficient credit balance.

Can I still get the older tariff packs (e.g. Tune Talk CUN Value or Tune Talk Buddies) after 24th August?

From 24th August 2021 onwards, only TTHV tariff pack will be available for new SIM registrations or port-ins.

What will happen if my data plan once it has been fully utilised?

You will experience the Free Basic Internet (FBI) connection at speeds of 64kbps.

Alternatively, you may purchase available boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

Do all data plans come with validity?

Yes. All TTHV plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 1st September 2021, the validity will extend up till 23:59, 30th September 2021. If you purchase the Hi-35 Monthly plan on 4th September 2021, the validity will be further extended until 3rd October 2021.

Can I use hotspot with my TTHV data plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base or booster quotas available for any data plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase boosters which can also be utilised for hotspot.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how will I get it?

FBI is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (data plan, bonus, or freebies) or those without data plans to enjoy always-on connectivity directly on your mobile device.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of your mobile number’s registration.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

How can I become a Pek Borneo user?

Pek Borneo are eligible for:

  • NEW East Malaysia Tune Talk user who register a SIM pack between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024; OR
  • East Malaysia users who request port-in to Tune Talk between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024.
What are the privileges when I register to Tune Talk Pek Borneo (TTBorneo)?

Pek Borneo is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans that offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs, exclusively for our friends in Sabah and Sarawak. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data and unlimited voice calls as low as RM20/month!

What are Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you’ve fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still be connected via basic internet speed. Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy better data usage experience.

Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

How long is the period I have for me to opt in to the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer able to view and opt in to the Free 1GB Welcome data after 60days has ended. To Opt in you may go to Tune Talk App  > Plans > Freebies & Others

What is Super JIMAT Bundle?

Super JIMAT Bundle is crafted for those who wish to subscribe to the Monthly Internet Plans and further enjoy up to 19% savings. It comes with 3- or 12-months bundle plans.

Can I subscribe to other internet plans if I have subscribed to the Super JIMAT Bundle plans?

No. You will only be able to subscribe to Data Boosters that are available for your active Super JIMAT Bundle plans.

You may stop the current active Super JIMAT Bundle plans if you have decided to subscribe to other available internet plans. Any available data, plan cycle, bonus, voice, or freebies from the bundle plans will be forfeited and non-refundable. You may send an SMS [plan name] STOP to 2222 once you have decided.

How does the Super JIMAT Bundle plan work?

Upon successful subscription of Super JIMAT Bundle plans, the 1st cycle will be displayed onyour Tune Talk App with 30 days validity.

3-month bundle: 2 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st and 61st day of subscription and expires on the 90th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the 91st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

12-month bundle: 11 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st, 61st, 91st day and so on and expires on the 360th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the day 361st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

E.g: Fokus 40 – 12 month bundle successfully subscribed on 5th September 2022. 1st month cycle of 30 days validity will end on 4th October 2022 and 2nd cycle will be activated on the 5th October 2022. This will continue for 3rd to 12th cycle.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking via your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I redeem it?

Any user that registers and activates NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, will be granted with FREE 1GB Welcome Data in their NEW Pek JIMAT. This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be redeemed ONCE via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Do all internet plans come with validity?

Yes. All Pek JIMAT plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th September 2022, the validity will extend till 23:59, 4th October 2022. If you purchase the Fokus 33 Monthly plan on 10th September 2022, the validity will be further extended until 9th October 2022.

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still connected via basic internet speed.

Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

How can I become a Pek JIMAT subscriber?

Pek JIMAT are eligible for:

  • NEW Tune Talk users that register the SIM pack after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Users that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Existing active Tune Talk users that switch to Pek JIMAT after 00:01, 5th September 2022.
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Can I switch my number if it is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek JIMAT?

Pek JIMAT offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can be subscribed as low as RM33/month!

View the plans HERE!

What is Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid Tariff Pack (“TTCVP”) ? How can I become a TTCVP subscriber?

TTCVP is a tariff pack which was made available to Tune Talk subscribers (“Subscribers”) on the 26th August 2019 onwards.

Only New Tune Talk Subscribers who subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 00:01, 26th August 2019 onwards and Tune Talk Subscribers who registered before 26th August 2019 are eligible to subscribe or switch to TTCVP tariff pack respectively.

Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy applies.

What is the Tune Unlimited Plan?

The Tune Unlimited plan was launched on the 2nd October 2020. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data, unlimited voice calls and a 5GB hotspot quota at only RM48. A Fair Usage Policy (FUP) applies.

More info here.

I’m currently on an older tariff plan (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid). Can i switch to Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid and subscribe to the Tune Unlimited Plan?

Yes! You may switch to the Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid using 300 pts.

Find out more here.

What will happen if my tune unlimited (TUNE UNL) Plan 5GB Hotspot Data has been fully utilized?

You will experience hard stop and will no longer be able to tether your hotspot to other devices. Alternatively, you may purchase 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) to continue tethering.

How does the video streaming quota for the monthly RM28 and monthly RM48 plans work?

A separate and daily allocation of 500MB or 2GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscriptions to Tune Talk’s Monthly RM28 and Monthly RM48 plan.

Between 00.01am to 11:59pm daily, the Video Streaming quota stated above will be utilised first before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) for any streaming on YouTube and Netflix at respective content provider’s app or web platforms at Standard definition streaming.

What is the CUN calls Add-On? How can I subscribe to it?

CUN Calls is a newly-launched unlimited voice calls add-on for the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan, priced at RM10. Active Monthly 6GB (M6) subscribers can purchase the CUN Calls add-on via the Call Plans Subscription page in the Tune Talk App.

Will my CUN calls Add-On Auto-Renew together with my monthly 6GB (M6) plan in the next cycle?

No. The auto-renew feature is not available for the CUN Calls add-on. However, you can easily purchase the add-on via the Tune Talk App after your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan auto-renews.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk CUN Value Pack?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Will I still be able to tether / Use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

What happens if I have exhausted my video streaming quota within the same day?

Once Video Streaming quota is exhausted within the same day before the quota is refreshed, your continued Video Streaming shall be at mobile internet (MI) or Basic Internet (64kbps) speed (unless freebies are made available to you from time to time which will be utilized first).

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, Subscribers will no longer be charged data pay-per-use rates even if Subscribers don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data. You can subscribe to a Data Plan to enjoy high speed.

What is Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) Tariff Plan? How can I become Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) subscriber?

TTVP is a prepaid pack launched on the 14th January 2019.

The TTVP Pack is valid for new Tune Talk subscribers activated, port-in registrations between 14th January 2019 (“Effective Date”) to 25th August 2019 (“End Date”) and existing Tune Talk lines that have requested to switch to the TTVP pack.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social and Chat passes and 6GB Video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your 6GB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota, it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data and will need to subscribe to a Data Plan to continue.

If I am eligible but currently using another plan, can I switch to the VIP plan?

Yes, you may switch to or out of the VIP plan at any time. However, no data balance or plan validity will be carried over.

How long will the VIP plan be available?

The VIP Plan has a limited quota and will be available on a first come, first serve basis.

Once my account is eligible, how many VIP plans can I sign up for?

Each NRIC is eligible to register up to 5 SIM cards and all numbers under the account can subscribe or switch to the VIP Plan.

How do I check the status of my eligibility?

Please check your eligibility via the Tune Talk Mobile App under the Profile Page or SMS VIP STATUS to 2222.

Who is eligible to subscribe for the VIP plan?

This promotion is eligible for Malaysian senior citizens or OKU.

Senior citizens who registered must be 60 years and above. (i.e. 59 years and 11 months is not eligible yet)

OKU or parents/guardians of said OKU are also eligible to register. The OKU must have an eligible NRIC and Kad OKU while parents/guardians registering on behalf must provide proof of guardianship such as Birth Certificate or other official documents.

If I’m on another Tune Talk plan, can I add this plan onto that?

If for example you switch from our Yearly Plan to the VIP plan, all your balance quota and renewals will be forfeited and replaced by this data bucket. However, any validity extension that came with the previous plan will remain.

What is Tune Talk Hi-Value (TTHV) Pack? How can I become a TTHV subscriber?

TTHV is a new tariff pack which offers hi-speed data at affordable prices and extends your credit validity.

The TTHV Pack is made available to:

  • New Tune Talk subscribers who registered after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Subscribers who request to port-in after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Existing Tune Talk subscribers who switch to TTHV Pack after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards.
I am currently on an older tariff pack (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid / Tune Talk CUN Value). Can I switch to the TTHV Pack and subscribe to the new data plans?

Yes, you can switch for 300 TT Points. However, this fee is waived from 13th Sept 2021 until 31st March 2022.

Find out more here.

What are boosters, and how do I subscribe to it?

Data boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing data plan. You can subscribe to boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Boosters will follow the validity of the data plan and do not auto-renew.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect Apps’?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once the 10GB FBI is exhausted, you will no longer be able to use any data until it is refreshed again.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek Borneo SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota or Data Booster to keep you connected.

How can I become a Pek Borneo user?

Pek Borneo are eligible for:

  • NEW East Malaysia Tune Talk user who register a SIM pack between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024; OR
  • East Malaysia users who request port-in to Tune Talk between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024.
I’m an existing user. Can I get Pek Borneo?

No. Pek Borneo only available for new East Malaysia Tune Talk user only.

What are the privileges when I register to Tune Talk Pek Borneo (TTBorneo)?

Pek Borneo is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans that offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs, exclusively for our friends in Sabah and Sarawak. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data and unlimited voice calls as low as RM20/month!

Can I change to other plans aside from Borneo25?

Pek Borneo is a standalone tariff plan which only has Borneo25 plan. If you wish to change to any other plans such as other monthly plans, yearly plans or weekly passes you can switch to TTEPIK at any time from the TT App. (switching to any legacy tariff plans will not be available). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Subscriber has switched to TT Epik Pack, they shall not be allowed to revert to any legacy packs. Requests to refund for any forfeited quota shall not be accommodated.

What are Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

Does the Borneo25 come with validity?

Yes, when you purchase a Borneo25 plan it comes with a validity extension.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th June 2023, the validity will extend up till 23:59,4th July 2023. If you purchase the Borneo25 Monthly plan on 10th June 2023, the validity will be further extended until 9th July 2023.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you’ve fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still be connected via basic internet speed. Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy better data usage experience.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I get it?

Any user who registered and activate NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, are eligible for FREE 1GB Welcome Data.

This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be opt in ONCE via the Tune Talk App and valid for 7 days.

How long is the period I have for me to opt in to the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer able to view and opt in to the Free 1GB Welcome data after 60days has ended. To Opt in you may go to Tune Talk App  > Plans > Freebies & Others

Can I use hotspot with my Pek Borneo internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What is Super JIMAT Bundle?

Super JIMAT Bundle is crafted for those who wish to subscribe to the Monthly Internet Plans and further enjoy up to 19% savings. It comes with 3- or 12-months bundle plans.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek JIMAT SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota, Data Booster to keep you connected.

Can I subscribe to other internet plans if I have subscribed to the Super JIMAT Bundle plans?

No. You will only be able to subscribe to Data Boosters that are available for your active Super JIMAT Bundle plans.

You may stop the current active Super JIMAT Bundle plans if you have decided to subscribe to other available internet plans. Any available data, plan cycle, bonus, voice, or freebies from the bundle plans will be forfeited and non-refundable. You may send an SMS [plan name] STOP to 2222 once you have decided.

What Monthly Internet plans (Internet plans) are entitled for the Super JIMAT Bundles? What is the payment mode for this?

Below are the 3 Monthly Internet (Internet plans) plans that are entitled for Super JIMAT Bundle:

Internet Plans Plan Package (month) Keywords Subscription Price Average Subscription/mth Value SAVINGS Validity Period Auto-Renewal
Fokus 33 1 Fokus33 RM38 RM38 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus33B RM105 RM35 8% RM9 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus33T RM395 RM33 13% RM60 30 days x12 Yes
Fokus 40 1 Fokus40 RM48 RM48 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus40B RM129 RM43 10% RM15 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus40T RM480 RM40 17% RM96 30 days x12 Yes
Bebas 55 1 Bebas55 RM68 RM68 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Bebas55B RM180 RM60 12% RM24 30 days x3 Yes
12 Bebas55T RM660 RM55 19% RM156 30 days x12 Yes

Any Super JIMAT Bundle plan can be subscribed via the Tune Talk App and pay via your Tune Talk credit or online payment (FPX).

How does the Super JIMAT Bundle plan work?

Upon successful subscription of Super JIMAT Bundle plans, the 1st cycle will be displayed onyour Tune Talk App with 30 days validity.

3-month bundle: 2 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st and 61st day of subscription and expires on the 90th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the 91st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

12-month bundle: 11 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st, 61st, 91st day and so on and expires on the 360th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the day 361st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

E.g: Fokus 40 – 12 month bundle successfully subscribed on 5th September 2022. 1st month cycle of 30 days validity will end on 4th October 2022 and 2nd cycle will be activated on the 5th October 2022. This will continue for 3rd to 12th cycle.

Can I use hotspot with my Pek JIMAT internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase the Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking via your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

How long can I redeem the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60 days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer be able to view and redeem the FREE 1GB Welcome data after the 60 days period has ended. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I redeem it?

Any user that registers and activates NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, will be granted with FREE 1GB Welcome Data in their NEW Pek JIMAT. This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be redeemed ONCE via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

What are data Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

Do all internet plans come with validity?

Yes. All Pek JIMAT plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th September 2022, the validity will extend till 23:59, 4th October 2022. If you purchase the Fokus 33 Monthly plan on 10th September 2022, the validity will be further extended until 9th October 2022.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still connected via basic internet speed.

Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

Will the old tariff pack still be available (e.g: Tune Talk HI VALUE or CUN VALUE) after 5th September 2022?

Starting from 5th September 2022, all Tune Talk SIM pack registrations will come with the Pek TTJIMAT tariff only.

How can I become a Pek JIMAT subscriber?

Pek JIMAT are eligible for:

  • NEW Tune Talk users that register the SIM pack after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Users that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Existing active Tune Talk users that switch to Pek JIMAT after 00:01, 5th September 2022.
Why should I subscribe to the Tune Talk PEK JIMAT (TTJIMAT)?

Pek JIMAT is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans offering great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can subscribed as low as RM33/month!

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Once I switch to Pek JIMAT, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note that you may NOT be able to switch back to other packs.

Can I switch my number if it is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after switching to the Pek JIMAT?

Upon successful switch to the Pek JIMAT, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 256Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

How long does it take for the switch to happen after I submit the application request?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch.

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the new Pek JIMAT?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 5th September 2022 until further notice.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *111#)

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek JIMAT?

Pek JIMAT offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can be subscribed as low as RM33/month!

View the plans HERE!

Who is eligible to switch to Pek JIMAT?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek JIMAT (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available from 5th September onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialing *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What is Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid Tariff Pack (“TTCVP”) ? How can I become a TTCVP subscriber?

TTCVP is a tariff pack which was made available to Tune Talk subscribers (“Subscribers”) on the 26th August 2019 onwards.

Only New Tune Talk Subscribers who subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 00:01, 26th August 2019 onwards and Tune Talk Subscribers who registered before 26th August 2019 are eligible to subscribe or switch to TTCVP tariff pack respectively.

Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy applies.

I subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 26th August 2019. Can I still purchase the older tariff packs (E.G. Tune Talk VALUE Prepaid & Tune Talk BUDDIES)?

Commencing 26th August 2019 onwards, only TTCVP tariff pack will be available for new Tune Talk Subscribers.

What is the Tune Unlimited Plan?

The Tune Unlimited plan was launched on the 2nd October 2020. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data, unlimited voice calls and a 5GB hotspot quota at only RM48. A Fair Usage Policy (FUP) applies.

More info here.

What speed is the unlimited data running at? Is it good enough?

The unlimited data run at speeds of up to 6Mbps. With 6Mbps, you will experience:

  • Smooth web browsing
  • Comfortable online gaming experience
  • Seamless HD video streaming at 720p
  • Full HD video streaming at 1080p
I’m currently on an older tariff plan (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid). Can i switch to Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid and subscribe to the Tune Unlimited Plan?

Yes! You may switch to the Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid using 300 pts.

Find out more here.

Why does my tune unlimited hotspot usage showing 500MB utilization shortly after I’ve started using it?

The Tune Unlimited hotspot data comes in 500MB (0.5GB) data blocks.

When you start using hotspot, 500MB will be deducted upfront. When the hotspot is turned off, the actual usage is calculated and the unused quota (if any) will be re-credited into the hotspot quota.

What will happen if my tune unlimited (TUNE UNL) Plan 5GB Hotspot Data has been fully utilized?

You will experience hard stop and will no longer be able to tether your hotspot to other devices. Alternatively, you may purchase 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) to continue tethering.

What is the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5), and how do I subscribe to it?

The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is an add-on for the Tune Unlimited (TUNE UNL) plan. It provides 5GB of additional hotspot quota which is valid for 3 days upon purchase provided that the TUNE UNL plan is active. The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is priced at RM3.00.

Active Monthly TUNE UNL plan subscribers can purchase the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in the My Account page within the Tune Talk App. BH5 does not auto renew.

How does the video streaming quota for the monthly RM28 and monthly RM48 plans work?

A separate and daily allocation of 500MB or 2GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscriptions to Tune Talk’s Monthly RM28 and Monthly RM48 plan.

Between 00.01am to 11:59pm daily, the Video Streaming quota stated above will be utilised first before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) for any streaming on YouTube and Netflix at respective content provider’s app or web platforms at Standard definition streaming.

What is the validity of the 500MB or 2GB video streaming quota?

The quota is refreshed every day at 00:01 during the 30 days subscription period of the Monthly 6GB or Monthly 10GB data plans.

What is the CUN calls Add-On? How can I subscribe to it?

CUN Calls is a newly-launched unlimited voice calls add-on for the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan, priced at RM10. Active Monthly 6GB (M6) subscribers can purchase the CUN Calls add-on via the Call Plans Subscription page in the Tune Talk App.

What is the validity of my CUN calls Add-On?

Upon successful purchase, the CUN Calls add-on follows the validity of your active Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

For example, if your Monthly 6GB plan was activated on 2nd October, and you purchased the CUN Calls add-on on the 4th October, then both the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan and the CUN Calls add-on are valid until 11:59pm of 31st October (30 days after activation of Monthly 6GB (M6) plan).

Therefore, for maximum value, it is always advisable to purchase the CUN Calls add-on upon the activation or renewal of your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

Will my CUN calls Add-On Auto-Renew together with my monthly 6GB (M6) plan in the next cycle?

No. The auto-renew feature is not available for the CUN Calls add-on. However, you can easily purchase the add-on via the Tune Talk App after your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan auto-renews.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social, Chat passes and daily allocation of 500MB video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your daily allocation of 500MB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota before the quota is refreshed, Subscriber may first run on their existing 6GB base quota.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk CUN Value Pack?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk CUN Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

Will I still be able to tether / Use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

What happens if I have exhausted my video streaming quota within the same day?

Once Video Streaming quota is exhausted within the same day before the quota is refreshed, your continued Video Streaming shall be at mobile internet (MI) or Basic Internet (64kbps) speed (unless freebies are made available to you from time to time which will be utilized first).

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (“FBI”) is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or freebies) or those without data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, Subscribers will no longer be charged data pay-per-use rates even if Subscribers don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

If I have FBI, can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are on TTCVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data. Instead, subscribers will enjoy 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data. You can subscribe to a Data Plan to enjoy high speed.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

What is Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) Tariff Plan? How can I become Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) subscriber?

TTVP is a prepaid pack launched on the 14th January 2019.

The TTVP Pack is valid for new Tune Talk subscribers activated, port-in registrations between 14th January 2019 (“Effective Date”) to 25th August 2019 (“End Date”) and existing Tune Talk lines that have requested to switch to the TTVP pack.

What are the benefits of the new TTVP?

A separate bucket of 6GB or 40GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscription to TTVP’s Monthly RM28 or Monthly RM48. The Video streaming quota will be utilised before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) to stream from enlisted Video apps.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social and Chat passes and 6GB Video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your 6GB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota, it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk VALUE Plan?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

Will I still be able to tether/use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost. You will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

If I have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are utilizing TTVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data and will need to subscribe to a Data Plan to continue.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

If I am eligible but currently using another plan, can I switch to the VIP plan?

Yes, you may switch to or out of the VIP plan at any time. However, no data balance or plan validity will be carried over.

If I need to perform a SIM replacement, will my VIP plan still be active?

Upon successful SIM replacement, the data plan will be automatically resumed.

How long will the VIP plan be available?

The VIP Plan has a limited quota and will be available on a first come, first serve basis.

I am over 60 years old, but the VIP plan does not appear in my Tune Talk mobile app? What can I do?

Your NRIC details could have been registered incorrectly. Please call our customer care line at 13100 to update your details so that you can activate the VIP Plan.

Once my account is eligible, how many VIP plans can I sign up for?

Each NRIC is eligible to register up to 5 SIM cards and all numbers under the account can subscribe or switch to the VIP Plan.

Once I am eligible, can I immediately subscribe to the VIP plan?

Yes, once your SIM card is successfully registered and activated, you can subscribe to the VIP Plan immediately.

How do I check the status of my eligibility?

Please check your eligibility via the Tune Talk Mobile App under the Profile Page or SMS VIP STATUS to 2222.

What tariff plans are eligible for the VIP plan?

Only subscribers on Tune Talk CUN VALUE, Tune Talk VALUE or Tune Talk BUDDIES are eligible.

Who is eligible to subscribe for the VIP plan?

This promotion is eligible for Malaysian senior citizens or OKU.

Senior citizens who registered must be 60 years and above. (i.e. 59 years and 11 months is not eligible yet)

OKU or parents/guardians of said OKU are also eligible to register. The OKU must have an eligible NRIC and Kad OKU while parents/guardians registering on behalf must provide proof of guardianship such as Birth Certificate or other official documents.

I am A foreigner/PR with disabilities or am above 60 years old. Am I eligible to sign-up for this plan?

Sorry, we’re afraid this plan is currently reserved for Malaysian Citizens (identified by Kad OKU or MyKad respectively)

If I’m on another Tune Talk plan, can I add this plan onto that?

If for example you switch from our Yearly Plan to the VIP plan, all your balance quota and renewals will be forfeited and replaced by this data bucket. However, any validity extension that came with the previous plan will remain.

Does this plan auto-renew monthly?

Yes it does provided you have sufficient credit balance.

What is Tune Talk Hi-Value (TTHV) Pack? How can I become a TTHV subscriber?

TTHV is a new tariff pack which offers hi-speed data at affordable prices and extends your credit validity.

The TTHV Pack is made available to:

  • New Tune Talk subscribers who registered after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Subscribers who request to port-in after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards; or
  • Existing Tune Talk subscribers who switch to TTHV Pack after 00:01, 24th August 2021 onwards.
Can I still get the older tariff packs (e.g. Tune Talk CUN Value or Tune Talk Buddies) after 24th August?

From 24th August 2021 onwards, only TTHV tariff pack will be available for new SIM registrations or port-ins.

I am currently on an older tariff pack (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid / Tune Talk CUN Value). Can I switch to the TTHV Pack and subscribe to the new data plans?

Yes, you can switch for 300 TT Points. However, this fee is waived from 13th Sept 2021 until 31st March 2022.

Find out more here.

What will happen if my data plan once it has been fully utilised?

You will experience the Free Basic Internet (FBI) connection at speeds of 64kbps.

Alternatively, you may purchase available boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

What are boosters, and how do I subscribe to it?

Data boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing data plan. You can subscribe to boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Boosters will follow the validity of the data plan and do not auto-renew.

Do all data plans come with validity?

Yes. All TTHV plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 1st September 2021, the validity will extend up till 23:59, 30th September 2021. If you purchase the Hi-35 Monthly plan on 4th September 2021, the validity will be further extended until 3rd October 2021.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect Apps’?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

Can I use hotspot with my TTHV data plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base or booster quotas available for any data plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase boosters which can also be utilised for hotspot.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how will I get it?

FBI is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (data plan, bonus, or freebies) or those without data plans to enjoy always-on connectivity directly on your mobile device.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of your mobile number’s registration.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once the 10GB FBI is exhausted, you will no longer be able to use any data until it is refreshed again.

What is Direct Carrier Billing in Google Play?

A payment feature by Tune Talk that allows you to purchase any digital content (Apps, Games, E-book, etc.) in Google Play securely using your Tune Talk credit balance.

How do I enable Tune Talk Billing option on Google Play?

a. You have a valid Gmail account;
b. You have an active Tune Talk subscription and your device must be on active Tune Talk mobile network;
c. You must have enough Airtime credit balance in your account to purchase your desired content from Google Play™ Store;
d. One-time setup is required for your first purchase on Google Play™ Store. Add “use Tune Talk Billing” as your preferred payment method. Once Tune Talk Billing payment is selected, it shall be your default payment method for purchases made at Google Play™ Store until you change it.

Can I still purchase Google Play Content once I reach the daily/monthly limit?

In the event where you have reached the daily/monthly limit, Tune Talk Billing option will not be displayed in the payment options. As such, you are required to choose other available payment options if you wish to proceed with Content purchase.

How to prevent accidental or unwanted purchases?

Google Play™ password protection feature requires you to enter a password before each Content purchase.

Can I request refund for a Content purchase that I do not like?

There is an immediate Google Refund Policy window of 2 hours. It is as simple as going back to the recent installed app and clicking the Refund button. It will immediately uninstall the app and process your refund request.

For any purchase made more than 2 hours, you will only be able to see the Uninstall button. In this case, you may refer to Google’s Refund and Return for more details.

Who can use the Tune Talk Direct Billing?

It is available for all active Tune Talk subscribers.

Is there any purchase limit?

Yes, each monthly cumulative purchase is limited up to RM200 per month. Purchase or purchases for each day is limited to RM100.

Will I be informed once payment is successful?

Yes, you will receive an email notification from Google and also an SMS notification from Tune Talk.

How do I turn on my password protection in Google Play™?

To turn on the password protection feature in Google Play:

  1. Launch Google Play™ app on your device
  2. Go to > Menu icon > Settings
  3. Select > Require authentication for purchases > Choose a setting
  4. Complete setup by following the step by step instructions.

We strongly advise you to turn on the password protection feature in Google Play™ as Tune Talk will not be held responsible for any accidental/unwanted purchases that are charged to your prepaid account.

How long does the Refund process take?

Refunds will take a different duration that will be subjected to the applicable Google terms and refund policy.

What is Direct Carrier Billing in Google Play?

A payment feature by Tune Talk that allows you to purchase any digital content (Apps, Games, E-book, etc.) in Google Play securely using your Tune Talk credit balance.

Who can use the Tune Talk Direct Billing?

It is available for all active Tune Talk subscribers.

How do I enable Tune Talk Billing option on Google Play?

a. You have a valid Gmail account;
b. You have an active Tune Talk subscription and your device must be on active Tune Talk mobile network;
c. You must have enough Airtime credit balance in your account to purchase your desired content from Google Play™ Store;
d. One-time setup is required for your first purchase on Google Play™ Store. Add “use Tune Talk Billing” as your preferred payment method. Once Tune Talk Billing payment is selected, it shall be your default payment method for purchases made at Google Play™ Store until you change it.

Is there any purchase limit?

Yes, each monthly cumulative purchase is limited up to RM200 per month. Purchase or purchases for each day is limited to RM100.

Can I still purchase Google Play Content once I reach the daily/monthly limit?

In the event where you have reached the daily/monthly limit, Tune Talk Billing option will not be displayed in the payment options. As such, you are required to choose other available payment options if you wish to proceed with Content purchase.

Will I be informed once payment is successful?

Yes, you will receive an email notification from Google and also an SMS notification from Tune Talk.

How to prevent accidental or unwanted purchases?

Google Play™ password protection feature requires you to enter a password before each Content purchase.

How do I turn on my password protection in Google Play™?

To turn on the password protection feature in Google Play:

  1. Launch Google Play™ app on your device
  2. Go to > Menu icon > Settings
  3. Select > Require authentication for purchases > Choose a setting
  4. Complete setup by following the step by step instructions.

We strongly advise you to turn on the password protection feature in Google Play™ as Tune Talk will not be held responsible for any accidental/unwanted purchases that are charged to your prepaid account.

Can I request refund for a Content purchase that I do not like?

There is an immediate Google Refund Policy window of 2 hours. It is as simple as going back to the recent installed app and clicking the Refund button. It will immediately uninstall the app and process your refund request.

For any purchase made more than 2 hours, you will only be able to see the Uninstall button. In this case, you may refer to Google’s Refund and Return for more details.

How long does the Refund process take?

Refunds will take a different duration that will be subjected to the applicable Google terms and refund policy.

What is Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid Tariff Pack (“TTCVP”) ? How can I become a TTCVP subscriber?

TTCVP is a tariff pack which was made available to Tune Talk subscribers (“Subscribers”) on the 26th August 2019 onwards.

Only New Tune Talk Subscribers who subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 00:01, 26th August 2019 onwards and Tune Talk Subscribers who registered before 26th August 2019 are eligible to subscribe or switch to TTCVP tariff pack respectively.

Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy applies.

What is the Tune Unlimited Plan?

The Tune Unlimited plan was launched on the 2nd October 2020. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data, unlimited voice calls and a 5GB hotspot quota at only RM48. A Fair Usage Policy (FUP) applies.

More info here.

I’m currently on an older tariff plan (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid). Can i switch to Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid and subscribe to the Tune Unlimited Plan?

Yes! You may switch to the Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid using 300 pts.

Find out more here.

What will happen if my tune unlimited (TUNE UNL) Plan 5GB Hotspot Data has been fully utilized?

You will experience hard stop and will no longer be able to tether your hotspot to other devices. Alternatively, you may purchase 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) to continue tethering.

How does the video streaming quota for the monthly RM28 and monthly RM48 plans work?

A separate and daily allocation of 500MB or 2GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscriptions to Tune Talk’s Monthly RM28 and Monthly RM48 plan.

Between 00.01am to 11:59pm daily, the Video Streaming quota stated above will be utilised first before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) for any streaming on YouTube and Netflix at respective content provider’s app or web platforms at Standard definition streaming.

What is the CUN calls Add-On? How can I subscribe to it?

CUN Calls is a newly-launched unlimited voice calls add-on for the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan, priced at RM10. Active Monthly 6GB (M6) subscribers can purchase the CUN Calls add-on via the Call Plans Subscription page in the Tune Talk App.

Will my CUN calls Add-On Auto-Renew together with my monthly 6GB (M6) plan in the next cycle?

No. The auto-renew feature is not available for the CUN Calls add-on. However, you can easily purchase the add-on via the Tune Talk App after your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan auto-renews.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk CUN Value Pack?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Will I still be able to tether / Use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

What happens if I have exhausted my video streaming quota within the same day?

Once Video Streaming quota is exhausted within the same day before the quota is refreshed, your continued Video Streaming shall be at mobile internet (MI) or Basic Internet (64kbps) speed (unless freebies are made available to you from time to time which will be utilized first).

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, Subscribers will no longer be charged data pay-per-use rates even if Subscribers don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data. You can subscribe to a Data Plan to enjoy high speed.

I subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 26th August 2019. Can I still purchase the older tariff packs (E.G. Tune Talk VALUE Prepaid & Tune Talk BUDDIES)?

Commencing 26th August 2019 onwards, only TTCVP tariff pack will be available for new Tune Talk Subscribers.

What speed is the unlimited data running at? Is it good enough?

The unlimited data run at speeds of up to 6Mbps. With 6Mbps, you will experience:

  • Smooth web browsing
  • Comfortable online gaming experience
  • Seamless HD video streaming at 720p
  • Full HD video streaming at 1080p
Why does my tune unlimited hotspot usage showing 500MB utilization shortly after I’ve started using it?

The Tune Unlimited hotspot data comes in 500MB (0.5GB) data blocks.

When you start using hotspot, 500MB will be deducted upfront. When the hotspot is turned off, the actual usage is calculated and the unused quota (if any) will be re-credited into the hotspot quota.

What is the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5), and how do I subscribe to it?

The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is an add-on for the Tune Unlimited (TUNE UNL) plan. It provides 5GB of additional hotspot quota which is valid for 3 days upon purchase provided that the TUNE UNL plan is active. The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is priced at RM3.00.

Active Monthly TUNE UNL plan subscribers can purchase the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in the My Account page within the Tune Talk App. BH5 does not auto renew.

What is the validity of the 500MB or 2GB video streaming quota?

The quota is refreshed every day at 00:01 during the 30 days subscription period of the Monthly 6GB or Monthly 10GB data plans.

What is the validity of my CUN calls Add-On?

Upon successful purchase, the CUN Calls add-on follows the validity of your active Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

For example, if your Monthly 6GB plan was activated on 2nd October, and you purchased the CUN Calls add-on on the 4th October, then both the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan and the CUN Calls add-on are valid until 11:59pm of 31st October (30 days after activation of Monthly 6GB (M6) plan).

Therefore, for maximum value, it is always advisable to purchase the CUN Calls add-on upon the activation or renewal of your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social, Chat passes and daily allocation of 500MB video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your daily allocation of 500MB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota before the quota is refreshed, Subscriber may first run on their existing 6GB base quota.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk CUN Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (“FBI”) is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or freebies) or those without data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

If I have FBI, can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are on TTCVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data. Instead, subscribers will enjoy 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

What is Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid Tariff Pack (“TTCVP”) ? How can I become a TTCVP subscriber?

TTCVP is a tariff pack which was made available to Tune Talk subscribers (“Subscribers”) on the 26th August 2019 onwards.

Only New Tune Talk Subscribers who subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 00:01, 26th August 2019 onwards and Tune Talk Subscribers who registered before 26th August 2019 are eligible to subscribe or switch to TTCVP tariff pack respectively.

Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy applies.

I subscribed to Tune Talk Service on 26th August 2019. Can I still purchase the older tariff packs (E.G. Tune Talk VALUE Prepaid & Tune Talk BUDDIES)?

Commencing 26th August 2019 onwards, only TTCVP tariff pack will be available for new Tune Talk Subscribers.

What is the Tune Unlimited Plan?

The Tune Unlimited plan was launched on the 2nd October 2020. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data, unlimited voice calls and a 5GB hotspot quota at only RM48. A Fair Usage Policy (FUP) applies.

More info here.

What speed is the unlimited data running at? Is it good enough?

The unlimited data run at speeds of up to 6Mbps. With 6Mbps, you will experience:

  • Smooth web browsing
  • Comfortable online gaming experience
  • Seamless HD video streaming at 720p
  • Full HD video streaming at 1080p
I’m currently on an older tariff plan (Tune Talk Buddies / Tune Talk Value Prepaid). Can i switch to Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid and subscribe to the Tune Unlimited Plan?

Yes! You may switch to the Tune Talk CUN Value Prepaid using 300 pts.

Find out more here.

Why does my tune unlimited hotspot usage showing 500MB utilization shortly after I’ve started using it?

The Tune Unlimited hotspot data comes in 500MB (0.5GB) data blocks.

When you start using hotspot, 500MB will be deducted upfront. When the hotspot is turned off, the actual usage is calculated and the unused quota (if any) will be re-credited into the hotspot quota.

What will happen if my tune unlimited (TUNE UNL) Plan 5GB Hotspot Data has been fully utilized?

You will experience hard stop and will no longer be able to tether your hotspot to other devices. Alternatively, you may purchase 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) to continue tethering.

What is the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5), and how do I subscribe to it?

The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is an add-on for the Tune Unlimited (TUNE UNL) plan. It provides 5GB of additional hotspot quota which is valid for 3 days upon purchase provided that the TUNE UNL plan is active. The 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) is priced at RM3.00.

Active Monthly TUNE UNL plan subscribers can purchase the 5GB Hotspot Booster (BH5) via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in the My Account page within the Tune Talk App. BH5 does not auto renew.

How does the video streaming quota for the monthly RM28 and monthly RM48 plans work?

A separate and daily allocation of 500MB or 2GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscriptions to Tune Talk’s Monthly RM28 and Monthly RM48 plan.

Between 00.01am to 11:59pm daily, the Video Streaming quota stated above will be utilised first before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) for any streaming on YouTube and Netflix at respective content provider’s app or web platforms at Standard definition streaming.

What is the validity of the 500MB or 2GB video streaming quota?

The quota is refreshed every day at 00:01 during the 30 days subscription period of the Monthly 6GB or Monthly 10GB data plans.

What is the CUN calls Add-On? How can I subscribe to it?

CUN Calls is a newly-launched unlimited voice calls add-on for the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan, priced at RM10. Active Monthly 6GB (M6) subscribers can purchase the CUN Calls add-on via the Call Plans Subscription page in the Tune Talk App.

What is the validity of my CUN calls Add-On?

Upon successful purchase, the CUN Calls add-on follows the validity of your active Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

For example, if your Monthly 6GB plan was activated on 2nd October, and you purchased the CUN Calls add-on on the 4th October, then both the Monthly 6GB (M6) plan and the CUN Calls add-on are valid until 11:59pm of 31st October (30 days after activation of Monthly 6GB (M6) plan).

Therefore, for maximum value, it is always advisable to purchase the CUN Calls add-on upon the activation or renewal of your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan.

Will my CUN calls Add-On Auto-Renew together with my monthly 6GB (M6) plan in the next cycle?

No. The auto-renew feature is not available for the CUN Calls add-on. However, you can easily purchase the add-on via the Tune Talk App after your Monthly 6GB (M6) plan auto-renews.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social, Chat passes and daily allocation of 500MB video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your daily allocation of 500MB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota before the quota is refreshed, Subscriber may first run on their existing 6GB base quota.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk CUN Value Pack?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk CUN Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

Will I still be able to tether / Use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

What happens if I have exhausted my video streaming quota within the same day?

Once Video Streaming quota is exhausted within the same day before the quota is refreshed, your continued Video Streaming shall be at mobile internet (MI) or Basic Internet (64kbps) speed (unless freebies are made available to you from time to time which will be utilized first).

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (“FBI”) is a service that enables Tune Talk users who have exhausted their data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or freebies) or those without data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost.

Subscribers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed which will be refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, Subscribers will no longer be charged data pay-per-use rates even if Subscribers don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

If I have FBI, can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are on TTCVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data. Instead, subscribers will enjoy 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps speed.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data. You can subscribe to a Data Plan to enjoy high speed.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

Do I have to pay anything additional to receive this coverage?

It is absolutely FREE and the premium payment is borne by Tune Talk if you Top Up a minimum of RM50 monthly.

When does the FREE PA Insurance coverage begin?

Coverage commences on the following month upon meeting the minimum monthly top up of RM50 for the current month, subject to the 60 days cooling-off period from the date you activate your Tune Talk SIM. (Example: if your cumulative top up for the month of January is RM50 or more, you will receive the FREE PA Insurance coverage for the following month of February)

When does the PA Insurance coverage for each month commence and end?

Coverage commences on the first day of the month and ends on the last day of the month. (Example: 1st January until 31st January)

Can I claim my PA Insurance if I were involved in a motorcycle accident?

The PA Insurance does NOT cover subscribers who are engaged in riding or pillion riding on a motorcycle for any purpose.

What are some examples of high-risk occupations that are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Military and Law Enforcement
  • Pilot and Aircrew
  • Professional Sports
  • Workers utilising wood-working machinery

Please read through the exclusions in the policy here for a comprehensive list of occupations that are excluded from coverage

What if I have other insurance policies?

All benefits are paid in addition to and regardless of any other insurance policies you may have.

What is the claim procedure?

For incidents after 1-Nov-2024
All claims must be notified within 30 (thirty) days from the date of accident, provide full particulars and shall seek medical or surgical advice as soon as possible. Please contact RHB Insurance Customer Service Hotline at 1300-220-007 to do this or seek more clarification on your claim enquiries.
Alternatively, you can download the claim form here and email it to rhbi.general@rhbgroup.com.

For incidents occurring on or before 31/10/24, please click HERE.

Where can I find the exclusions and policy wording?

The exclusions and policy wording can be accessed and downloaded here.

What should I mainly consider so that my eligibility is not affected?

Eligibility to the PA Insurance coverage is subject to accuracy of subscriber’s personal information as per his/her Mykad/Passport/Police ID/Army ID entered at point of registration.

I just topped up RM50 this month. Am I eligible for the FREE PA Insurance next month?

You are eligible for the coverage if you top up RM50 or more anytime between the first day of every month (12:00am) till the last day of every month (11:00pm). (Example: 1st January (12.00am) – 31st January (11:00pm).

What is the 60 days cooling-off period?

The 60 days cooling-off period is the excluded period for PA Insurance coverage for all newly activated Tune Talk number.

How old do I have to be in order to be eligible for the PA Insurance?

You have to be not less than 12 years old and not more than 65 years old to be eligible for the PA Insurance coverage.

How do I nominate my beneficiary(ies)?

Pursuant to Section 129 and Para 5 of Schedule 9 of Financial Services Act 2013, Malaysia, nominee(s) should be: spouse, child or parent(s), if there is no spouse or child at the time of making the nomination, the nominee is his parent. A nominee of a Muslim insured person upon receipt of policy moneys shall distribute the policy moneys in accordance with the Shariah Laws.

What does the PA Insurance cover?

The policy covers Death and Total and Permanent Loss or Disablement (Total Paralysis) for RM50, 000.

What if I have more than one line registered under Tune Talk? Am I entitled to additional claims?

Even if you have multiple lines registered under Tune Talk, your coverage is limited to only one policy.

Who should I contact to get more information?

For more information, kindly refer to Tune Talk’s website or call our customer care at 13100 / 03- 2771 7000 from 8am to 10pm.

What are some examples of high-risk activities which are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Scuba Diving
  • Martial Arts
  • Racing (other than on foot)
  • Ice Hockey
  • Hunting

Please read through the exclusions in the policy carefully here for a comprehensive list of activities that are excluded from coverage

Additional Tune Talk policy

Tune Talk reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions without prior notice.

Do I have to pay anything additional to receive this coverage?

It is absolutely FREE and the premium payment is borne by Tune Talk if you Top Up a minimum of RM50 monthly.

I just topped up RM50 this month. Am I eligible for the FREE PA Insurance next month?

You are eligible for the coverage if you top up RM50 or more anytime between the first day of every month (12:00am) till the last day of every month (11:00pm). (Example: 1st January (12.00am) – 31st January (11:00pm).

When does the FREE PA Insurance coverage begin?

Coverage commences on the following month upon meeting the minimum monthly top up of RM50 for the current month, subject to the 60 days cooling-off period from the date you activate your Tune Talk SIM. (Example: if your cumulative top up for the month of January is RM50 or more, you will receive the FREE PA Insurance coverage for the following month of February)

What is the 60 days cooling-off period?

The 60 days cooling-off period is the excluded period for PA Insurance coverage for all newly activated Tune Talk number.

When does the PA Insurance coverage for each month commence and end?

Coverage commences on the first day of the month and ends on the last day of the month. (Example: 1st January until 31st January)

How old do I have to be in order to be eligible for the PA Insurance?

You have to be not less than 12 years old and not more than 65 years old to be eligible for the PA Insurance coverage.

Can I claim my PA Insurance if I were involved in a motorcycle accident?

The PA Insurance does NOT cover subscribers who are engaged in riding or pillion riding on a motorcycle for any purpose.

How do I nominate my beneficiary(ies)?

Pursuant to Section 129 and Para 5 of Schedule 9 of Financial Services Act 2013, Malaysia, nominee(s) should be: spouse, child or parent(s), if there is no spouse or child at the time of making the nomination, the nominee is his parent. A nominee of a Muslim insured person upon receipt of policy moneys shall distribute the policy moneys in accordance with the Shariah Laws.

What are some examples of high-risk occupations that are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Military and Law Enforcement
  • Pilot and Aircrew
  • Professional Sports
  • Workers utilising wood-working machinery

Please read through the exclusions in the policy here for a comprehensive list of occupations that are excluded from coverage

What does the PA Insurance cover?

The policy covers Death and Total and Permanent Loss or Disablement (Total Paralysis) for RM50, 000.

What if I have other insurance policies?

All benefits are paid in addition to and regardless of any other insurance policies you may have.

What if I have more than one line registered under Tune Talk? Am I entitled to additional claims?

Even if you have multiple lines registered under Tune Talk, your coverage is limited to only one policy.

What is the claim procedure?

For incidents after 1-Nov-2024
All claims must be notified within 30 (thirty) days from the date of accident, provide full particulars and shall seek medical or surgical advice as soon as possible. Please contact RHB Insurance Customer Service Hotline at 1300-220-007 to do this or seek more clarification on your claim enquiries.
Alternatively, you can download the claim form here and email it to rhbi.general@rhbgroup.com.

For incidents occurring on or before 31/10/24, please click HERE.

Who should I contact to get more information?

For more information, kindly refer to Tune Talk’s website or call our customer care at 13100 / 03- 2771 7000 from 8am to 10pm.

Where can I find the exclusions and policy wording?

The exclusions and policy wording can be accessed and downloaded here.

What are some examples of high-risk activities which are not entitled for the Free PA Insurance Coverage?
  • Scuba Diving
  • Martial Arts
  • Racing (other than on foot)
  • Ice Hockey
  • Hunting

Please read through the exclusions in the policy carefully here for a comprehensive list of activities that are excluded from coverage

What should I mainly consider so that my eligibility is not affected?

Eligibility to the PA Insurance coverage is subject to accuracy of subscriber’s personal information as per his/her Mykad/Passport/Police ID/Army ID entered at point of registration.

Additional Tune Talk policy

Tune Talk reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions without prior notice.

Do you have different rates for different days or time of the day?

No, we do not. Our rates are the same at all times of the day.

Am I charged for inbound and 1-800 calls?

Your inbound calls will not be charged. Only outbound and 1-800 calls, are charged at your normal airtime rate. You will not be charged long distance for outbound 1-800 numbers.

How am I charged for my calls?

Your outgoing calls are charged in 60 second blocks.

Example: If you make a call lasting less than 30 seconds, you will be charged for a full 60 seconds and if you make a call that lasts a minute and 47 seconds, you will be charged for two minutes.

Do my minutes ever expire?

Yes. Unused minutes do not get rolled over from month to month. Validity period of minutes will expire based on the last value of the top up. View the validity of the Top Up values here.

Do you have different rates for different days or time of the day?

No, we do not. Our rates are the same at all times of the day.

How am I charged for my calls?

Your outgoing calls are charged in 60 second blocks.

Example: If you make a call lasting less than 30 seconds, you will be charged for a full 60 seconds and if you make a call that lasts a minute and 47 seconds, you will be charged for two minutes.

Am I charged for inbound and 1-800 calls?

Your inbound calls will not be charged. Only outbound and 1-800 calls, are charged at your normal airtime rate. You will not be charged long distance for outbound 1-800 numbers.

Do my minutes ever expire?

Yes. Unused minutes do not get rolled over from month to month. Validity period of minutes will expire based on the last value of the top up. View the validity of the Top Up values here.

Upon termination, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Termination of service will result in forfeiture of all accumulated Points with immediate effect. Once forfeited, the Points cannot be retrieved or transferred to another account.

How do I increase my Points through Tune Talk?

You can increase your Points through topping up.

Top Up Denomination Points
RM 3 3
RM 4 4
RM 5 8
RM 10 20
RM 15 30
RM 20 40
RM 30 70
RM 50 120
RM 100 240
RM 200 480
RM 300 720
RM 500 1200
RM 1000 2400

 

I have accidentally swiped right to use the deal, what do I do?

If you are not ready to use it, we advise you to take a screenshot of or copy down the promo code. Once the timer runs out, you may no longer have access to the promo code.

I have just redeemed a deal but it is not showing on the My Rewards page. What do I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the transaction. If the deal takes longer than 10 minutes to appear on the My Rewards page, kindly contact our Customer Care for further action.

How can I keep track of my Points redemptions?

You may track all your Points-related transactions in the Points History section in the Loyalty Tiering page in the Tune Talk App.

Can I transfer my redeemed deals to other mobile numbers?

No. The redemptions are mobile number-specific and are not transferable to other mobile numbers.

When can I redeem the #JomEnjoy deals?

Anytime! However, please note that the deals catalogue is not fixed and may change from time to time. If you see a deal that you like, redeem it before it runs out!

Where can I find the latest #JomEnjoy deals?

The #JomEnjoy deals catalogue can be accessed on the Tune Talk App.

Upon having issues while using the redeemed deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to post redemption, you should be contacting the particular merchant’s Customer Care which is stated in the terms and conditions of the promotion.

Can I transfer my Points to other account?

No, the Tune Talk Points are unique to each mobile number.

What can I do with the Points?

You may use your Tune Talk Points to redeem the various lifestyle deals and data goodies available in the Tune Talk App.

What are Tune Talk Points?

Tune Talk Points are loyalty points you will earn by reloading via your Tune Talk App and they will be placed into your Tune Talk account.

Will there be a confirmation SMS upon successful redemption?

Yes. You will receive a SMS within 5mins.

Can I redeem airasia points via SMS?

airasia points redemption is only applicable via App or Self care.

What If I don’t have enough points to redeem any goodies?

Don’t worry, simply top-up to earn Points. Find out more

Can I redeem different data goodies?

Yes, you may. However, be advised only different data goodies can co-exist and be stacked. Redeeming the same data goodies will overwrite the existing data goodie.

I am currently subscribed to a data plan. What will happen if I redeem the 120GB yearly data plan?

Please note that your current data plan will be automatically terminated so we suggest fully exhausting your current plan first to fully maximize.

If I am on the 120GB yearly plan (redeemed via points), and I ran out of data, can I subscribe to other data plans for extra data?

The Goodie works like any data plan and you should avoid subscribing to other data plans as it will override. We recommend activating the 10GB booster for just RM10, which will be valid for the remainder of the monthly cycle.

I have just made a top up and my Points are not added. What should I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the top up transaction and credit the Points. If it takes longer than 10 minutes, please contact our Customer Care for further action.

Upon having issues while redeeming the deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to pre-redemption, you should be contacting our Tune Talk’s Customer Care by Live Chat ,calling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 (non-Tune Talk or overseas) from 8am to 10pm daily.

Can I retrieve the deals back upon expiry?

No. You are encouraged to use the deals before meeting the expiry date.

Where can I check the redeemed deals and the details?

All the redeemed deals will be available at Tune Talk App on the My Rewards Page under Available Rewards. Upon successful usage or expiry, the deals will be moved to Past Rewards.

What are the available methods to redeem the deals?

The deals are redeemable or purchasable via Points, cash (in the form of airtime credit, FPX or credit/debit card), or a combination of both Points and cash.

Are the redemption mechanics same across all the deals?

No. Each lifestyle deal may have its own unique redemption method and usage journey, which are detailed in its specific terms and conditions and can be found on its respective pages within the Tune Talk App.

How can I check my points balance?

Check your Points balance by dialing *133# or check through the Tune Talk Mobile app.

What offers are available on #JomEnjoy?

You may find telecommunications and lifestyle deals that are redeemable via Points and/or airtime credit.

What are the criteria for my Loyalty tier?

Your Loyalty tier is decided based on your lifetime Points, which are the Points you have accumulated throughout your stay with Tune Talk. Subscribers with 0 to 1,499 pts will be classified in the Silver tier, while subscribers with more than 1,500 pts will be placed in the Gold tier.

Upon changing tariffs, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Change of tariffs plans (between TT Buddies and TT Value Prepaid) WILL NOT result in point forfeiture. On the contrary, external change of tariffs (e.g. from Tone Excel to TT Value Prepaid) WILL RESULT in point forfeiture.

Is there a validity period for my Points?

Yes. As of 31st January 2018, ALL existing Points will have a 5 (Five) year expiry and starting from 1st February 2018, ALL new Points will have a 2 (Two) year expiry.

When can I redeem my points?

Anytime anywhere! Redeem via App or Selfcare.

What can I redeem with my points?

View our Goodies catalogue via the Tune Talk Mobile app now.

Do I need to have an airasia member ID to transfer my points?

Yes. Upon converting your points to airasia points, you will need to enter your airasia member ID.

Will my points expire?

Yes. Points collected from 1st February 2018 onward will have a two (2) year validity period. Find out more HERE.

Do I get to enjoy 120GB data upon successful redemption?

Yes, but only 10GB data will be released each month for 12 times.

Is it only the 120GB yearly plan redemption? What about other plans?

Yes, it is only the 120GB plan. The other data Goodies can coexist with any of your other active data plans.

Upon termination, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Termination of service will result in forfeiture of all accumulated Points with immediate effect. Once forfeited, the Points cannot be retrieved or transferred to another account.

I have just made a top up and my Points are not added. What should I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the top up transaction and credit the Points. If it takes longer than 10 minutes, please contact our Customer Care for further action.

How do I increase my Points through Tune Talk?

You can increase your Points through topping up.

Top Up Denomination Points
RM 3 3
RM 4 4
RM 5 8
RM 10 20
RM 15 30
RM 20 40
RM 30 70
RM 50 120
RM 100 240
RM 200 480
RM 300 720
RM 500 1200
RM 1000 2400

 

Upon having issues while redeeming the deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to pre-redemption, you should be contacting our Tune Talk’s Customer Care by Live Chat ,calling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 (non-Tune Talk or overseas) from 8am to 10pm daily.

I have accidentally swiped right to use the deal, what do I do?

If you are not ready to use it, we advise you to take a screenshot of or copy down the promo code. Once the timer runs out, you may no longer have access to the promo code.

Can I retrieve the deals back upon expiry?

No. You are encouraged to use the deals before meeting the expiry date.

I have just redeemed a deal but it is not showing on the My Rewards page. What do I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the transaction. If the deal takes longer than 10 minutes to appear on the My Rewards page, kindly contact our Customer Care for further action.

Where can I check the redeemed deals and the details?

All the redeemed deals will be available at Tune Talk App on the My Rewards Page under Available Rewards. Upon successful usage or expiry, the deals will be moved to Past Rewards.

How can I keep track of my Points redemptions?

You may track all your Points-related transactions in the Points History section in the Loyalty Tiering page in the Tune Talk App.

What are the available methods to redeem the deals?

The deals are redeemable or purchasable via Points, cash (in the form of airtime credit, FPX or credit/debit card), or a combination of both Points and cash.

Can I transfer my redeemed deals to other mobile numbers?

No. The redemptions are mobile number-specific and are not transferable to other mobile numbers.

Are the redemption mechanics same across all the deals?

No. Each lifestyle deal may have its own unique redemption method and usage journey, which are detailed in its specific terms and conditions and can be found on its respective pages within the Tune Talk App.

When can I redeem the #JomEnjoy deals?

Anytime! However, please note that the deals catalogue is not fixed and may change from time to time. If you see a deal that you like, redeem it before it runs out!

How can I check my points balance?

Check your Points balance by dialing *133# or check through the Tune Talk Mobile app.

Where can I find the latest #JomEnjoy deals?

The #JomEnjoy deals catalogue can be accessed on the Tune Talk App.

What offers are available on #JomEnjoy?

You may find telecommunications and lifestyle deals that are redeemable via Points and/or airtime credit.

Upon having issues while using the redeemed deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to post redemption, you should be contacting the particular merchant’s Customer Care which is stated in the terms and conditions of the promotion.

What are the criteria for my Loyalty tier?

Your Loyalty tier is decided based on your lifetime Points, which are the Points you have accumulated throughout your stay with Tune Talk. Subscribers with 0 to 1,499 pts will be classified in the Silver tier, while subscribers with more than 1,500 pts will be placed in the Gold tier.

Can I transfer my Points to other account?

No, the Tune Talk Points are unique to each mobile number.

Upon changing tariffs, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Change of tariffs plans (between TT Buddies and TT Value Prepaid) WILL NOT result in point forfeiture. On the contrary, external change of tariffs (e.g. from Tone Excel to TT Value Prepaid) WILL RESULT in point forfeiture.

What can I do with the Points?

You may use your Tune Talk Points to redeem the various lifestyle deals and data goodies available in the Tune Talk App.

Is there a validity period for my Points?

Yes. As of 31st January 2018, ALL existing Points will have a 5 (Five) year expiry and starting from 1st February 2018, ALL new Points will have a 2 (Two) year expiry.

What are Tune Talk Points?

Tune Talk Points are loyalty points you will earn by reloading via your Tune Talk App and they will be placed into your Tune Talk account.

When can I redeem my points?

Anytime anywhere! Redeem via App or Selfcare.

Will there be a confirmation SMS upon successful redemption?

Yes. You will receive a SMS within 5mins.

What can I redeem with my points?

View our Goodies catalogue via the Tune Talk Mobile app now.

Can I redeem airasia points via SMS?

airasia points redemption is only applicable via App or Self care.

Do I need to have an airasia member ID to transfer my points?

Yes. Upon converting your points to airasia points, you will need to enter your airasia member ID.

What If I don’t have enough points to redeem any goodies?

Don’t worry, simply top-up to earn Points. Find out more

Will my points expire?

Yes. Points collected from 1st February 2018 onward will have a two (2) year validity period. Find out more HERE.

Can I redeem different data goodies?

Yes, you may. However, be advised only different data goodies can co-exist and be stacked. Redeeming the same data goodies will overwrite the existing data goodie.

Do I get to enjoy 120GB data upon successful redemption?

Yes, but only 10GB data will be released each month for 12 times.

I am currently subscribed to a data plan. What will happen if I redeem the 120GB yearly data plan?

Please note that your current data plan will be automatically terminated so we suggest fully exhausting your current plan first to fully maximize.

Is it only the 120GB yearly plan redemption? What about other plans?

Yes, it is only the 120GB plan. The other data Goodies can coexist with any of your other active data plans.

If I am on the 120GB yearly plan (redeemed via points), and I ran out of data, can I subscribe to other data plans for extra data?

The Goodie works like any data plan and you should avoid subscribing to other data plans as it will override. We recommend activating the 10GB booster for just RM10, which will be valid for the remainder of the monthly cycle.

What is Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) Tariff Plan? How can I become Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) subscriber?

TTVP is a prepaid pack launched on the 14th January 2019.

The TTVP Pack is valid for new Tune Talk subscribers activated, port-in registrations between 14th January 2019 (“Effective Date”) to 25th August 2019 (“End Date”) and existing Tune Talk lines that have requested to switch to the TTVP pack.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social and Chat passes and 6GB Video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your 6GB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota, it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data and will need to subscribe to a Data Plan to continue.

What are the benefits of the new TTVP?

A separate bucket of 6GB or 40GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscription to TTVP’s Monthly RM28 or Monthly RM48. The Video streaming quota will be utilised before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) to stream from enlisted Video apps.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk VALUE Plan?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Will I still be able to tether/use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost. You will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

If I have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are utilizing TTVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

What is Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) Tariff Plan? How can I become Tune Talk VALUE Pack (TTVP) subscriber?

TTVP is a prepaid pack launched on the 14th January 2019.

The TTVP Pack is valid for new Tune Talk subscribers activated, port-in registrations between 14th January 2019 (“Effective Date”) to 25th August 2019 (“End Date”) and existing Tune Talk lines that have requested to switch to the TTVP pack.

What are the benefits of the new TTVP?

A separate bucket of 6GB or 40GB Video streaming quota will be automatically provisioned with any subscription to TTVP’s Monthly RM28 or Monthly RM48. The Video streaming quota will be utilised before the base data plan or basic internet (for those without data plans or freebies) to stream from enlisted Video apps.

What is base quota, unlimited passes and video streaming quota?

Base quota is a fixed quota amount in a monthly subscription plan, whereby it comes with unlimited passes and video streaming quota.

For example, if you subscribed to our RM28 Plan (M6), you will get 6GB of data bundled with Unlimited Social and Chat passes and 6GB Video streaming quota for 30 days.

The Unlimited Chat pass will allow you to utilize WhatsApp (one of the eligible apps) as much as you need without deducting from your 6GB base quota. However, if you use Spotify (an eligible app within Unlimited Music pass), it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

The Video Streaming quota will allow you to utilize YouTube (one of the eligible apps) from your 6GB video quota. However, if you fully utilize your video quota, it will deduct from your 6GB base quota.

Can I use my smartphone as a hotspot when I subscribe to Tune Talk VALUE Plan?

Yes, you can. Kindly note that the data quota will be deducted from your base quota or booster quota, where applicable for selected data plans.

Is this a new policy?

No, the data plans for Tune Talk Value have always been designated for individual usage as stated in our policy. Kindly refer to Tune Talk Fair Usage Policy for more information.

Will I still be able to tether/use hotspot if I have used up all the data from my base quota?

Should subscribers wish to continue using the mobile hotspot at high speed, subscribers can purchase MI Booster that is available for selected active MI plans.

How do I check the status or the balance of my data plan quota?

To check this, you can SMS STATUS to 2222.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet and how will I get it?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy always-on connectivity at no cost. You will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10GB of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed every 30 days from the first date of registration.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! With FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates even if you don’t have any Data Plans or any bonus data buckets.

If I have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I use Pay-Per-Use data instead?

Subscribers who are utilizing TTVP packs will not be able to utilize pay-per-use data.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted before the quota is refreshed, you will no longer be able to use any data and will need to subscribe to a Data Plan to continue.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will receive an SMS notification from us when your FBI quota usage reaches 90% and 100% of allocated quota.

What is Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass?

Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass allows you to subscribe to Internet and roam for abroad use.

What will happen if I have an active & valid 3-Day Data Roaming Pass and I travel to another non-participating country?

The 3-Day Data Roaming Pass is only valid in selected countries that you can only use in one country at a time.

If you wish to enjoy data in this new destination country, you will only need to subscribe to the available Data Roaming Pass. Upon activation of this new Pass it will automatically override the previous Pass activated in the previous country.

How long can I perform RAP before I travel abroad?

All RAP must be activated/utilised within 30 days from the date of subscription

Successful Data Roaming Passes will only be activated and displayed on the Tune Talk App once you connect to eligible Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks in the destination country

How do I perform a RAP?

All RAP can only be done via the Tune Talk App.

How long will it take to activate once I have subscribed to the Data Roaming Pass?

Firstly, you will receive an SMS confirmation upon successful subscription. Then, activation is almost immediate as long as you are connected to the correct Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks (subject to the quality of network connection during point of time and location in destination country with the correct APN settings).

How do I check my balance and validity for the Data Roaming Pass?

Balance and validity can be checked via Tune Talk App or by dialing *138#.

Can I unsubscribe from a Roaming Pass? What do I do if I no longer wish to have internet/data roaming access?

No, the Data Roaming Pass will expire automatically when the validity period ends.

What are Tune Talk IDD rates?

You can view the rates here.

What does Tune Talk Data Roaming Passes offer?
Description 3-Day Roaming Pass 1-Day Roaming Pass
Price RM25.00 RM33.00
Plan Quota 2GB Data 50MB – 500MB
Validity 75hrs 24hrs
Auto-renew No No
Allow Stack/Additional purchased Yes Yes
Roaming Countries 16 Over 100 countries

*click here to view country list

What is Roaming Advance Purchase (RAP)?

You may perform an ‘advance purchase’/’pre-subscribe’ the passes before you travel abroad. You may purchase multiple passes for multiple countries before you travel.

How many Data Roaming Passes can I purchase in advance (RAP)?

You can purchase a maximum of 3 Data Roaming Passes for both 1-Day and 3-Day passes

Can I utilize the Data Roaming Pass in multiple countries?

Data Roaming Passes purchased can only be used in selected participating countries with particular networks.

Click here to view respective country list & Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks.

How does the RAP activation and validity work?

RAP will have the same validity period as your current Pass. Upon exhaustion of the current Pass, you will receive an SMS notification. The pre-added pass will be activated along with an SMS activation and the new validity will start at the time of activation.

e.g. In the event where you pre-add the 3-Day Data Roaming Pass on 1st July 2019 while currently enjoying a remaining of 700MB out of 2GB (from the existing 3-Day Data Roaming Pass) which expires on 2nd July 2019; if you were to exhaust the remaining 700MB at 3PM on the 1st July 2019, your new pre-added 2GB Pass will be activated immediately and will expire within 72 hours from 3PM, 1st July 2019.

What happens once my data roaming quota is finished? Can I add or subscribe for more quota?

If your Data Roaming Pass data quota is exhausted within the validity period, your data will experience a hard stop as there is no Pay-Per-Use Data for roaming. To continue, you may purchase a new Data Roaming Pass via Tune Talk app, dial USSD *138# or SMS.

How do I activate IDD?

The IDD service is already pre-activated for all Tune Talk SIMs. You can start enjoying our excellent IDD rates as soon as you activate your Tune Talk SIM.

How Do I Make An IDD Call?

If you are making a call to an overseas mobile phone number, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (mobile phone number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling a UK mobile phone number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
UK Country Code : 44
Mobile phone number with network prefix: 077-87788778
You should dial : +00447787788778 and press Call

If you are making a call to a fixed overseas line, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (fixed line number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling an Australian fixed line number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
Australian Country Code : 61
Fixed line number with network prefix: 03-88881111
You should dial : +0061388881111 and press Call

If you are calling a Singaporean number, key in 02(mobile/fixed line number), then press Call

Example: If you are calling the following Singaporean mobile phone number : 97799779

Dial: 0297799779 and press Call.

What is Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass?

Tune Talk Data Roaming Pass allows you to subscribe to Internet and roam for abroad use.

What does Tune Talk Data Roaming Passes offer?
Description 3-Day Roaming Pass 1-Day Roaming Pass
Price RM25.00 RM33.00
Plan Quota 2GB Data 50MB – 500MB
Validity 75hrs 24hrs
Auto-renew No No
Allow Stack/Additional purchased Yes Yes
Roaming Countries 16 Over 100 countries

*click here to view country list

What will happen if I have an active & valid 3-Day Data Roaming Pass and I travel to another non-participating country?

The 3-Day Data Roaming Pass is only valid in selected countries that you can only use in one country at a time.

If you wish to enjoy data in this new destination country, you will only need to subscribe to the available Data Roaming Pass. Upon activation of this new Pass it will automatically override the previous Pass activated in the previous country.

What is Roaming Advance Purchase (RAP)?

You may perform an ‘advance purchase’/’pre-subscribe’ the passes before you travel abroad. You may purchase multiple passes for multiple countries before you travel.

How long can I perform RAP before I travel abroad?

All RAP must be activated/utilised within 30 days from the date of subscription

Successful Data Roaming Passes will only be activated and displayed on the Tune Talk App once you connect to eligible Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks in the destination country

How many Data Roaming Passes can I purchase in advance (RAP)?

You can purchase a maximum of 3 Data Roaming Passes for both 1-Day and 3-Day passes

How do I perform a RAP?

All RAP can only be done via the Tune Talk App.

Can I utilize the Data Roaming Pass in multiple countries?

Data Roaming Passes purchased can only be used in selected participating countries with particular networks.

Click here to view respective country list & Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks.

How long will it take to activate once I have subscribed to the Data Roaming Pass?

Firstly, you will receive an SMS confirmation upon successful subscription. Then, activation is almost immediate as long as you are connected to the correct Tune Talk Roaming Partner Networks (subject to the quality of network connection during point of time and location in destination country with the correct APN settings).

How does the RAP activation and validity work?

RAP will have the same validity period as your current Pass. Upon exhaustion of the current Pass, you will receive an SMS notification. The pre-added pass will be activated along with an SMS activation and the new validity will start at the time of activation.

e.g. In the event where you pre-add the 3-Day Data Roaming Pass on 1st July 2019 while currently enjoying a remaining of 700MB out of 2GB (from the existing 3-Day Data Roaming Pass) which expires on 2nd July 2019; if you were to exhaust the remaining 700MB at 3PM on the 1st July 2019, your new pre-added 2GB Pass will be activated immediately and will expire within 72 hours from 3PM, 1st July 2019.

How do I check my balance and validity for the Data Roaming Pass?

Balance and validity can be checked via Tune Talk App or by dialing *138#.

What happens once my data roaming quota is finished? Can I add or subscribe for more quota?

If your Data Roaming Pass data quota is exhausted within the validity period, your data will experience a hard stop as there is no Pay-Per-Use Data for roaming. To continue, you may purchase a new Data Roaming Pass via Tune Talk app, dial USSD *138# or SMS.

Can I unsubscribe from a Roaming Pass? What do I do if I no longer wish to have internet/data roaming access?

No, the Data Roaming Pass will expire automatically when the validity period ends.

How do I activate IDD?

The IDD service is already pre-activated for all Tune Talk SIMs. You can start enjoying our excellent IDD rates as soon as you activate your Tune Talk SIM.

What are Tune Talk IDD rates?

You can view the rates here.

How Do I Make An IDD Call?

If you are making a call to an overseas mobile phone number, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (mobile phone number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling a UK mobile phone number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
UK Country Code : 44
Mobile phone number with network prefix: 077-87788778
You should dial : +00447787788778 and press Call

If you are making a call to a fixed overseas line, key in +(international access code) followed by (country code) and (fixed line number with network prefix), then press Call.

Example: If you are calling an Australian fixed line number:

International Access Code from Malaysia : 00
Australian Country Code : 61
Fixed line number with network prefix: 03-88881111
You should dial : +0061388881111 and press Call

If you are calling a Singaporean number, key in 02(mobile/fixed line number), then press Call

Example: If you are calling the following Singaporean mobile phone number : 97799779

Dial: 0297799779 and press Call.

What is Super JIMAT Bundle?

Super JIMAT Bundle is crafted for those who wish to subscribe to the Monthly Internet Plans and further enjoy up to 19% savings. It comes with 3- or 12-months bundle plans.

Can I subscribe to other internet plans if I have subscribed to the Super JIMAT Bundle plans?

No. You will only be able to subscribe to Data Boosters that are available for your active Super JIMAT Bundle plans.

You may stop the current active Super JIMAT Bundle plans if you have decided to subscribe to other available internet plans. Any available data, plan cycle, bonus, voice, or freebies from the bundle plans will be forfeited and non-refundable. You may send an SMS [plan name] STOP to 2222 once you have decided.

How does the Super JIMAT Bundle plan work?

Upon successful subscription of Super JIMAT Bundle plans, the 1st cycle will be displayed onyour Tune Talk App with 30 days validity.

3-month bundle: 2 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st and 61st day of subscription and expires on the 90th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the 91st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

12-month bundle: 11 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st, 61st, 91st day and so on and expires on the 360th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the day 361st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

E.g: Fokus 40 – 12 month bundle successfully subscribed on 5th September 2022. 1st month cycle of 30 days validity will end on 4th October 2022 and 2nd cycle will be activated on the 5th October 2022. This will continue for 3rd to 12th cycle.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How long can I redeem the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60 days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer be able to view and redeem the FREE 1GB Welcome data after the 60 days period has ended. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others.

What are data Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

Will the old tariff pack still be available (e.g: Tune Talk HI VALUE or CUN VALUE) after 5th September 2022?

Starting from 5th September 2022, all Tune Talk SIM pack registrations will come with the Pek TTJIMAT tariff only.

Why should I subscribe to the Tune Talk PEK JIMAT (TTJIMAT)?

Pek JIMAT is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans offering great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can subscribed as low as RM33/month!

Once I switch to Pek JIMAT, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note that you may NOT be able to switch back to other packs.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after switching to the Pek JIMAT?

Upon successful switch to the Pek JIMAT, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 256Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek JIMAT?

Pek JIMAT offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can be subscribed as low as RM33/month!

View the plans HERE!

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek JIMAT SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota, Data Booster to keep you connected.

What Monthly Internet plans (Internet plans) are entitled for the Super JIMAT Bundles? What is the payment mode for this?

Below are the 3 Monthly Internet (Internet plans) plans that are entitled for Super JIMAT Bundle:

Internet Plans Plan Package (month) Keywords Subscription Price Average Subscription/mth Value SAVINGS Validity Period Auto-Renewal
Fokus 33 1 Fokus33 RM38 RM38 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus33B RM105 RM35 8% RM9 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus33T RM395 RM33 13% RM60 30 days x12 Yes
Fokus 40 1 Fokus40 RM48 RM48 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus40B RM129 RM43 10% RM15 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus40T RM480 RM40 17% RM96 30 days x12 Yes
Bebas 55 1 Bebas55 RM68 RM68 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Bebas55B RM180 RM60 12% RM24 30 days x3 Yes
12 Bebas55T RM660 RM55 19% RM156 30 days x12 Yes

Any Super JIMAT Bundle plan can be subscribed via the Tune Talk App and pay via your Tune Talk credit or online payment (FPX).

Can I use hotspot with my Pek JIMAT internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase the Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking via your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I redeem it?

Any user that registers and activates NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, will be granted with FREE 1GB Welcome Data in their NEW Pek JIMAT. This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be redeemed ONCE via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Do all internet plans come with validity?

Yes. All Pek JIMAT plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th September 2022, the validity will extend till 23:59, 4th October 2022. If you purchase the Fokus 33 Monthly plan on 10th September 2022, the validity will be further extended until 9th October 2022.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still connected via basic internet speed.

Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

How can I become a Pek JIMAT subscriber?

Pek JIMAT are eligible for:

  • NEW Tune Talk users that register the SIM pack after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Users that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Existing active Tune Talk users that switch to Pek JIMAT after 00:01, 5th September 2022.
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Can I switch my number if it is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

How long does it take for the switch to happen after I submit the application request?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the new Pek JIMAT?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 5th September 2022 until further notice.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *111#)

Who is eligible to switch to Pek JIMAT?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek JIMAT (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available from 5th September onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialing *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What is Super JIMAT Bundle?

Super JIMAT Bundle is crafted for those who wish to subscribe to the Monthly Internet Plans and further enjoy up to 19% savings. It comes with 3- or 12-months bundle plans.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek JIMAT SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota, Data Booster to keep you connected.

Can I subscribe to other internet plans if I have subscribed to the Super JIMAT Bundle plans?

No. You will only be able to subscribe to Data Boosters that are available for your active Super JIMAT Bundle plans.

You may stop the current active Super JIMAT Bundle plans if you have decided to subscribe to other available internet plans. Any available data, plan cycle, bonus, voice, or freebies from the bundle plans will be forfeited and non-refundable. You may send an SMS [plan name] STOP to 2222 once you have decided.

What Monthly Internet plans (Internet plans) are entitled for the Super JIMAT Bundles? What is the payment mode for this?

Below are the 3 Monthly Internet (Internet plans) plans that are entitled for Super JIMAT Bundle:

Internet Plans Plan Package (month) Keywords Subscription Price Average Subscription/mth Value SAVINGS Validity Period Auto-Renewal
Fokus 33 1 Fokus33 RM38 RM38 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus33B RM105 RM35 8% RM9 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus33T RM395 RM33 13% RM60 30 days x12 Yes
Fokus 40 1 Fokus40 RM48 RM48 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus40B RM129 RM43 10% RM15 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus40T RM480 RM40 17% RM96 30 days x12 Yes
Bebas 55 1 Bebas55 RM68 RM68 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Bebas55B RM180 RM60 12% RM24 30 days x3 Yes
12 Bebas55T RM660 RM55 19% RM156 30 days x12 Yes

Any Super JIMAT Bundle plan can be subscribed via the Tune Talk App and pay via your Tune Talk credit or online payment (FPX).

How does the Super JIMAT Bundle plan work?

Upon successful subscription of Super JIMAT Bundle plans, the 1st cycle will be displayed onyour Tune Talk App with 30 days validity.

3-month bundle: 2 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st and 61st day of subscription and expires on the 90th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the 91st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

12-month bundle: 11 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st, 61st, 91st day and so on and expires on the 360th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the day 361st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

E.g: Fokus 40 – 12 month bundle successfully subscribed on 5th September 2022. 1st month cycle of 30 days validity will end on 4th October 2022 and 2nd cycle will be activated on the 5th October 2022. This will continue for 3rd to 12th cycle.

Can I use hotspot with my Pek JIMAT internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase the Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking via your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

How long can I redeem the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60 days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer be able to view and redeem the FREE 1GB Welcome data after the 60 days period has ended. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I redeem it?

Any user that registers and activates NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, will be granted with FREE 1GB Welcome Data in their NEW Pek JIMAT. This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be redeemed ONCE via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

What are data Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

Do all internet plans come with validity?

Yes. All Pek JIMAT plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th September 2022, the validity will extend till 23:59, 4th October 2022. If you purchase the Fokus 33 Monthly plan on 10th September 2022, the validity will be further extended until 9th October 2022.

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still connected via basic internet speed.

Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

Will the old tariff pack still be available (e.g: Tune Talk HI VALUE or CUN VALUE) after 5th September 2022?

Starting from 5th September 2022, all Tune Talk SIM pack registrations will come with the Pek TTJIMAT tariff only.

How can I become a Pek JIMAT subscriber?

Pek JIMAT are eligible for:

  • NEW Tune Talk users that register the SIM pack after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Users that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Existing active Tune Talk users that switch to Pek JIMAT after 00:01, 5th September 2022.
Why should I subscribe to the Tune Talk PEK JIMAT (TTJIMAT)?

Pek JIMAT is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans offering great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can subscribed as low as RM33/month!

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Once I switch to Pek JIMAT, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note that you may NOT be able to switch back to other packs.

Can I switch my number if it is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after switching to the Pek JIMAT?

Upon successful switch to the Pek JIMAT, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 256Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

How long does it take for the switch to happen after I submit the application request?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch.

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the new Pek JIMAT?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 5th September 2022 until further notice.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *111#)

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek JIMAT?

Pek JIMAT offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can be subscribed as low as RM33/month!

View the plans HERE!

Who is eligible to switch to Pek JIMAT?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek JIMAT (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available from 5th September onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialing *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What is Super JIMAT Bundle?

Super JIMAT Bundle is crafted for those who wish to subscribe to the Monthly Internet Plans and further enjoy up to 19% savings. It comes with 3- or 12-months bundle plans.

Can I subscribe to other internet plans if I have subscribed to the Super JIMAT Bundle plans?

No. You will only be able to subscribe to Data Boosters that are available for your active Super JIMAT Bundle plans.

You may stop the current active Super JIMAT Bundle plans if you have decided to subscribe to other available internet plans. Any available data, plan cycle, bonus, voice, or freebies from the bundle plans will be forfeited and non-refundable. You may send an SMS [plan name] STOP to 2222 once you have decided.

How does the Super JIMAT Bundle plan work?

Upon successful subscription of Super JIMAT Bundle plans, the 1st cycle will be displayed onyour Tune Talk App with 30 days validity.

3-month bundle: 2 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st and 61st day of subscription and expires on the 90th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the 91st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

12-month bundle: 11 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st, 61st, 91st day and so on and expires on the 360th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the day 361st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

E.g: Fokus 40 – 12 month bundle successfully subscribed on 5th September 2022. 1st month cycle of 30 days validity will end on 4th October 2022 and 2nd cycle will be activated on the 5th October 2022. This will continue for 3rd to 12th cycle.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How long can I redeem the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60 days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer be able to view and redeem the FREE 1GB Welcome data after the 60 days period has ended. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others.

What are data Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still connected via basic internet speed.

Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

How can I become a Pek JIMAT subscriber?

Pek JIMAT are eligible for:

  • NEW Tune Talk users that register the SIM pack after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Users that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Existing active Tune Talk users that switch to Pek JIMAT after 00:01, 5th September 2022.
What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek JIMAT SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota, Data Booster to keep you connected.

What Monthly Internet plans (Internet plans) are entitled for the Super JIMAT Bundles? What is the payment mode for this?

Below are the 3 Monthly Internet (Internet plans) plans that are entitled for Super JIMAT Bundle:

Internet Plans Plan Package (month) Keywords Subscription Price Average Subscription/mth Value SAVINGS Validity Period Auto-Renewal
Fokus 33 1 Fokus33 RM38 RM38 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus33B RM105 RM35 8% RM9 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus33T RM395 RM33 13% RM60 30 days x12 Yes
Fokus 40 1 Fokus40 RM48 RM48 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus40B RM129 RM43 10% RM15 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus40T RM480 RM40 17% RM96 30 days x12 Yes
Bebas 55 1 Bebas55 RM68 RM68 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Bebas55B RM180 RM60 12% RM24 30 days x3 Yes
12 Bebas55T RM660 RM55 19% RM156 30 days x12 Yes

Any Super JIMAT Bundle plan can be subscribed via the Tune Talk App and pay via your Tune Talk credit or online payment (FPX).

Can I use hotspot with my Pek JIMAT internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase the Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking via your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I redeem it?

Any user that registers and activates NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, will be granted with FREE 1GB Welcome Data in their NEW Pek JIMAT. This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be redeemed ONCE via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Do all internet plans come with validity?

Yes. All Pek JIMAT plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th September 2022, the validity will extend till 23:59, 4th October 2022. If you purchase the Fokus 33 Monthly plan on 10th September 2022, the validity will be further extended until 9th October 2022.

Will the old tariff pack still be available (e.g: Tune Talk HI VALUE or CUN VALUE) after 5th September 2022?

Starting from 5th September 2022, all Tune Talk SIM pack registrations will come with the Pek TTJIMAT tariff only.

Why should I subscribe to the Tune Talk PEK JIMAT (TTJIMAT)?

Pek JIMAT is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans offering great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can subscribed as low as RM33/month!

What is Super JIMAT Bundle?

Super JIMAT Bundle is crafted for those who wish to subscribe to the Monthly Internet Plans and further enjoy up to 19% savings. It comes with 3- or 12-months bundle plans.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek JIMAT SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota, Data Booster to keep you connected.

Can I subscribe to other internet plans if I have subscribed to the Super JIMAT Bundle plans?

No. You will only be able to subscribe to Data Boosters that are available for your active Super JIMAT Bundle plans.

You may stop the current active Super JIMAT Bundle plans if you have decided to subscribe to other available internet plans. Any available data, plan cycle, bonus, voice, or freebies from the bundle plans will be forfeited and non-refundable. You may send an SMS [plan name] STOP to 2222 once you have decided.

What Monthly Internet plans (Internet plans) are entitled for the Super JIMAT Bundles? What is the payment mode for this?

Below are the 3 Monthly Internet (Internet plans) plans that are entitled for Super JIMAT Bundle:

Internet Plans Plan Package (month) Keywords Subscription Price Average Subscription/mth Value SAVINGS Validity Period Auto-Renewal
Fokus 33 1 Fokus33 RM38 RM38 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus33B RM105 RM35 8% RM9 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus33T RM395 RM33 13% RM60 30 days x12 Yes
Fokus 40 1 Fokus40 RM48 RM48 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Fokus40B RM129 RM43 10% RM15 30 days x3 Yes
12 Fokus40T RM480 RM40 17% RM96 30 days x12 Yes
Bebas 55 1 Bebas55 RM68 RM68 0% RM0 30 days Yes
3 Bebas55B RM180 RM60 12% RM24 30 days x3 Yes
12 Bebas55T RM660 RM55 19% RM156 30 days x12 Yes

Any Super JIMAT Bundle plan can be subscribed via the Tune Talk App and pay via your Tune Talk credit or online payment (FPX).

How does the Super JIMAT Bundle plan work?

Upon successful subscription of Super JIMAT Bundle plans, the 1st cycle will be displayed onyour Tune Talk App with 30 days validity.

3-month bundle: 2 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st and 61st day of subscription and expires on the 90th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the 91st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

12-month bundle: 11 plan cycle to be activated on the 31st, 61st, 91st day and so on and expires on the 360th day. Auto-renewal will be triggered on the day 361st day and successful subscription is subject to sufficient credit balance.

E.g: Fokus 40 – 12 month bundle successfully subscribed on 5th September 2022. 1st month cycle of 30 days validity will end on 4th October 2022 and 2nd cycle will be activated on the 5th October 2022. This will continue for 3rd to 12th cycle.

Can I use hotspot with my Pek JIMAT internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase the Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking via your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

How long can I redeem the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60 days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer be able to view and redeem the FREE 1GB Welcome data after the 60 days period has ended. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I redeem it?

Any user that registers and activates NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, will be granted with FREE 1GB Welcome Data in their NEW Pek JIMAT. This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be redeemed ONCE via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

What are data Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

Do all internet plans come with validity?

Yes. All Pek JIMAT plans or passes come with validity extensions.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th September 2022, the validity will extend till 23:59, 4th October 2022. If you purchase the Fokus 33 Monthly plan on 10th September 2022, the validity will be further extended until 9th October 2022.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still connected via basic internet speed.

Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy hi-speed data.

Will the old tariff pack still be available (e.g: Tune Talk HI VALUE or CUN VALUE) after 5th September 2022?

Starting from 5th September 2022, all Tune Talk SIM pack registrations will come with the Pek TTJIMAT tariff only.

How can I become a Pek JIMAT subscriber?

Pek JIMAT are eligible for:

  • NEW Tune Talk users that register the SIM pack after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Users that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01, 5th September 2022; OR
  • Existing active Tune Talk users that switch to Pek JIMAT after 00:01, 5th September 2022.
Why should I subscribe to the Tune Talk PEK JIMAT (TTJIMAT)?

Pek JIMAT is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans offering great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can subscribed as low as RM33/month!

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

Once I switch to Pek JIMAT, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note that you may NOT be able to switch back to other packs.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after switching to the Pek JIMAT?

Upon successful switch to the Pek JIMAT, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 256Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek JIMAT?

Pek JIMAT offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can be subscribed as low as RM33/month!

View the plans HERE!

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Can I switch my number if it is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

How long does it take for the switch to happen after I submit the application request?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the new Pek JIMAT?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 5th September 2022 until further notice.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *111#)

Who is eligible to switch to Pek JIMAT?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek JIMAT (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available from 5th September onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialing *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Once I switch to Pek JIMAT, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note that you may NOT be able to switch back to other packs.

Can I switch my number if it is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after switching to the Pek JIMAT?

Upon successful switch to the Pek JIMAT, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 256Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

How long does it take for the switch to happen after I submit the application request?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch.

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the new Pek JIMAT?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 5th September 2022 until further notice.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *111#)

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek JIMAT?

Pek JIMAT offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs at the times you need to focus the most! Our new and improved unlimited plans with double speeds can be subscribed as low as RM33/month!

View the plans HERE!

Who is eligible to switch to Pek JIMAT?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek JIMAT (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available from 5th September onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialing *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from Tune Talk website. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Upon receiving your SIM Card, download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Get your Order QR code sent to your email
STEP 3: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Scan your order QR code’
STEP 4: Scan the new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 5: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 6: Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I purchased a SIM with a data plan and top up credit via Tune Talk website. When will the data plan and top up credit be activated?

Upon successful SIM registration, your data plan and top up credit will be provisioned into your new mobile number within 2-5 mins.

I received an error message when registering the new SIM via App. What should I do?

Screenshot the error message and email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com or Live Chat for further assistance.

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from myNEWS, Pak Grocer or Partner store. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Register this SIM’
STEP 3: Choose your preferred option ‘Switch’ or ‘New Number’
STEP 4: Select ‘physical SIM’
STEP 5: Scan your new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 6: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 7:  Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I have successfully registered my new SIM, but I did not receive my data plan or top up credit. What should I do?

You can contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

My mobile app crashed or got stuck during the registration process. What should I do?

You can try to logging out from the app and re-login again. Follow the registration instruction again and if the same issue  persists, you can contact our Customer Care  at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from Tune Talk website. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Upon receiving your SIM Card, download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Get your Order QR code sent to your email
STEP 3: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Scan your order QR code’
STEP 4: Scan the new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 5: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 6: Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from myNEWS, Pak Grocer or Partner store. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Register this SIM’
STEP 3: Choose your preferred option ‘Switch’ or ‘New Number’
STEP 4: Select ‘physical SIM’
STEP 5: Scan your new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 6: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 7:  Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I purchased a SIM with a data plan and top up credit via Tune Talk website. When will the data plan and top up credit be activated?

Upon successful SIM registration, your data plan and top up credit will be provisioned into your new mobile number within 2-5 mins.

I have successfully registered my new SIM, but I did not receive my data plan or top up credit. What should I do?

You can contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

I received an error message when registering the new SIM via App. What should I do?

Screenshot the error message and email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com or Live Chat for further assistance.

My mobile app crashed or got stuck during the registration process. What should I do?

You can try to logging out from the app and re-login again. Follow the registration instruction again and if the same issue  persists, you can contact our Customer Care  at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

Do I have to sign a contract to get Tune Talk’s service?

No, you don’t. However, you need to register yourself before using Tune Talk. 

  • You can do this by registering here. You can then also reserve a preferred Tune Talk number.
  • You can also visit any of our dealers and purchase a new Tune Talk SIM pack. The dealer will register you immediately.
Can I make International calls on my phone?

Yes you can, and you will be taking advantage of our excellent IDD rates. Check out the list of countries where you can call.

Can I use my CDMA phone to get Tune Talk Service?

No, you can’t. Tune Talk only supports GSM phones.

Is there an activation fee to activate my Tune Talk Account?

No, there is no activation fee. Simply register with us and enjoy using Tune Talk.

Do I have to go through a credit check to get a Tune Talk SIM Pack?

No, you don’t.

Can I call a malaysian toll free number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Local toll free charges apply.

Can I call 1XX number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Normal charges for these numbers will apply.

What are the features of the voicemail service?

These features are available with Voicemail service:

  • Customise your Voicemail Greeting
  • Listen, Store or Delete your Voicemails
  • Store up to 10 voice messages
What is Tune Talk’s coverage in Malaysia like?

Our coverage covers the whole of Malaysia, including Sabah & Sarawak.

Can I make calls from outside Malaysia using my Tune Talk Prepaid Service?

Yes you can. Do take note that international roaming charges apply. Check out our roaming partners.

Can I use GPS on my phone?

If your mobile phone supports GPS you should be able to use GPS.

Can I use my GSM phone to get Tune Talk Service?

Yes, you can as Tune Talk supports GSM phones.

Can my Tune Talk Prepaid service be deactivated?

Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number.

Can I call 1300 using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. For 1300 number the rate is RM0.35/min.

How do I retrieve my voicemail?

Just dial 13103 to retrieve to your Voicemail.

Do I have to sign a contract to get Tune Talk’s service?

No, you don’t. However, you need to register yourself before using Tune Talk. 

  • You can do this by registering here. You can then also reserve a preferred Tune Talk number.
  • You can also visit any of our dealers and purchase a new Tune Talk SIM pack. The dealer will register you immediately.
What is Tune Talk’s coverage in Malaysia like?

Our coverage covers the whole of Malaysia, including Sabah & Sarawak.

Can I make International calls on my phone?

Yes you can, and you will be taking advantage of our excellent IDD rates. Check out the list of countries where you can call.

Can I make calls from outside Malaysia using my Tune Talk Prepaid Service?

Yes you can. Do take note that international roaming charges apply. Check out our roaming partners.

Can I use my CDMA phone to get Tune Talk Service?

No, you can’t. Tune Talk only supports GSM phones.

Can I use GPS on my phone?

If your mobile phone supports GPS you should be able to use GPS.

Is there an activation fee to activate my Tune Talk Account?

No, there is no activation fee. Simply register with us and enjoy using Tune Talk.

Can I use my GSM phone to get Tune Talk Service?

Yes, you can as Tune Talk supports GSM phones.

Do I have to go through a credit check to get a Tune Talk SIM Pack?

No, you don’t.

Can my Tune Talk Prepaid service be deactivated?

Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number.

Can I call a malaysian toll free number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Local toll free charges apply.

Can I call 1300 using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. For 1300 number the rate is RM0.35/min.

Can I call 1XX number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Normal charges for these numbers will apply.

How do I retrieve my voicemail?

Just dial 13103 to retrieve to your Voicemail.

What are the features of the voicemail service?

These features are available with Voicemail service:

  • Customise your Voicemail Greeting
  • Listen, Store or Delete your Voicemails
  • Store up to 10 voice messages
If I am eligible but currently using another plan, can I switch to the VIP plan?

Yes, you may switch to or out of the VIP plan at any time. However, no data balance or plan validity will be carried over.

How long will the VIP plan be available?

The VIP Plan has a limited quota and will be available on a first come, first serve basis.

Once my account is eligible, how many VIP plans can I sign up for?

Each NRIC is eligible to register up to 5 SIM cards and all numbers under the account can subscribe or switch to the VIP Plan.

How do I check the status of my eligibility?

Please check your eligibility via the Tune Talk Mobile App under the Profile Page or SMS VIP STATUS to 2222.

Who is eligible to subscribe for the VIP plan?

This promotion is eligible for Malaysian senior citizens or OKU.

Senior citizens who registered must be 60 years and above. (i.e. 59 years and 11 months is not eligible yet)

OKU or parents/guardians of said OKU are also eligible to register. The OKU must have an eligible NRIC and Kad OKU while parents/guardians registering on behalf must provide proof of guardianship such as Birth Certificate or other official documents.

If I’m on another Tune Talk plan, can I add this plan onto that?

If for example you switch from our Yearly Plan to the VIP plan, all your balance quota and renewals will be forfeited and replaced by this data bucket. However, any validity extension that came with the previous plan will remain.

If I need to perform a SIM replacement, will my VIP plan still be active?

Upon successful SIM replacement, the data plan will be automatically resumed.

I am over 60 years old, but the VIP plan does not appear in my Tune Talk mobile app? What can I do?

Your NRIC details could have been registered incorrectly. Please call our customer care line at 13100 to update your details so that you can activate the VIP Plan.

Once I am eligible, can I immediately subscribe to the VIP plan?

Yes, once your SIM card is successfully registered and activated, you can subscribe to the VIP Plan immediately.

What tariff plans are eligible for the VIP plan?

Only subscribers on Tune Talk CUN VALUE, Tune Talk VALUE or Tune Talk BUDDIES are eligible.

I am A foreigner/PR with disabilities or am above 60 years old. Am I eligible to sign-up for this plan?

Sorry, we’re afraid this plan is currently reserved for Malaysian Citizens (identified by Kad OKU or MyKad respectively)

Does this plan auto-renew monthly?

Yes it does provided you have sufficient credit balance.

If I am eligible but currently using another plan, can I switch to the VIP plan?

Yes, you may switch to or out of the VIP plan at any time. However, no data balance or plan validity will be carried over.

If I need to perform a SIM replacement, will my VIP plan still be active?

Upon successful SIM replacement, the data plan will be automatically resumed.

How long will the VIP plan be available?

The VIP Plan has a limited quota and will be available on a first come, first serve basis.

I am over 60 years old, but the VIP plan does not appear in my Tune Talk mobile app? What can I do?

Your NRIC details could have been registered incorrectly. Please call our customer care line at 13100 to update your details so that you can activate the VIP Plan.

Once my account is eligible, how many VIP plans can I sign up for?

Each NRIC is eligible to register up to 5 SIM cards and all numbers under the account can subscribe or switch to the VIP Plan.

Once I am eligible, can I immediately subscribe to the VIP plan?

Yes, once your SIM card is successfully registered and activated, you can subscribe to the VIP Plan immediately.

How do I check the status of my eligibility?

Please check your eligibility via the Tune Talk Mobile App under the Profile Page or SMS VIP STATUS to 2222.

What tariff plans are eligible for the VIP plan?

Only subscribers on Tune Talk CUN VALUE, Tune Talk VALUE or Tune Talk BUDDIES are eligible.

Who is eligible to subscribe for the VIP plan?

This promotion is eligible for Malaysian senior citizens or OKU.

Senior citizens who registered must be 60 years and above. (i.e. 59 years and 11 months is not eligible yet)

OKU or parents/guardians of said OKU are also eligible to register. The OKU must have an eligible NRIC and Kad OKU while parents/guardians registering on behalf must provide proof of guardianship such as Birth Certificate or other official documents.

I am A foreigner/PR with disabilities or am above 60 years old. Am I eligible to sign-up for this plan?

Sorry, we’re afraid this plan is currently reserved for Malaysian Citizens (identified by Kad OKU or MyKad respectively)

If I’m on another Tune Talk plan, can I add this plan onto that?

If for example you switch from our Yearly Plan to the VIP plan, all your balance quota and renewals will be forfeited and replaced by this data bucket. However, any validity extension that came with the previous plan will remain.

Does this plan auto-renew monthly?

Yes it does provided you have sufficient credit balance.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek Borneo SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota or Data Booster to keep you connected.

I’m an existing user. Can I get Pek Borneo?

No. Pek Borneo only available for new East Malaysia Tune Talk user only.

Can I change to other plans aside from Borneo25?

Pek Borneo is a standalone tariff plan which only has Borneo25 plan. If you wish to change to any other plans such as other monthly plans, yearly plans or weekly passes you can switch to TTEPIK at any time from the TT App. (switching to any legacy tariff plans will not be available). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Subscriber has switched to TT Epik Pack, they shall not be allowed to revert to any legacy packs. Requests to refund for any forfeited quota shall not be accommodated.

Does the Borneo25 come with validity?

Yes, when you purchase a Borneo25 plan it comes with a validity extension.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th June 2023, the validity will extend up till 23:59,4th July 2023. If you purchase the Borneo25 Monthly plan on 10th June 2023, the validity will be further extended until 9th July 2023.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I get it?

Any user who registered and activate NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, are eligible for FREE 1GB Welcome Data.

This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be opt in ONCE via the Tune Talk App and valid for 7 days.

Can I use hotspot with my Pek Borneo internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

How can I become a Pek Borneo user?

Pek Borneo are eligible for:

  • NEW East Malaysia Tune Talk user who register a SIM pack between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024; OR
  • East Malaysia users who request port-in to Tune Talk between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024.
What are the privileges when I register to Tune Talk Pek Borneo (TTBorneo)?

Pek Borneo is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans that offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs, exclusively for our friends in Sabah and Sarawak. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data and unlimited voice calls as low as RM20/month!

What are Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you’ve fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still be connected via basic internet speed. Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy better data usage experience.

How long is the period I have for me to opt in to the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer able to view and opt in to the Free 1GB Welcome data after 60days has ended. To Opt in you may go to Tune Talk App  > Plans > Freebies & Others

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek Borneo SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota or Data Booster to keep you connected.

How can I become a Pek Borneo user?

Pek Borneo are eligible for:

  • NEW East Malaysia Tune Talk user who register a SIM pack between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024; OR
  • East Malaysia users who request port-in to Tune Talk between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024.
I’m an existing user. Can I get Pek Borneo?

No. Pek Borneo only available for new East Malaysia Tune Talk user only.

What are the privileges when I register to Tune Talk Pek Borneo (TTBorneo)?

Pek Borneo is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans that offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs, exclusively for our friends in Sabah and Sarawak. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data and unlimited voice calls as low as RM20/month!

Can I change to other plans aside from Borneo25?

Pek Borneo is a standalone tariff plan which only has Borneo25 plan. If you wish to change to any other plans such as other monthly plans, yearly plans or weekly passes you can switch to TTEPIK at any time from the TT App. (switching to any legacy tariff plans will not be available). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Subscriber has switched to TT Epik Pack, they shall not be allowed to revert to any legacy packs. Requests to refund for any forfeited quota shall not be accommodated.

What are Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

Does the Borneo25 come with validity?

Yes, when you purchase a Borneo25 plan it comes with a validity extension.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th June 2023, the validity will extend up till 23:59,4th July 2023. If you purchase the Borneo25 Monthly plan on 10th June 2023, the validity will be further extended until 9th July 2023.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you’ve fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still be connected via basic internet speed. Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy better data usage experience.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I get it?

Any user who registered and activate NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, are eligible for FREE 1GB Welcome Data.

This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be opt in ONCE via the Tune Talk App and valid for 7 days.

How long is the period I have for me to opt in to the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer able to view and opt in to the Free 1GB Welcome data after 60days has ended. To Opt in you may go to Tune Talk App  > Plans > Freebies & Others

Can I use hotspot with my Pek Borneo internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What happens if my text message cannot be sent?

You should receive a “delivery failed” message on your mobile (this may vary from phone to phone). You might want to retry at a later time.

Will my messages be deleted automatically?

No, you will need to delete them manually.

How do I send a text message?

For most phones, the steps are:

  • Select ‘Messages’
  • Select ‘Send To’ or ‘Send New’
  • Enter a mobile number or a contact from your phone list
  • Select ‘Next’
  • Write your message, select ‘Next’
  • Select ‘Options’, and select ‘Send’.
I was charged several times for my last text message! Why?

This may happen if you wrote a message that had more than 160 characters (including spaces). Therefore, your message will be sent according to the character limit.

Example:
We will move office on the 16th of February 2009. There may be an issue with internet connection as the network server has not been setup yet. We may have to consider working from home for the next one week.

Total characters: 207
Total text messages sent: 2
Message 1 will contain the first 160 characters, while message 2 will contain the remaining 47 words.

How do I know when I’ve received a new message?

You’ll receive an alert on your phone.

What would happen if someone sent me a long text message?

You might receive a message that has been broken into several parts if your mobile does not support long text messages.

How do I send an International text message?

You’ll need to add the international mobile number as though you were dialing it when you send the text message, i.e. [country code] [area code] [mobile number] e.g.+44 775 3455323

How many messages can be stored in my inbox?

This depends on the phone model. However, if you are storing your messages in your SIM card, it may store up to twenty 160 character messages.

What is SMS?

SMS is short for Short Messaging Service. This service allows you to send short text messages of not more than 160 characters.

I can’t send a text message!

There could be a few reasons for this:

What’s Your Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network 
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.
For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

What’s My Message Centre Number 
In your Messages menu, check your Message Centre Number. Tune Talk’s message center number is +60193900045, so make sure that it’s the same number.

There’s a traffic jam!
Sometimes the network may just be congested. This usually happens around holidays and special festive occasions. There could also be a glitch with the network. In both cases, there’s no need to panic. Just send your text message a little later, perhaps after 15-30 minutes.

How much does one text message cost?

SMS rates may differ based on which prepaid pack that you are on. Kindly refer to your current prepaid pack.

I’m having trouble receiving text messages!

Go through the checklist listed in question (3) first. If that doesn’t solve your problem, please send us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk Number
  • Your Location
What happens if someone sends me a text message when my phone is switched off or when I’m out of the coverage area?

Your message will be kept on the server for 72 hours. Once you’re within the coverage area or when you switch your phone back on, the messages will be delivered like normal. However, if you have yet to retrieve your messages after 72 hours, it will be deleted from the server.

My contact hasn’t received any of the text messages I’ve sent.

There could be a few reasons for this:

  • Is text messaging enabled on your contact’s his mobile?
  • Does your contact’s phone have problems receiving all messages, or just yours?
  • Go through the troubleshooting process in question 3 to see if the problem lies in your phone.
  • If the problem persists, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:
    • Full Name
    • NRIC / Passport Number
    • Tune Talk Number
    • Your Location
    • Your friend’s number
What happens if my text message cannot be sent?

You should receive a “delivery failed” message on your mobile (this may vary from phone to phone). You might want to retry at a later time.

How many messages can be stored in my inbox?

This depends on the phone model. However, if you are storing your messages in your SIM card, it may store up to twenty 160 character messages.

Will my messages be deleted automatically?

No, you will need to delete them manually.

What is SMS?

SMS is short for Short Messaging Service. This service allows you to send short text messages of not more than 160 characters.

How do I send a text message?

For most phones, the steps are:

  • Select ‘Messages’
  • Select ‘Send To’ or ‘Send New’
  • Enter a mobile number or a contact from your phone list
  • Select ‘Next’
  • Write your message, select ‘Next’
  • Select ‘Options’, and select ‘Send’.
I can’t send a text message!

There could be a few reasons for this:

What’s Your Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network 
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.
For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

What’s My Message Centre Number 
In your Messages menu, check your Message Centre Number. Tune Talk’s message center number is +60193900045, so make sure that it’s the same number.

There’s a traffic jam!
Sometimes the network may just be congested. This usually happens around holidays and special festive occasions. There could also be a glitch with the network. In both cases, there’s no need to panic. Just send your text message a little later, perhaps after 15-30 minutes.

I was charged several times for my last text message! Why?

This may happen if you wrote a message that had more than 160 characters (including spaces). Therefore, your message will be sent according to the character limit.

Example:
We will move office on the 16th of February 2009. There may be an issue with internet connection as the network server has not been setup yet. We may have to consider working from home for the next one week.

Total characters: 207
Total text messages sent: 2
Message 1 will contain the first 160 characters, while message 2 will contain the remaining 47 words.

How much does one text message cost?

SMS rates may differ based on which prepaid pack that you are on. Kindly refer to your current prepaid pack.

How do I know when I’ve received a new message?

You’ll receive an alert on your phone.

I’m having trouble receiving text messages!

Go through the checklist listed in question (3) first. If that doesn’t solve your problem, please send us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk Number
  • Your Location
What would happen if someone sent me a long text message?

You might receive a message that has been broken into several parts if your mobile does not support long text messages.

What happens if someone sends me a text message when my phone is switched off or when I’m out of the coverage area?

Your message will be kept on the server for 72 hours. Once you’re within the coverage area or when you switch your phone back on, the messages will be delivered like normal. However, if you have yet to retrieve your messages after 72 hours, it will be deleted from the server.

How do I send an International text message?

You’ll need to add the international mobile number as though you were dialing it when you send the text message, i.e. [country code] [area code] [mobile number] e.g.+44 775 3455323

My contact hasn’t received any of the text messages I’ve sent.

There could be a few reasons for this:

  • Is text messaging enabled on your contact’s his mobile?
  • Does your contact’s phone have problems receiving all messages, or just yours?
  • Go through the troubleshooting process in question 3 to see if the problem lies in your phone.
  • If the problem persists, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:
    • Full Name
    • NRIC / Passport Number
    • Tune Talk Number
    • Your Location
    • Your friend’s number
What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

My phone keeps getting “Insert SIM”, “SIM card rejected or not found”, “SIM failure” error messages when my SIM is already inserted into the phone. What does it mean?

These error messages could imply a damaged SIM. However, you can try to troubleshoot as below.

  • Try checking for physical damages on the SIM card
  • Try removing the SIM card from your phone and reinserting it
  • Try the SIM on a different phone and see if you still get the same error messages

If the error messages still appear, it is time to replace your old SIM.

My SIM is stolen/lost. Can I get my old number back?

Yes, you can! Just do a SIM Replacement.
Head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.
Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

Can my SIM card expire?

Yes, it can.

Upon expiry of the validity period, the customer will have 45 days to perform a top up. If fail to do so, their mobile number or account will be automatically terminated without any further notice.

To retrieve your mobile number, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

My old number still has remaining credits, Points, validity, and data balance. After the SIM replacement is completed, will the data and credit be carried forward?

Yes.

Once the SIM replacement is completed, your previous credits, Points, validity, and data balance will be carried forward.

*This only applies to Tune Talk Tariff plan

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM along with monthly data plan. After SIM replacement is completed, will the data plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

No.

The data subscription will be forfeited. You are advised to activate the data plan after the SIM replacement has completed.

My old SIM card is missing and currently under grace period (not active) and I have purchased a new SIM along with reload RM50. After the SIM replacement is completed, which validity period will it follow?

It will follow the old SIM validity, you are advised to reload your number after the SIM replacement has completed.

I am pretty sure my SIM is damaged. How do I get a SIM replacement?

You can head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.

Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

I keyed in the PIN to my SIM wrongly 3 times. My phone is now locked, and it says “PUK1”. How do I unlock my SIM card?

You will need a Pin Unblocking Key (PUK) which is an 8-digit key that can unblock your SIM card. Here are two ways to retrieve your PUK:

  • Check your SIM Pack, the PUK is printed on a card that comes with your Tune Talk SIM pack.
  • Contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance
I have an existing Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

I already purchased new Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM, but it is registered under my parents, friends, or family members. Can I use that SIM card for SIM replacement?

No.

Both new and the old SIM must be registered under the same myKad/Passport.

I have activated a 1-year validity plan under my old Tune Talk number. After SIM Replacement is completed, will the 1-year validity plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

Yes.

My phone keeps getting “Insert SIM”, “SIM card rejected or not found”, “SIM failure” error messages when my SIM is already inserted into the phone. What does it mean?

These error messages could imply a damaged SIM. However, you can try to troubleshoot as below.

  • Try checking for physical damages on the SIM card
  • Try removing the SIM card from your phone and reinserting it
  • Try the SIM on a different phone and see if you still get the same error messages

If the error messages still appear, it is time to replace your old SIM.

I am pretty sure my SIM is damaged. How do I get a SIM replacement?

You can head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.

Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

My SIM is stolen/lost. Can I get my old number back?

Yes, you can! Just do a SIM Replacement.
Head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.
Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

I keyed in the PIN to my SIM wrongly 3 times. My phone is now locked, and it says “PUK1”. How do I unlock my SIM card?

You will need a Pin Unblocking Key (PUK) which is an 8-digit key that can unblock your SIM card. Here are two ways to retrieve your PUK:

  • Check your SIM Pack, the PUK is printed on a card that comes with your Tune Talk SIM pack.
  • Contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance
Can my SIM card expire?

Yes, it can.

Upon expiry of the validity period, the customer will have 45 days to perform a top up. If fail to do so, their mobile number or account will be automatically terminated without any further notice.

To retrieve your mobile number, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

I have an existing Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

I already purchased new Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

My old number still has remaining credits, Points, validity, and data balance. After the SIM replacement is completed, will the data and credit be carried forward?

Yes.

Once the SIM replacement is completed, your previous credits, Points, validity, and data balance will be carried forward.

*This only applies to Tune Talk Tariff plan

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM, but it is registered under my parents, friends, or family members. Can I use that SIM card for SIM replacement?

No.

Both new and the old SIM must be registered under the same myKad/Passport.

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM along with monthly data plan. After SIM replacement is completed, will the data plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

No.

The data subscription will be forfeited. You are advised to activate the data plan after the SIM replacement has completed.

I have activated a 1-year validity plan under my old Tune Talk number. After SIM Replacement is completed, will the 1-year validity plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

Yes.

My old SIM card is missing and currently under grace period (not active) and I have purchased a new SIM along with reload RM50. After the SIM replacement is completed, which validity period will it follow?

It will follow the old SIM validity, you are advised to reload your number after the SIM replacement has completed.

What should I do if my eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually.

An email with the Manual Code along with QR Code will be sent after the purchase. Below are the steps to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager
    4. Select “Add eSIM
    5. Click “Manual Enter
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service
    3. Select “Add eSIM
    4. Click “Use QR Code
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
What if I am experiencing issues using the eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM.
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed.
  3. Your eSIM profile was installed before port-in was completed.
  4. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

 

Can I transfer/switch my eSIM to other devices or operating systems?

Yes. To transfer/switch your eSIM to other devices, you can purchase a new eSIM profile via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Switch your Device” and select the number you want to retain.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Install the new eSIM profile into your new device accordingly.
Can I switch back from eSIM to physical SIM?

Yes, you can switch your SIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “Physical SIM”.
  7. The new SIM will be delivered to you within 5 – 7 working days.
  8. An email with steps to activate the SIM will be sent to you within 24 hours.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

Can I switch my physical SIM to eSIM?

Yes, you can switch to eSIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “eSIM” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Follow the instructions accordingly.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-27717000.

How much is the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM is priced at RM10.

What happens to my regular TAC, OTP and WhatsApp?

No worries! Upon switching, you will be able to receive your TAC and OTPs as usual within 12-48 hours. Your WhatsApp or other chat programs associated with your existing number will also continue to work as usual.
Some chat applications might require you to input an OTP to prove you are still the valid owner of the number.

Who is eligible to purchase eSIM?

Both New and Existing Tune Talk users are eligible to purchase eSIM.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customers will need to key in their correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take between 3 to 7 working days.

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from myNEWS, Pak Grocer or Partner store. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Register this SIM’
STEP 3: Choose your preferred option ‘Switch’ or ‘New Number’
STEP 4: Select ‘physical SIM’
STEP 5: Scan your new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 6: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 7:  Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I have successfully registered my new SIM, but I did not receive my data plan or top up credit. What should I do?

You can contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

What is ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

It means you can maintain your existing number from your current telco while switching (also known as porting) to the Tune Talk network.

Do I need to make any type of payment to Switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, you will need to make a minimum top up of RM10 or subscribe to a data plan.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customer will need to key in the correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take about 3 to 7 working days.

I’ve successfully switched to Tune Talk, but my OTP/TAC/Verification codes aren’t coming in!

Kindly be advised that it might take between 4-48 hours for your switching to be recognized by your providers. Should this take longer than the expected period, you may also contact your providers (banks, ewallets, shopping apps, etc.) to inform them that you have ported into a new telco and request for troubleshooting.

How do I check my switch status?

You can SMS or go to your App to monitor the switch status.
For SMS, please send P (Phone number) to 2222
Example: P 0101234567

What does ‘Free SIM’ mean?

With a minimum purchase of RM10 top up or any mobile plan, you neither get charged for a physical SIM card nor for any delivery charges. This does not however apply for eSIMs which will cost RM10.

Will there be any additional deduction or fees beyond my top up or plan purchase?

There will be no additional deduction on your top up for ‘Get New SIM’ and you will receive the full amount of the top up in your new SIM (subject to relevant taxes for non-Malaysians).

Can I change the reserved mobile number once the order has been successfully made?

Unfortunately, you can’t change it upon confirmation of your purchase. The good news is Tune Talk has a service which enables you to switch your number once for free upon newly activating it. After a few days grace period, you can change it for only RM5, anytime. (Look for ‘Change Mobile Number’ under the ‘Extra Services’ in the Tune Talk App.)

Do I need to make any payment to upgrade to a 4G SIM?

Yes, a minimum credit reload of RM30 will need to be made

Can I upgrade to a 4G SIM without a credit reload? Also, what happens to my existing credit and plan in my non-4G SIM?

You can either pick any mobile plan to come with your new SIM or reload a minimum of RM10. This new plan will replace any existing plan from your previous SIM card and reloads will also be added on top of any existing credit balance.

Will my credit remain after the SIM replacement?

Yes, it will remain and any new reloads (subject to applicable taxes) will be added on top of it.

How long is the switching process?

The switching process will take about 48 working hours to be completed.

I am pretty sure my SIM is damaged. How do I get a SIM replacement?

You can head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.

Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

I keyed in the PIN to my SIM wrongly 3 times. My phone is now locked, and it says “PUK1”. How do I unlock my SIM card?

You will need a Pin Unblocking Key (PUK) which is an 8-digit key that can unblock your SIM card. Here are two ways to retrieve your PUK:

  • Check your SIM Pack, the PUK is printed on a card that comes with your Tune Talk SIM pack.
  • Contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance
I have an existing Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

I already purchased new Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM, but it is registered under my parents, friends, or family members. Can I use that SIM card for SIM replacement?

No.

Both new and the old SIM must be registered under the same myKad/Passport.

I have activated a 1-year validity plan under my old Tune Talk number. After SIM Replacement is completed, will the 1-year validity plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

Yes.

How can I seek assistance regarding any eSIM issues?

You can reach out to our Customer Care team via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Tune
What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

You will need to do a SIM replacement to keep the existing number and install it on a new device. Kindly contact our Customer Care to assist you with number deactivation before you proceed with SIM replacement.

What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

When you remove the eSIM from your device, you will experience loss of cellular connection and no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you want to keep.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Ensure the eSIM activation has been completed before installing the eSIM profile.
What are eSIM-compatible devices?

HERE is the list of devices that are compatible with Tune Talk eSIM.

How do I purchase the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website.

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

How do I activate the eSIM?

After your eSIM is successfully purchased, an email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed. Activation is to be done via the Tune Talk App.

WIll there be a deduction or fee after reload has been made?

There will be no deduction or fee on your reload for the 4G upgrade process and you will receive the full amount of the reload in your new SIM except SST charges for passport holders.

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from Tune Talk website. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Upon receiving your SIM Card, download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Get your Order QR code sent to your email
STEP 3: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Scan your order QR code’
STEP 4: Scan the new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 5: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 6: Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I purchased a SIM with a data plan and top up credit via Tune Talk website. When will the data plan and top up credit be activated?

Upon successful SIM registration, your data plan and top up credit will be provisioned into your new mobile number within 2-5 mins.

I received an error message when registering the new SIM via App. What should I do?

Screenshot the error message and email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com or Live Chat for further assistance.

My mobile app crashed or got stuck during the registration process. What should I do?

You can try to logging out from the app and re-login again. Follow the registration instruction again and if the same issue  persists, you can contact our Customer Care  at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

Can I pay online?

Yes, you may pay via e-banking, debit or credit cards or major eWallets.

What should I do upon receiving the SIM card?

After receiving the SIM card, you will need to download the Tune Talk App and self-register your new SIM. Once your registration is succesful, your switch request will be sent automatically. Please reply to the port-out SMS confirmation sent by your current telco within 24 hours to kick-start the switching process. Now you can just sit back, relax, and we will do the rest for you.

How many numbers can I ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

You can have up to five SIM cards per MyKad/Passport with Tune Talk, in line with local regulations.

I am a Tune Excel/Tune Plus user, can I switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, Tune Excel and Tune Plus users can also switch to the latest Tune Talk tariff plans within the Tune Talk App.

Can I pay online?

You may pay via e-banking, credit or debit cards and with major eWallets.

How long will it take to deliver my Tune Talk SIM?

After placing your order, SIM delivery would take at most 7 working days (any delays are subject to our delivery partners’ Terms & Conditions of delivery). Should you choose eSIM however, it will be sent immediately to your email upon completing your order.

What is 4G SIM card upgrade?

Upgrade your old SIM card with the latest 4G network accessible SIM card (Existing Tune Talk users)

What are the payment options for online reloads?

Users can pay via e-banking, credit cards and major eWallets.

What do I need to do once I receive the SIM card?

Great! Now you’ll just need to call our careline at 13100 or 03-27717000 and inform us that you have received the SIM card. Our team will proceed with the SIM card replacement.

How long does the process to upgrade my SIM take?

After receiving your SIM, it would take between 1-2 working days to complete.

My phone keeps getting “Insert SIM”, “SIM card rejected or not found”, “SIM failure” error messages when my SIM is already inserted into the phone. What does it mean?

These error messages could imply a damaged SIM. However, you can try to troubleshoot as below.

  • Try checking for physical damages on the SIM card
  • Try removing the SIM card from your phone and reinserting it
  • Try the SIM on a different phone and see if you still get the same error messages

If the error messages still appear, it is time to replace your old SIM.

My SIM is stolen/lost. Can I get my old number back?

Yes, you can! Just do a SIM Replacement.
Head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.
Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

Can my SIM card expire?

Yes, it can.

Upon expiry of the validity period, the customer will have 45 days to perform a top up. If fail to do so, their mobile number or account will be automatically terminated without any further notice.

To retrieve your mobile number, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

My old number still has remaining credits, Points, validity, and data balance. After the SIM replacement is completed, will the data and credit be carried forward?

Yes.

Once the SIM replacement is completed, your previous credits, Points, validity, and data balance will be carried forward.

*This only applies to Tune Talk Tariff plan

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM along with monthly data plan. After SIM replacement is completed, will the data plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

No.

The data subscription will be forfeited. You are advised to activate the data plan after the SIM replacement has completed.

My old SIM card is missing and currently under grace period (not active) and I have purchased a new SIM along with reload RM50. After the SIM replacement is completed, which validity period will it follow?

It will follow the old SIM validity, you are advised to reload your number after the SIM replacement has completed.

What should I do if my eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually.

An email with the Manual Code along with QR Code will be sent after the purchase. Below are the steps to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager
    4. Select “Add eSIM
    5. Click “Manual Enter
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service
    3. Select “Add eSIM
    4. Click “Use QR Code
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
How can I seek assistance regarding any eSIM issues?

You can reach out to our Customer Care team via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Tune
What if I am experiencing issues using the eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM.
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed.
  3. Your eSIM profile was installed before port-in was completed.
  4. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

 

What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

You will need to do a SIM replacement to keep the existing number and install it on a new device. Kindly contact our Customer Care to assist you with number deactivation before you proceed with SIM replacement.

Can I transfer/switch my eSIM to other devices or operating systems?

Yes. To transfer/switch your eSIM to other devices, you can purchase a new eSIM profile via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Switch your Device” and select the number you want to retain.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Install the new eSIM profile into your new device accordingly.
What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

When you remove the eSIM from your device, you will experience loss of cellular connection and no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you want to keep.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Ensure the eSIM activation has been completed before installing the eSIM profile.
Can I switch back from eSIM to physical SIM?

Yes, you can switch your SIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “Physical SIM”.
  7. The new SIM will be delivered to you within 5 – 7 working days.
  8. An email with steps to activate the SIM will be sent to you within 24 hours.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

What are eSIM-compatible devices?

HERE is the list of devices that are compatible with Tune Talk eSIM.

Can I switch my physical SIM to eSIM?

Yes, you can switch to eSIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “eSIM” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Follow the instructions accordingly.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-27717000.

How do I purchase the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website.

How much is the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM is priced at RM10.

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

What happens to my regular TAC, OTP and WhatsApp?

No worries! Upon switching, you will be able to receive your TAC and OTPs as usual within 12-48 hours. Your WhatsApp or other chat programs associated with your existing number will also continue to work as usual.
Some chat applications might require you to input an OTP to prove you are still the valid owner of the number.

How do I activate the eSIM?

After your eSIM is successfully purchased, an email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed. Activation is to be done via the Tune Talk App.

Who is eligible to purchase eSIM?

Both New and Existing Tune Talk users are eligible to purchase eSIM.

WIll there be a deduction or fee after reload has been made?

There will be no deduction or fee on your reload for the 4G upgrade process and you will receive the full amount of the reload in your new SIM except SST charges for passport holders.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customers will need to key in their correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take between 3 to 7 working days.

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from Tune Talk website. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Upon receiving your SIM Card, download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Get your Order QR code sent to your email
STEP 3: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Scan your order QR code’
STEP 4: Scan the new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 5: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 6: Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I have purchased a new Prepaid SIM card from myNEWS, Pak Grocer or Partner store. How do I register the SIM?

STEP 1: Download the Tune Talk App
STEP 2: Select ‘Active SIM’ and ‘Register this SIM’
STEP 3: Choose your preferred option ‘Switch’ or ‘New Number’
STEP 4: Select ‘physical SIM’
STEP 5: Scan your new SIM card, followed by your MyKad/Passport
STEP 6: Follow the App instructions for face recognition
STEP 7:  Your SIM is now activated. Insert your SIM and start using it!

I purchased a SIM with a data plan and top up credit via Tune Talk website. When will the data plan and top up credit be activated?

Upon successful SIM registration, your data plan and top up credit will be provisioned into your new mobile number within 2-5 mins.

I have successfully registered my new SIM, but I did not receive my data plan or top up credit. What should I do?

You can contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

I received an error message when registering the new SIM via App. What should I do?

Screenshot the error message and email us at customer.care@tunetalk.com or Live Chat for further assistance.

What is ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

It means you can maintain your existing number from your current telco while switching (also known as porting) to the Tune Talk network.

My mobile app crashed or got stuck during the registration process. What should I do?

You can try to logging out from the app and re-login again. Follow the registration instruction again and if the same issue  persists, you can contact our Customer Care  at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

Do I need to make any type of payment to Switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, you will need to make a minimum top up of RM10 or subscribe to a data plan.

Can I pay online?

Yes, you may pay via e-banking, debit or credit cards or major eWallets.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customer will need to key in the correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take about 3 to 7 working days.

What should I do upon receiving the SIM card?

After receiving the SIM card, you will need to download the Tune Talk App and self-register your new SIM. Once your registration is succesful, your switch request will be sent automatically. Please reply to the port-out SMS confirmation sent by your current telco within 24 hours to kick-start the switching process. Now you can just sit back, relax, and we will do the rest for you.

I’ve successfully switched to Tune Talk, but my OTP/TAC/Verification codes aren’t coming in!

Kindly be advised that it might take between 4-48 hours for your switching to be recognized by your providers. Should this take longer than the expected period, you may also contact your providers (banks, ewallets, shopping apps, etc.) to inform them that you have ported into a new telco and request for troubleshooting.

How many numbers can I ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

You can have up to five SIM cards per MyKad/Passport with Tune Talk, in line with local regulations.

How do I check my switch status?

You can SMS or go to your App to monitor the switch status.
For SMS, please send P (Phone number) to 2222
Example: P 0101234567

I am a Tune Excel/Tune Plus user, can I switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, Tune Excel and Tune Plus users can also switch to the latest Tune Talk tariff plans within the Tune Talk App.

What does ‘Free SIM’ mean?

With a minimum purchase of RM10 top up or any mobile plan, you neither get charged for a physical SIM card nor for any delivery charges. This does not however apply for eSIMs which will cost RM10.

Can I pay online?

You may pay via e-banking, credit or debit cards and with major eWallets.

Will there be any additional deduction or fees beyond my top up or plan purchase?

There will be no additional deduction on your top up for ‘Get New SIM’ and you will receive the full amount of the top up in your new SIM (subject to relevant taxes for non-Malaysians).

How long will it take to deliver my Tune Talk SIM?

After placing your order, SIM delivery would take at most 7 working days (any delays are subject to our delivery partners’ Terms & Conditions of delivery). Should you choose eSIM however, it will be sent immediately to your email upon completing your order.

Can I change the reserved mobile number once the order has been successfully made?

Unfortunately, you can’t change it upon confirmation of your purchase. The good news is Tune Talk has a service which enables you to switch your number once for free upon newly activating it. After a few days grace period, you can change it for only RM5, anytime. (Look for ‘Change Mobile Number’ under the ‘Extra Services’ in the Tune Talk App.)

What is 4G SIM card upgrade?

Upgrade your old SIM card with the latest 4G network accessible SIM card (Existing Tune Talk users)

Do I need to make any payment to upgrade to a 4G SIM?

Yes, a minimum credit reload of RM30 will need to be made

What are the payment options for online reloads?

Users can pay via e-banking, credit cards and major eWallets.

Can I upgrade to a 4G SIM without a credit reload? Also, what happens to my existing credit and plan in my non-4G SIM?

You can either pick any mobile plan to come with your new SIM or reload a minimum of RM10. This new plan will replace any existing plan from your previous SIM card and reloads will also be added on top of any existing credit balance.

What do I need to do once I receive the SIM card?

Great! Now you’ll just need to call our careline at 13100 or 03-27717000 and inform us that you have received the SIM card. Our team will proceed with the SIM card replacement.

Will my credit remain after the SIM replacement?

Yes, it will remain and any new reloads (subject to applicable taxes) will be added on top of it.

How long does the process to upgrade my SIM take?

After receiving your SIM, it would take between 1-2 working days to complete.

How long is the switching process?

The switching process will take about 48 working hours to be completed.

My phone keeps getting “Insert SIM”, “SIM card rejected or not found”, “SIM failure” error messages when my SIM is already inserted into the phone. What does it mean?

These error messages could imply a damaged SIM. However, you can try to troubleshoot as below.

  • Try checking for physical damages on the SIM card
  • Try removing the SIM card from your phone and reinserting it
  • Try the SIM on a different phone and see if you still get the same error messages

If the error messages still appear, it is time to replace your old SIM.

I am pretty sure my SIM is damaged. How do I get a SIM replacement?

You can head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.

Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

My SIM is stolen/lost. Can I get my old number back?

Yes, you can! Just do a SIM Replacement.
Head to the nearest Tune Talk Partner stores and inquire about SIM replacement.
Or you can purchase a new Tune Talk SIM from myNEWS or Pak Grocer and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat to do a SIM replacement.

I keyed in the PIN to my SIM wrongly 3 times. My phone is now locked, and it says “PUK1”. How do I unlock my SIM card?

You will need a Pin Unblocking Key (PUK) which is an 8-digit key that can unblock your SIM card. Here are two ways to retrieve your PUK:

  • Check your SIM Pack, the PUK is printed on a card that comes with your Tune Talk SIM pack.
  • Contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance
Can my SIM card expire?

Yes, it can.

Upon expiry of the validity period, the customer will have 45 days to perform a top up. If fail to do so, their mobile number or account will be automatically terminated without any further notice.

To retrieve your mobile number, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and contact our Customer Care at 13100 or 03-2771 7000 or Live Chat for further assistance.

I have an existing Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

I already purchased new Tune Talk SIM, but the status is under grace period (Not active). Can I proceed with SIM replacement?

My old number still has remaining credits, Points, validity, and data balance. After the SIM replacement is completed, will the data and credit be carried forward?

Yes.

Once the SIM replacement is completed, your previous credits, Points, validity, and data balance will be carried forward.

*This only applies to Tune Talk Tariff plan

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM, but it is registered under my parents, friends, or family members. Can I use that SIM card for SIM replacement?

No.

Both new and the old SIM must be registered under the same myKad/Passport.

I have purchased a new Tune Talk SIM along with monthly data plan. After SIM replacement is completed, will the data plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

No.

The data subscription will be forfeited. You are advised to activate the data plan after the SIM replacement has completed.

I have activated a 1-year validity plan under my old Tune Talk number. After SIM Replacement is completed, will the 1-year validity plan be carried forward to the new SIM?

Yes.

My old SIM card is missing and currently under grace period (not active) and I have purchased a new SIM along with reload RM50. After the SIM replacement is completed, which validity period will it follow?

It will follow the old SIM validity, you are advised to reload your number after the SIM replacement has completed.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What happens to my regular TAC, OTP and WhatsApp?

No worries! Upon switching, you will be able to receive your TAC and OTPs as usual within 12-48 hours. Your WhatsApp or other chat programs associated with your existing number will also continue to work as usual.
Some chat applications might require you to input an OTP to prove you are still the valid owner of the number.

Do I need to make any type of payment to Switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, you will need to make a minimum top up of RM10 or subscribe to a data plan.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customer will need to key in the correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take about 3 to 7 working days.

I’ve successfully switched to Tune Talk, but my OTP/TAC/Verification codes aren’t coming in!

Kindly be advised that it might take between 4-48 hours for your switching to be recognized by your providers. Should this take longer than the expected period, you may also contact your providers (banks, ewallets, shopping apps, etc.) to inform them that you have ported into a new telco and request for troubleshooting.

How do I check my switch status?

You can SMS or go to your App to monitor the switch status.
For SMS, please send P (Phone number) to 2222
Example: P 0101234567

How long is the switching process?

The switching process will take about 48 working hours to be completed.

What is ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

It means you can maintain your existing number from your current telco while switching (also known as porting) to the Tune Talk network.

Can I pay online?

Yes, you may pay via e-banking, debit or credit cards or major eWallets.

What should I do upon receiving the SIM card?

After receiving the SIM card, you will need to download the Tune Talk App and self-register your new SIM. Once your registration is succesful, your switch request will be sent automatically. Please reply to the port-out SMS confirmation sent by your current telco within 24 hours to kick-start the switching process. Now you can just sit back, relax, and we will do the rest for you.

How many numbers can I ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

You can have up to five SIM cards per MyKad/Passport with Tune Talk, in line with local regulations.

I am a Tune Excel/Tune Plus user, can I switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, Tune Excel and Tune Plus users can also switch to the latest Tune Talk tariff plans within the Tune Talk App.

What happens to my regular TAC, OTP and WhatsApp?

No worries! Upon switching, you will be able to receive your TAC and OTPs as usual within 12-48 hours. Your WhatsApp or other chat programs associated with your existing number will also continue to work as usual.
Some chat applications might require you to input an OTP to prove you are still the valid owner of the number.

What is ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

It means you can maintain your existing number from your current telco while switching (also known as porting) to the Tune Talk network.

Do I need to make any type of payment to Switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, you will need to make a minimum top up of RM10 or subscribe to a data plan.

Can I pay online?

Yes, you may pay via e-banking, debit or credit cards or major eWallets.

When will I receive the SIM card?

During puchase, customer will need to key in the correct shipping address and attach a copy of MyKad/Passport for verification purposes. Once the details have been received, Tune Talk will process the order and the delivery will take about 3 to 7 working days.

What should I do upon receiving the SIM card?

After receiving the SIM card, you will need to download the Tune Talk App and self-register your new SIM. Once your registration is succesful, your switch request will be sent automatically. Please reply to the port-out SMS confirmation sent by your current telco within 24 hours to kick-start the switching process. Now you can just sit back, relax, and we will do the rest for you.

I’ve successfully switched to Tune Talk, but my OTP/TAC/Verification codes aren’t coming in!

Kindly be advised that it might take between 4-48 hours for your switching to be recognized by your providers. Should this take longer than the expected period, you may also contact your providers (banks, ewallets, shopping apps, etc.) to inform them that you have ported into a new telco and request for troubleshooting.

How many numbers can I ‘Switch to Tune Talk’?

You can have up to five SIM cards per MyKad/Passport with Tune Talk, in line with local regulations.

How do I check my switch status?

You can SMS or go to your App to monitor the switch status.
For SMS, please send P (Phone number) to 2222
Example: P 0101234567

I am a Tune Excel/Tune Plus user, can I switch to Tune Talk?

Yes, Tune Excel and Tune Plus users can also switch to the latest Tune Talk tariff plans within the Tune Talk App.

How long is the switching process?

The switching process will take about 48 working hours to be completed.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

How can I become a Pek Borneo user?

Pek Borneo are eligible for:

  • NEW East Malaysia Tune Talk user who register a SIM pack between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024; OR
  • East Malaysia users who request port-in to Tune Talk between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024.
What are the privileges when I register to Tune Talk Pek Borneo (TTBorneo)?

Pek Borneo is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans that offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs, exclusively for our friends in Sabah and Sarawak. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data and unlimited voice calls as low as RM20/month!

What are Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you’ve fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still be connected via basic internet speed. Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy better data usage experience.

Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

How long is the period I have for me to opt in to the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer able to view and opt in to the Free 1GB Welcome data after 60days has ended. To Opt in you may go to Tune Talk App  > Plans > Freebies & Others

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What is Tune Talk’s IVR number?

Tune Talk’s IVR number is 13101

What can I do within Tune Talk’s IVR system?

You can:
Get the account information such as: 

  • Account Balance
  • Account Status
  • The Tariff Plan of your Account
  • Your Mobile and Insurance Policy Number
  • Last Top-Up Details
  • Last Call/SMS Details
  • Status of your Value Added Status
  • Benefits of using Tune Talk’s Prepaid Service
  • Frequently Asked Questions and their Answers

Get the account information such as: 

  • Change IVR Language
  • Top Up your Account
What happens if my text message cannot be sent?

You should receive a “delivery failed” message on your mobile (this may vary from phone to phone). You might want to retry at a later time.

Will my messages be deleted automatically?

No, you will need to delete them manually.

What is Tune Talk’s coverage in Malaysia like?

Our coverage covers the whole of Malaysia, including Sabah & Sarawak.

Can I make International calls on my phone?

Yes you can, and you will be taking advantage of our excellent IDD rates. Check out the list of countries where you can call.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! If you have FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates if you don’t have any Data Plans.

Can I use my CDMA phone to get Tune Talk Service?

No, you can’t. Tune Talk only supports GSM phones.

If I already have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I still choose Pay-Per-Use?

No. Users who are enjoying FBI cannot opt for pay-per-use data usage.

Is there an activation fee to activate my Tune Talk Account?

No, there is no activation fee. Simply register with us and enjoy using Tune Talk.

Do you have different rates for different days or time of the day?

No, we do not. Our rates are the same at all times of the day.

Do I have to go through a credit check to get a Tune Talk SIM Pack?

No, you don’t.

Can my Tune Talk Prepaid service be deactivated?

Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number.

Can I call a malaysian toll free number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Local toll free charges apply.

Can I call 1300 using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. For 1300 number the rate is RM0.35/min.

Can I call 1XX number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Normal charges for these numbers will apply.

How do I retrieve my voicemail?

Just dial 13103 to retrieve to your Voicemail.

What are the features of the voicemail service?

These features are available with Voicemail service:

  • Customise your Voicemail Greeting
  • Listen, Store or Delete your Voicemails
  • Store up to 10 voice messages
Are there any charges to enjoy Friends & Family?

No, there is no charge or fee to enjoy Friends & Family. However, once you configured all 10 numbers, there will be a nominal fee of RM2 per transaction to make further changes.

How do I check my list of Friends & Family Number?

Login to your SelfCare account or dial *111# and select “List” option from the menu.

How will I be charged for using Data/Internet?

You will be charged a minimum of RM0.03 per MB. Multiple sessions will be charged RM0.03 per session notwithstanding that each session may not reach or exceed 1MB.

Example 1: – If you download 1MB of data, you will be charged RM0.03 or if you download 1.5MB, you will be charged RM0.06.

Example 2: – If you download 1MB of data, but it was done in 3 sessions, you will be charged RM0.09.

Note: Only applicable for Tune Talk Buddies Pack

How much talk time credit will I need in order to use Data/Internet?

With Data/Internet, you will only be charged for the amount of data that is actually transferred. The cost of using Data/Internet is RM0.03/MB.

Example: If you download 1MB of data via Data/Internet, you will be charged RM0.03.

What if Data/Internet doesn’t work even after I get my settings?

You may call our Customer Care at 13100 (local call rates apply) or send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com

How do I send a text message?

For most phones, the steps are:

  • Select ‘Messages’
  • Select ‘Send To’ or ‘Send New’
  • Enter a mobile number or a contact from your phone list
  • Select ‘Next’
  • Write your message, select ‘Next’
  • Select ‘Options’, and select ‘Send’.
I was charged several times for my last text message! Why?

This may happen if you wrote a message that had more than 160 characters (including spaces). Therefore, your message will be sent according to the character limit.

Example:
We will move office on the 16th of February 2009. There may be an issue with internet connection as the network server has not been setup yet. We may have to consider working from home for the next one week.

Total characters: 207
Total text messages sent: 2
Message 1 will contain the first 160 characters, while message 2 will contain the remaining 47 words.

How do I know when I’ve received a new message?

You’ll receive an alert on your phone.

What would happen if someone sent me a long text message?

You might receive a message that has been broken into several parts if your mobile does not support long text messages.

How do I send an International text message?

You’ll need to add the international mobile number as though you were dialing it when you send the text message, i.e. [country code] [area code] [mobile number] e.g.+44 775 3455323

How do I extend my credit validity?

You can extend your credit validity via the Tune Talk App  OR SMS EXT to 2222.

One year is equivalent to how many days?

365 days.

If I top-up RM50 and subscribe to this service, will my total validity be 50 days + 365 days?

No, your total validity will be 365 days from the day of subscripton. Validity will follow whichever is the longest.

Will my extended validity be automatically renewed every year?

No, you will need to re-subscribe annually 14 days before expired.

Can I cancel my subscription?

No, once subscribed, you will need to wait until reaching end of the validity period.

How the Top Up credit validity works?

Top up credit validity are based on which larger value of denomination, not accumulation. Validity take effect upon reload activation

Example 1:
RM10 x 10times within the same day= 10 days
RM100 x 1 = 100days

Example 2:
RM20 x 1 time and RM30 x 1 time within the same day = 30 days
RM50 x 1 = 50days

How do I top up my Tune Talk account?

You can top up via:
Top Up card (e-pay scratch cards)
Credit card
IVR
Tune Talk Mobile App
Website
E-banking sites
ATM machines
E-pay
Convenience Stores (e.g. 7-Eleven, MyNews)
Paypal
Online e-commerce sites (Shopee, Lazada)

Physical Top Up Vouchers
Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. You can activate the 16 digit voucher PIN by accessing Tune Talk’s IVR or USSD menu.

For Mobile App:
Click on the (+) icon on the bottom right
Click on Top Up
Click Voucher
Enter your 16-digit PIN
Click Proceed

For IVR:
Dial 13101
Enter number 2 to select Top Up
Enter number 1 to select “Input Voucher”
Enter 16 digits voucher PIN
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed upon successful top up

For USSD:
Dial *122*<16 digits PIN>#
Press SEND
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed once your top up is successful

Credit Card
To top up your account via credit card, just login to your Self Care account and do the following:
Dial *122*<16-digit top-up PIN># and press send.

IVR
Call our IVR at 13101, select option 2, then option 2 again and follow the instructions of the voice prompt.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

If I have a dispute on the top up amount, what do I do?

If you have a dispute with regards to top-up or call/SMS charges, kindly send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com. We will investigate and revert to you within 3 working days.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek Borneo SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota or Data Booster to keep you connected.

I’m an existing user. Can I get Pek Borneo?

No. Pek Borneo only available for new East Malaysia Tune Talk user only.

Can I change to other plans aside from Borneo25?

Pek Borneo is a standalone tariff plan which only has Borneo25 plan. If you wish to change to any other plans such as other monthly plans, yearly plans or weekly passes you can switch to TTEPIK at any time from the TT App. (switching to any legacy tariff plans will not be available). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Subscriber has switched to TT Epik Pack, they shall not be allowed to revert to any legacy packs. Requests to refund for any forfeited quota shall not be accommodated.

Does the Borneo25 come with validity?

Yes, when you purchase a Borneo25 plan it comes with a validity extension.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th June 2023, the validity will extend up till 23:59,4th July 2023. If you purchase the Borneo25 Monthly plan on 10th June 2023, the validity will be further extended until 9th July 2023.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
What is Free 1GB Data? How can I get it?

Any user who registered and activate NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, are eligible for FREE 1GB Welcome Data.

This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be opt in ONCE via the Tune Talk App and valid for 7 days.

Can I use hotspot with my Pek Borneo internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

How do I change my preferred language for IVR?

Follow the steps below to change your preferred language:

  • Dial 13101
  • At the 1st Menu select 1
  • At next Menu, select 5
  • You can then select your preferred language
What is the benefit of Tune Talk’s Free Basic Internet?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy FREE always-on connectivity.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10Gb of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed at the 1st of every calendar month.

How many messages can be stored in my inbox?

This depends on the phone model. However, if you are storing your messages in your SIM card, it may store up to twenty 160 character messages.

Do I have to sign a contract to get Tune Talk’s service?

No, you don’t. However, you need to register yourself before using Tune Talk. 

  • You can do this by registering here. You can then also reserve a preferred Tune Talk number.
  • You can also visit any of our dealers and purchase a new Tune Talk SIM pack. The dealer will register you immediately.
Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will also receive an SMS notification from the us when your BI quota usage is at 90% and 100%.

Can I make calls from outside Malaysia using my Tune Talk Prepaid Service?

Yes you can. Do take note that international roaming charges apply. Check out our roaming partners.

How do I check the status or the balance of my quota?

You can check this by dialing *134# (USSD) or send FBI STATUS to 2222 or within the Tune Talk App.

Quota balance also via FBI STATUS to 2222

Can I use GPS on my phone?

If your mobile phone supports GPS you should be able to use GPS.

Who is eligible for Free Basic Internet?

Free basic internet will be available for new subscribers after 15th January 2019 as well as selected existing subscribers by phases starting from the same mentioned date.

Eligible subscribers will be notified via SMS and you just have to follow the steps provided.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted, you can no longer enjoy data and you will need to subscribe to another Mobile Internet plan to continue to enjoy data.

Can I use my GSM phone to get Tune Talk Service?

Yes, you can as Tune Talk supports GSM phones.

How am I charged for my calls?

Your outgoing calls are charged in 60 second blocks.

Example: If you make a call lasting less than 30 seconds, you will be charged for a full 60 seconds and if you make a call that lasts a minute and 47 seconds, you will be charged for two minutes.

Am I charged for inbound and 1-800 calls?

Your inbound calls will not be charged. Only outbound and 1-800 calls, are charged at your normal airtime rate. You will not be charged long distance for outbound 1-800 numbers.

Do my minutes ever expire?

Yes. Unused minutes do not get rolled over from month to month. Validity period of minutes will expire based on the last value of the top up. View the validity of the Top Up values here.

What is Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is Tune Talk latest’s offer where you only pay 10 sen per minute to your ten favourite Tune Talk numbers, anytime of the day.

When can I start to enjoy Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is available on 16 March 2012 onwards.

How do I subscribe to Friends & Family?

You can configure your favourite 10 numbers via:

  • SelfCare – login and click on My Services and select TuneBuddies
  • Or *111# – option 5, Services and option 3, Tune Talk number.
What is the call rate for Friends & Family?

Only 10 sen per minute for local calls to your selected Tune Talk numbers, 24 hours a day.

Can I add any numbers onto my Friends & Family list?

No, Friends & Family is limited to Tune Talk numbers only.

What Is GPRS?

GPRS stands for General Packet Radio Services. In comparison to the normal circuit switched platform, this feature gives you increased connection speed when accessing WAP or the Internet while you are on the move.

Is there a minimum charge to use Data/Internet?

Yes, the minimum charge is 3 sen.

Do I need to register to access Data/Internet from my Tune Talk Prepaid mobile phone?

No, you don’t. Your Tune Talk account comes with Data/Internet pre-activated.

What is SMS?

SMS is short for Short Messaging Service. This service allows you to send short text messages of not more than 160 characters.

I can’t send a text message!

There could be a few reasons for this:

What’s Your Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network 
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.
For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

What’s My Message Centre Number 
In your Messages menu, check your Message Centre Number. Tune Talk’s message center number is +60193900045, so make sure that it’s the same number.

There’s a traffic jam!
Sometimes the network may just be congested. This usually happens around holidays and special festive occasions. There could also be a glitch with the network. In both cases, there’s no need to panic. Just send your text message a little later, perhaps after 15-30 minutes.

How much does one text message cost?

SMS rates may differ based on which prepaid pack that you are on. Kindly refer to your current prepaid pack.

I’m having trouble receiving text messages!

Go through the checklist listed in question (3) first. If that doesn’t solve your problem, please send us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk Number
  • Your Location
What happens if someone sends me a text message when my phone is switched off or when I’m out of the coverage area?

Your message will be kept on the server for 72 hours. Once you’re within the coverage area or when you switch your phone back on, the messages will be delivered like normal. However, if you have yet to retrieve your messages after 72 hours, it will be deleted from the server.

My contact hasn’t received any of the text messages I’ve sent.

There could be a few reasons for this:

  • Is text messaging enabled on your contact’s his mobile?
  • Does your contact’s phone have problems receiving all messages, or just yours?
  • Go through the troubleshooting process in question 3 to see if the problem lies in your phone.
  • If the problem persists, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:
    • Full Name
    • NRIC / Passport Number
    • Tune Talk Number
    • Your Location
    • Your friend’s number
What is the cost to extend my credit validity for one year?
  • RM28 (No Basic Internet) – TuneTalk BUDDIES only
  • Rm 35 (No Basic Internet) – Tune Talk Pek Jimat, Tune Talk Hi-Value, Tune Talk Cun Value, and Tune Talk Value Prepaid
  • RM100 (Comes with 10GB Monthly Basic Internet) – Tune Talk HI-VALUE, Tune Talk CUN VALUE & Tune Talk VALUE only
When will the extended validity start?

The extended validity starts on the very day you receive the confirmation message upon subscription.

What if I subscribe more than once?

You won’t be able to subscribe more than one time in a year.

How would I know if my subscription is successful?

You will receive an SMS notification upon subscription.

What happens to my current 1 Year Validity if I switch to Pek Jimat? Will it be forfeited?

No, your 1 Year Validity will not be forfeited if you decide to switch to Tune Talk Pek Jimat.

What’s the validity period on my Top Up amount?

Top Up credits have different validity period. View a table that shows the validity period of the different Top Up values.

Do take note that Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number. We’ll send you text notifications when your account is running low on credit.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

Where can I get a Top Up Card or electronic PIN vouchers?

Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. Search for the nearest dealer here.

You can also get Electronic PIN vouchers form our dealers, ATMs and e-pay outlets. View a complete list here.

Is there a minimum top up amount to keep my account active?

The minimum amount to top up is RM5. We recommend topping up your credits before your current Top Up expires so you can keep your account active.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the benefits of Free Basic Internet (FBI) and how do I get it?

FBI is activated in the registered Pek Borneo SIM which will renews every 30days from the activation date. It will be utilized once you exhausted your based data quota or Data Booster to keep you connected.

How can I become a Pek Borneo user?

Pek Borneo are eligible for:

  • NEW East Malaysia Tune Talk user who register a SIM pack between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024; OR
  • East Malaysia users who request port-in to Tune Talk between 00:01hrs 23rd May 2023 to 23:59hrs 31st January 2024.
I’m an existing user. Can I get Pek Borneo?

No. Pek Borneo only available for new East Malaysia Tune Talk user only.

What are the privileges when I register to Tune Talk Pek Borneo (TTBorneo)?

Pek Borneo is Tune Talk’s latest range of plans that offers great value and peace of mind for your connectivity needs, exclusively for our friends in Sabah and Sarawak. It is a mobile internet plan which offers unlimited data and unlimited voice calls as low as RM20/month!

Can I change to other plans aside from Borneo25?

Pek Borneo is a standalone tariff plan which only has Borneo25 plan. If you wish to change to any other plans such as other monthly plans, yearly plans or weekly passes you can switch to TTEPIK at any time from the TT App. (switching to any legacy tariff plans will not be available). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Subscriber has switched to TT Epik Pack, they shall not be allowed to revert to any legacy packs. Requests to refund for any forfeited quota shall not be accommodated.

What are Data Boosters and how do I subscribe to it?

Data Boosters are additional data quotas that you can add-on to your existing internet plan. You can subscribe to Data Boosters via the “Get Add-Ons” menu in My Account page via the App or dial *111# USSD menu. Data Boosters will follow the validity of the internet plan and do not auto-renew.

Does the Borneo25 come with validity?

Yes, when you purchase a Borneo25 plan it comes with a validity extension.

(e.g.) If you reload RM30 on 5th June 2023, the validity will extend up till 23:59,4th July 2023. If you purchase the Borneo25 Monthly plan on 10th June 2023, the validity will be further extended until 9th July 2023.

What will happen if I have used up the internet plan quota completely?

Once you’ve fully utilized your internet plan quota, you will still be connected via basic internet speed. Alternatively, you may purchase available Data Boosters or repurchase a plan to enjoy better data usage experience.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

What is Free 1GB Data? How can I get it?

Any user who registered and activate NEW Tune Talk SIM from 5th September 2022 onwards, are eligible for FREE 1GB Welcome Data.

This FREE 1GB Welcome data can only be opt in ONCE via the Tune Talk App and valid for 7 days.

How long is the period I have for me to opt in to the FREE 1GB data with the Tune Talk App?

You will only have 60days from the SIM dispense (activation) date. You will no longer able to view and opt in to the Free 1GB Welcome data after 60days has ended. To Opt in you may go to Tune Talk App  > Plans > Freebies & Others

Can I use hotspot with my Pek Borneo internet plans?

Yes, hotspot usage will be deducted from any base quota (subject to availability) or Data Booster quotas available for any internet plans. Once exhausted, you can purchase Data Boosters which can also be utilized for hotspot.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What are the unlimited ‘Connect’ apps?

The Connect Apps include WhatsApp, WeChat and more apps to be included in the future. The unlimited quota is subject to Tune Talk’s Fair Usage Policy (FUP).

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

How do I check the status or the balance of my internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend checking your Tune Talk App! You can also SMS STATUS to 2222, or dial *134# (USSD).

What is Tune Talk’s IVR number?

Tune Talk’s IVR number is 13101

How do I change my preferred language for IVR?

Follow the steps below to change your preferred language:

  • Dial 13101
  • At the 1st Menu select 1
  • At next Menu, select 5
  • You can then select your preferred language
What can I do within Tune Talk’s IVR system?

You can:
Get the account information such as: 

  • Account Balance
  • Account Status
  • The Tariff Plan of your Account
  • Your Mobile and Insurance Policy Number
  • Last Top-Up Details
  • Last Call/SMS Details
  • Status of your Value Added Status
  • Benefits of using Tune Talk’s Prepaid Service
  • Frequently Asked Questions and their Answers

Get the account information such as: 

  • Change IVR Language
  • Top Up your Account
What is the benefit of Tune Talk’s Free Basic Internet?

Free Basic Internet (FBI) is a service that enables Tune Talk users that have exhausted their existing data packages (bonus, mobile internet, paid or free) or no data packages to enjoy FREE always-on connectivity.

Tune Talkers will be allocated 10Gb of FBI data quota at 64kbps that is refreshed at the 1st of every calendar month.

What happens if my text message cannot be sent?

You should receive a “delivery failed” message on your mobile (this may vary from phone to phone). You might want to retry at a later time.

How many messages can be stored in my inbox?

This depends on the phone model. However, if you are storing your messages in your SIM card, it may store up to twenty 160 character messages.

Will my messages be deleted automatically?

No, you will need to delete them manually.

Do I have to sign a contract to get Tune Talk’s service?

No, you don’t. However, you need to register yourself before using Tune Talk. 

  • You can do this by registering here. You can then also reserve a preferred Tune Talk number.
  • You can also visit any of our dealers and purchase a new Tune Talk SIM pack. The dealer will register you immediately.
What is Tune Talk’s coverage in Malaysia like?

Our coverage covers the whole of Malaysia, including Sabah & Sarawak.

Will I be notified on my FBI usage limit?

You will also receive an SMS notification from the us when your BI quota usage is at 90% and 100%.

Can I make International calls on my phone?

Yes you can, and you will be taking advantage of our excellent IDD rates. Check out the list of countries where you can call.

Can I make calls from outside Malaysia using my Tune Talk Prepaid Service?

Yes you can. Do take note that international roaming charges apply. Check out our roaming partners.

Does this mean no more Pay-Per-Use charges?

Yes! If you have FBI, you will no longer be charged pay-per-use rates if you don’t have any Data Plans.

How do I check the status or the balance of my quota?

You can check this by dialing *134# (USSD) or send FBI STATUS to 2222 or within the Tune Talk App.

Quota balance also via FBI STATUS to 2222

Can I use my CDMA phone to get Tune Talk Service?

No, you can’t. Tune Talk only supports GSM phones.

Can I use GPS on my phone?

If your mobile phone supports GPS you should be able to use GPS.

If I already have Free Basic Internet (FBI), can I still choose Pay-Per-Use?

No. Users who are enjoying FBI cannot opt for pay-per-use data usage.

Who is eligible for Free Basic Internet?

Free basic internet will be available for new subscribers after 15th January 2019 as well as selected existing subscribers by phases starting from the same mentioned date.

Eligible subscribers will be notified via SMS and you just have to follow the steps provided.

Is there an activation fee to activate my Tune Talk Account?

No, there is no activation fee. Simply register with us and enjoy using Tune Talk.

What happens if I have exhausted my 10GB FBI quota?

Once 10GB FBI is exhausted, you can no longer enjoy data and you will need to subscribe to another Mobile Internet plan to continue to enjoy data.

Do you have different rates for different days or time of the day?

No, we do not. Our rates are the same at all times of the day.

Can I use my GSM phone to get Tune Talk Service?

Yes, you can as Tune Talk supports GSM phones.

Do I have to go through a credit check to get a Tune Talk SIM Pack?

No, you don’t.

How am I charged for my calls?

Your outgoing calls are charged in 60 second blocks.

Example: If you make a call lasting less than 30 seconds, you will be charged for a full 60 seconds and if you make a call that lasts a minute and 47 seconds, you will be charged for two minutes.

Can my Tune Talk Prepaid service be deactivated?

Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number.

Am I charged for inbound and 1-800 calls?

Your inbound calls will not be charged. Only outbound and 1-800 calls, are charged at your normal airtime rate. You will not be charged long distance for outbound 1-800 numbers.

Can I call a malaysian toll free number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Local toll free charges apply.

Do my minutes ever expire?

Yes. Unused minutes do not get rolled over from month to month. Validity period of minutes will expire based on the last value of the top up. View the validity of the Top Up values here.

Can I call 1300 using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. For 1300 number the rate is RM0.35/min.

What is Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is Tune Talk latest’s offer where you only pay 10 sen per minute to your ten favourite Tune Talk numbers, anytime of the day.

Can I call 1XX number using Tune Talk Prepaid?

Yes, you can. Normal charges for these numbers will apply.

When can I start to enjoy Friends & Family?

Friends & Family is available on 16 March 2012 onwards.

How do I retrieve my voicemail?

Just dial 13103 to retrieve to your Voicemail.

How do I subscribe to Friends & Family?

You can configure your favourite 10 numbers via:

  • SelfCare – login and click on My Services and select TuneBuddies
  • Or *111# – option 5, Services and option 3, Tune Talk number.
What are the features of the voicemail service?

These features are available with Voicemail service:

  • Customise your Voicemail Greeting
  • Listen, Store or Delete your Voicemails
  • Store up to 10 voice messages
What is the call rate for Friends & Family?

Only 10 sen per minute for local calls to your selected Tune Talk numbers, 24 hours a day.

Are there any charges to enjoy Friends & Family?

No, there is no charge or fee to enjoy Friends & Family. However, once you configured all 10 numbers, there will be a nominal fee of RM2 per transaction to make further changes.

Can I add any numbers onto my Friends & Family list?

No, Friends & Family is limited to Tune Talk numbers only.

How do I check my list of Friends & Family Number?

Login to your SelfCare account or dial *111# and select “List” option from the menu.

What Is GPRS?

GPRS stands for General Packet Radio Services. In comparison to the normal circuit switched platform, this feature gives you increased connection speed when accessing WAP or the Internet while you are on the move.

How will I be charged for using Data/Internet?

You will be charged a minimum of RM0.03 per MB. Multiple sessions will be charged RM0.03 per session notwithstanding that each session may not reach or exceed 1MB.

Example 1: – If you download 1MB of data, you will be charged RM0.03 or if you download 1.5MB, you will be charged RM0.06.

Example 2: – If you download 1MB of data, but it was done in 3 sessions, you will be charged RM0.09.

Note: Only applicable for Tune Talk Buddies Pack

Is there a minimum charge to use Data/Internet?

Yes, the minimum charge is 3 sen.

How much talk time credit will I need in order to use Data/Internet?

With Data/Internet, you will only be charged for the amount of data that is actually transferred. The cost of using Data/Internet is RM0.03/MB.

Example: If you download 1MB of data via Data/Internet, you will be charged RM0.03.

Do I need to register to access Data/Internet from my Tune Talk Prepaid mobile phone?

No, you don’t. Your Tune Talk account comes with Data/Internet pre-activated.

What if Data/Internet doesn’t work even after I get my settings?

You may call our Customer Care at 13100 (local call rates apply) or send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com

What is SMS?

SMS is short for Short Messaging Service. This service allows you to send short text messages of not more than 160 characters.

How do I send a text message?

For most phones, the steps are:

  • Select ‘Messages’
  • Select ‘Send To’ or ‘Send New’
  • Enter a mobile number or a contact from your phone list
  • Select ‘Next’
  • Write your message, select ‘Next’
  • Select ‘Options’, and select ‘Send’.
I can’t send a text message!

There could be a few reasons for this:

What’s Your Status
Call *111# on your mobile. Then select Option 1 followed by Option 2. If the status says “barred” then you’ll need to make a top-up before you can make another call.

What’s My Airtime
Sometimes it could be as simple as not having enough airtime. To check, call *111# and select Option 1 followed by Option 1 again for the details.

Where’s My Network 
This one’s an easy one. Just look at your phone’s network bar. If there’s no bar highlighted (not even 1) then you’re in a low-coverage area. The only solution is to move to a place where the network’s signal stronger.

What’s My Line
This one requires a bit of digging into your phone settings. You’ll need to check if your phone’s using Line 1 or Line 2. If it’s on Line 2, you’ll need to switch it back to Line 1 instead.
For most phones, this means pressing the # key till the Change Line box appears. Select OK to proceed. Otherwise you may need to check your phone manual.

What’s My Message Centre Number 
In your Messages menu, check your Message Centre Number. Tune Talk’s message center number is +60193900045, so make sure that it’s the same number.

There’s a traffic jam!
Sometimes the network may just be congested. This usually happens around holidays and special festive occasions. There could also be a glitch with the network. In both cases, there’s no need to panic. Just send your text message a little later, perhaps after 15-30 minutes.

I was charged several times for my last text message! Why?

This may happen if you wrote a message that had more than 160 characters (including spaces). Therefore, your message will be sent according to the character limit.

Example:
We will move office on the 16th of February 2009. There may be an issue with internet connection as the network server has not been setup yet. We may have to consider working from home for the next one week.

Total characters: 207
Total text messages sent: 2
Message 1 will contain the first 160 characters, while message 2 will contain the remaining 47 words.

How much does one text message cost?

SMS rates may differ based on which prepaid pack that you are on. Kindly refer to your current prepaid pack.

How do I know when I’ve received a new message?

You’ll receive an alert on your phone.

I’m having trouble receiving text messages!

Go through the checklist listed in question (3) first. If that doesn’t solve your problem, please send us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:

  • Full Name
  • NRIC / Passport Number
  • Tune Talk Number
  • Your Location
What would happen if someone sent me a long text message?

You might receive a message that has been broken into several parts if your mobile does not support long text messages.

What happens if someone sends me a text message when my phone is switched off or when I’m out of the coverage area?

Your message will be kept on the server for 72 hours. Once you’re within the coverage area or when you switch your phone back on, the messages will be delivered like normal. However, if you have yet to retrieve your messages after 72 hours, it will be deleted from the server.

How do I send an International text message?

You’ll need to add the international mobile number as though you were dialing it when you send the text message, i.e. [country code] [area code] [mobile number] e.g.+44 775 3455323

My contact hasn’t received any of the text messages I’ve sent.

There could be a few reasons for this:

  • Is text messaging enabled on your contact’s his mobile?
  • Does your contact’s phone have problems receiving all messages, or just yours?
  • Go through the troubleshooting process in question 3 to see if the problem lies in your phone.
  • If the problem persists, drop us an email at customer.care@tunetalk.com with the following details:
    • Full Name
    • NRIC / Passport Number
    • Tune Talk Number
    • Your Location
    • Your friend’s number
How do I extend my credit validity?

You can extend your credit validity via the Tune Talk App  OR SMS EXT to 2222.

What is the cost to extend my credit validity for one year?
  • RM28 (No Basic Internet) – TuneTalk BUDDIES only
  • Rm 35 (No Basic Internet) – Tune Talk Pek Jimat, Tune Talk Hi-Value, Tune Talk Cun Value, and Tune Talk Value Prepaid
  • RM100 (Comes with 10GB Monthly Basic Internet) – Tune Talk HI-VALUE, Tune Talk CUN VALUE & Tune Talk VALUE only
One year is equivalent to how many days?

365 days.

When will the extended validity start?

The extended validity starts on the very day you receive the confirmation message upon subscription.

If I top-up RM50 and subscribe to this service, will my total validity be 50 days + 365 days?

No, your total validity will be 365 days from the day of subscripton. Validity will follow whichever is the longest.

What if I subscribe more than once?

You won’t be able to subscribe more than one time in a year.

Will my extended validity be automatically renewed every year?

No, you will need to re-subscribe annually 14 days before expired.

How would I know if my subscription is successful?

You will receive an SMS notification upon subscription.

Can I cancel my subscription?

No, once subscribed, you will need to wait until reaching end of the validity period.

What happens to my current 1 Year Validity if I switch to Pek Jimat? Will it be forfeited?

No, your 1 Year Validity will not be forfeited if you decide to switch to Tune Talk Pek Jimat.

How the Top Up credit validity works?

Top up credit validity are based on which larger value of denomination, not accumulation. Validity take effect upon reload activation

Example 1:
RM10 x 10times within the same day= 10 days
RM100 x 1 = 100days

Example 2:
RM20 x 1 time and RM30 x 1 time within the same day = 30 days
RM50 x 1 = 50days

What’s the validity period on my Top Up amount?

Top Up credits have different validity period. View a table that shows the validity period of the different Top Up values.

Do take note that Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number. We’ll send you text notifications when your account is running low on credit.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

How do I top up my Tune Talk account?

You can top up via:
Top Up card (e-pay scratch cards)
Credit card
IVR
Tune Talk Mobile App
Website
E-banking sites
ATM machines
E-pay
Convenience Stores (e.g. 7-Eleven, MyNews)
Paypal
Online e-commerce sites (Shopee, Lazada)

Physical Top Up Vouchers
Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. You can activate the 16 digit voucher PIN by accessing Tune Talk’s IVR or USSD menu.

For Mobile App:
Click on the (+) icon on the bottom right
Click on Top Up
Click Voucher
Enter your 16-digit PIN
Click Proceed

For IVR:
Dial 13101
Enter number 2 to select Top Up
Enter number 1 to select “Input Voucher”
Enter 16 digits voucher PIN
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed upon successful top up

For USSD:
Dial *122*<16 digits PIN>#
Press SEND
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed once your top up is successful

Credit Card
To top up your account via credit card, just login to your Self Care account and do the following:
Dial *122*<16-digit top-up PIN># and press send.

IVR
Call our IVR at 13101, select option 2, then option 2 again and follow the instructions of the voice prompt.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

Where can I get a Top Up Card or electronic PIN vouchers?

Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. Search for the nearest dealer here.

You can also get Electronic PIN vouchers form our dealers, ATMs and e-pay outlets. View a complete list here.

If I have a dispute on the top up amount, what do I do?

If you have a dispute with regards to top-up or call/SMS charges, kindly send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com. We will investigate and revert to you within 3 working days.

Is there a minimum top up amount to keep my account active?

The minimum amount to top up is RM5. We recommend topping up your credits before your current Top Up expires so you can keep your account active.

How the Top Up credit validity works?

Top up credit validity are based on which larger value of denomination, not accumulation. Validity take effect upon reload activation

Example 1:
RM10 x 10times within the same day= 10 days
RM100 x 1 = 100days

Example 2:
RM20 x 1 time and RM30 x 1 time within the same day = 30 days
RM50 x 1 = 50days

How do I top up my Tune Talk account?

You can top up via:
Top Up card (e-pay scratch cards)
Credit card
IVR
Tune Talk Mobile App
Website
E-banking sites
ATM machines
E-pay
Convenience Stores (e.g. 7-Eleven, MyNews)
Paypal
Online e-commerce sites (Shopee, Lazada)

Physical Top Up Vouchers
Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. You can activate the 16 digit voucher PIN by accessing Tune Talk’s IVR or USSD menu.

For Mobile App:
Click on the (+) icon on the bottom right
Click on Top Up
Click Voucher
Enter your 16-digit PIN
Click Proceed

For IVR:
Dial 13101
Enter number 2 to select Top Up
Enter number 1 to select “Input Voucher”
Enter 16 digits voucher PIN
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed upon successful top up

For USSD:
Dial *122*<16 digits PIN>#
Press SEND
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed once your top up is successful

Credit Card
To top up your account via credit card, just login to your Self Care account and do the following:
Dial *122*<16-digit top-up PIN># and press send.

IVR
Call our IVR at 13101, select option 2, then option 2 again and follow the instructions of the voice prompt.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

If I have a dispute on the top up amount, what do I do?

If you have a dispute with regards to top-up or call/SMS charges, kindly send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com. We will investigate and revert to you within 3 working days.

What’s the validity period on my Top Up amount?

Top Up credits have different validity period. View a table that shows the validity period of the different Top Up values.

Do take note that Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number. We’ll send you text notifications when your account is running low on credit.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

Where can I get a Top Up Card or electronic PIN vouchers?

Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. Search for the nearest dealer here.

You can also get Electronic PIN vouchers form our dealers, ATMs and e-pay outlets. View a complete list here.

Is there a minimum top up amount to keep my account active?

The minimum amount to top up is RM5. We recommend topping up your credits before your current Top Up expires so you can keep your account active.

How the Top Up credit validity works?

Top up credit validity are based on which larger value of denomination, not accumulation. Validity take effect upon reload activation

Example 1:
RM10 x 10times within the same day= 10 days
RM100 x 1 = 100days

Example 2:
RM20 x 1 time and RM30 x 1 time within the same day = 30 days
RM50 x 1 = 50days

What’s the validity period on my Top Up amount?

Top Up credits have different validity period. View a table that shows the validity period of the different Top Up values.

Do take note that Tune Talk’s grace period is 45 days after expiry of validity. Your SIM will become unusable should you fail to top up your credit within the grace period. Once your account is Disconnected, you will have to purchase a new SIM pack and you will not be able to retrieve your number. We’ll send you text notifications when your account is running low on credit.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

How do I top up my Tune Talk account?

You can top up via:
Top Up card (e-pay scratch cards)
Credit card
IVR
Tune Talk Mobile App
Website
E-banking sites
ATM machines
E-pay
Convenience Stores (e.g. 7-Eleven, MyNews)
Paypal
Online e-commerce sites (Shopee, Lazada)

Physical Top Up Vouchers
Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. You can activate the 16 digit voucher PIN by accessing Tune Talk’s IVR or USSD menu.

For Mobile App:
Click on the (+) icon on the bottom right
Click on Top Up
Click Voucher
Enter your 16-digit PIN
Click Proceed

For IVR:
Dial 13101
Enter number 2 to select Top Up
Enter number 1 to select “Input Voucher”
Enter 16 digits voucher PIN
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed upon successful top up

For USSD:
Dial *122*<16 digits PIN>#
Press SEND
Your new balance and validity period will be displayed once your top up is successful

Credit Card
To top up your account via credit card, just login to your Self Care account and do the following:
Dial *122*<16-digit top-up PIN># and press send.

IVR
Call our IVR at 13101, select option 2, then option 2 again and follow the instructions of the voice prompt.

When you top up before your credit expires:
Your previous balance is added to the new Top Up value
The later expiry date is valid for the entire amount

Where can I get a Top Up Card or electronic PIN vouchers?

Top Up cards are sold at thousands of retail locations and our authorised dealers across Malaysia. You can choose from RM5, RM10, RM30 and RM50 Top Up cards. Search for the nearest dealer here.

You can also get Electronic PIN vouchers form our dealers, ATMs and e-pay outlets. View a complete list here.

If I have a dispute on the top up amount, what do I do?

If you have a dispute with regards to top-up or call/SMS charges, kindly send an email to customer.care@tunetalk.com. We will investigate and revert to you within 3 working days.

Is there a minimum top up amount to keep my account active?

The minimum amount to top up is RM5. We recommend topping up your credits before your current Top Up expires so you can keep your account active.

Upon termination, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Termination of service will result in forfeiture of all accumulated Points with immediate effect. Once forfeited, the Points cannot be retrieved or transferred to another account.

How do I increase my Points through Tune Talk?

You can increase your Points through topping up.

Top Up Denomination Points
RM 3 3
RM 4 4
RM 5 8
RM 10 20
RM 15 30
RM 20 40
RM 30 70
RM 50 120
RM 100 240
RM 200 480
RM 300 720
RM 500 1200
RM 1000 2400

 

Can I transfer my Points to other account?

No, the Tune Talk Points are unique to each mobile number.

What can I do with the Points?

You may use your Tune Talk Points to redeem the various lifestyle deals and data goodies available in the Tune Talk App.

What are Tune Talk Points?

Tune Talk Points are loyalty points you will earn by reloading via your Tune Talk App and they will be placed into your Tune Talk account.

I have just made a top up and my Points are not added. What should I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the top up transaction and credit the Points. If it takes longer than 10 minutes, please contact our Customer Care for further action.

What are the criteria for my Loyalty tier?

Your Loyalty tier is decided based on your lifetime Points, which are the Points you have accumulated throughout your stay with Tune Talk. Subscribers with 0 to 1,499 pts will be classified in the Silver tier, while subscribers with more than 1,500 pts will be placed in the Gold tier.

Upon changing tariffs, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Change of tariffs plans (between TT Buddies and TT Value Prepaid) WILL NOT result in point forfeiture. On the contrary, external change of tariffs (e.g. from Tone Excel to TT Value Prepaid) WILL RESULT in point forfeiture.

Is there a validity period for my Points?

Yes. As of 31st January 2018, ALL existing Points will have a 5 (Five) year expiry and starting from 1st February 2018, ALL new Points will have a 2 (Two) year expiry.

Upon termination, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Termination of service will result in forfeiture of all accumulated Points with immediate effect. Once forfeited, the Points cannot be retrieved or transferred to another account.

I have just made a top up and my Points are not added. What should I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the top up transaction and credit the Points. If it takes longer than 10 minutes, please contact our Customer Care for further action.

How do I increase my Points through Tune Talk?

You can increase your Points through topping up.

Top Up Denomination Points
RM 3 3
RM 4 4
RM 5 8
RM 10 20
RM 15 30
RM 20 40
RM 30 70
RM 50 120
RM 100 240
RM 200 480
RM 300 720
RM 500 1200
RM 1000 2400

 

What are the criteria for my Loyalty tier?

Your Loyalty tier is decided based on your lifetime Points, which are the Points you have accumulated throughout your stay with Tune Talk. Subscribers with 0 to 1,499 pts will be classified in the Silver tier, while subscribers with more than 1,500 pts will be placed in the Gold tier.

Can I transfer my Points to other account?

No, the Tune Talk Points are unique to each mobile number.

Upon changing tariffs, what happens to my accumulated Points?

Change of tariffs plans (between TT Buddies and TT Value Prepaid) WILL NOT result in point forfeiture. On the contrary, external change of tariffs (e.g. from Tone Excel to TT Value Prepaid) WILL RESULT in point forfeiture.

What can I do with the Points?

You may use your Tune Talk Points to redeem the various lifestyle deals and data goodies available in the Tune Talk App.

Is there a validity period for my Points?

Yes. As of 31st January 2018, ALL existing Points will have a 5 (Five) year expiry and starting from 1st February 2018, ALL new Points will have a 2 (Two) year expiry.

What are Tune Talk Points?

Tune Talk Points are loyalty points you will earn by reloading via your Tune Talk App and they will be placed into your Tune Talk account.

What should I do if my eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually.

An email with the Manual Code along with QR Code will be sent after the purchase. Below are the steps to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager
    4. Select “Add eSIM
    5. Click “Manual Enter
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service
    3. Select “Add eSIM
    4. Click “Use QR Code
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
What if I am experiencing issues using the eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM.
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed.
  3. Your eSIM profile was installed before port-in was completed.
  4. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

 

Can I transfer/switch my eSIM to other devices or operating systems?

Yes. To transfer/switch your eSIM to other devices, you can purchase a new eSIM profile via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Switch your Device” and select the number you want to retain.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Install the new eSIM profile into your new device accordingly.
Can I switch back from eSIM to physical SIM?

Yes, you can switch your SIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “Physical SIM”.
  7. The new SIM will be delivered to you within 5 – 7 working days.
  8. An email with steps to activate the SIM will be sent to you within 24 hours.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

Can I switch my physical SIM to eSIM?

Yes, you can switch to eSIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “eSIM” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Follow the instructions accordingly.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-27717000.

How much is the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM is priced at RM10.

How do I activate the eSIM?

After your eSIM is successfully purchased, an email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed. Activation is to be done via the Tune Talk App.

How can I seek assistance regarding any eSIM issues?

You can reach out to our Customer Care team via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Tune
What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

You will need to do a SIM replacement to keep the existing number and install it on a new device. Kindly contact our Customer Care to assist you with number deactivation before you proceed with SIM replacement.

What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

When you remove the eSIM from your device, you will experience loss of cellular connection and no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you want to keep.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Ensure the eSIM activation has been completed before installing the eSIM profile.
What are eSIM-compatible devices?

HERE is the list of devices that are compatible with Tune Talk eSIM.

How do I purchase the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website.

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

Who is eligible to purchase eSIM?

Both New and Existing Tune Talk users are eligible to purchase eSIM.

What should I do if my eSIM profile fails to download?

If your eSIM profile fails to download, you may opt to enter your eSIM profile manually.

An email with the Manual Code along with QR Code will be sent after the purchase. Below are the steps to insert it manually:

  • For Android (labels may differ based on manufacturers):
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Connection
    3. Select “SIM Manager
    4. Select “Add eSIM
    5. Click “Manual Enter
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
  • For iOS:
    1. Go to “Settings
    2. Select “Mobile Data/Mobile Service
    3. Select “Add eSIM
    4. Click “Use QR Code
    5. Click “Enter Details Manually
    6. Key in the “Manual Entry” code provided in the email
How can I seek assistance regarding any eSIM issues?

You can reach out to our Customer Care team via:

  1. Dial 13100 or 03-27717000
  2. Live Chat via Tune Talk Website
  3. Visit our Tune Talk kiosk at Wisma Tune
What if I am experiencing issues using the eSIM on my device?

Below are a few possible reasons why you are experiencing issues with your eSIM:

  1. Your device is not compatible with eSIM.
  2. Your eSIM profile was installed before registration was completed.
  3. Your eSIM profile was installed before port-in was completed.
  4. Your Tune Talk Account status is inactive.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

 

What if I have lost my device? Can I switch my eSIM profile to another device?

You will need to do a SIM replacement to keep the existing number and install it on a new device. Kindly contact our Customer Care to assist you with number deactivation before you proceed with SIM replacement.

Can I transfer/switch my eSIM to other devices or operating systems?

Yes. To transfer/switch your eSIM to other devices, you can purchase a new eSIM profile via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Switch your Device” and select the number you want to retain.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Install the new eSIM profile into your new device accordingly.
What happens to my Internet plan if I were to remove my eSIM profile?

When you remove the eSIM from your device, you will experience loss of cellular connection and no longer be able to access the Internet. To keep your Tune Talk number, you will need to purchase a new eSIM and proceed with eSIM replacement via the Tune Talk App by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you want to keep.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “eSIM”.
  7. An email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed.
  8. Ensure the eSIM activation has been completed before installing the eSIM profile.
Can I switch back from eSIM to physical SIM?

Yes, you can switch your SIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Extra Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “Lost your SIM card” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Click “I need a new SIM” and then “Physical SIM”.
  7. The new SIM will be delivered to you within 5 – 7 working days.
  8. An email with steps to activate the SIM will be sent to you within 24 hours.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03 27717000.

What are eSIM-compatible devices?

HERE is the list of devices that are compatible with Tune Talk eSIM.

Can I switch my physical SIM to eSIM?

Yes, you can switch to eSIM by following the steps below:

  1. Log in to Tune Talk App
  2. Go to “More
  3. Click “Services
  4. Click “SIM Replacement
  5. Click “eSIM” and select the number you wish to replace.
  6. Follow the instructions accordingly.

For further assistance, contact our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-27717000.

How do I purchase the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM can be purchased via the Tune Talk App or Tune Talk Website.

How much is the Tune Talk eSIM?

Tune Talk eSIM is priced at RM10.

What is an eSIM?

An eSIM is a digital SIM that eliminates the need for a physical SIM card. With eSIM, you can store multiple eSIMs on the same device and use two phone numbers at the same time. It is more secure – someone cannot remove the physical SIM card if your device is lost or stolen. In just a few steps, you are ready to make calls, send messages and browse the web.

How do I activate the eSIM?

After your eSIM is successfully purchased, an email with the new eSIM profile along with steps to activate and install the eSIM will be sent to you within 5 minutes after purchase is completed. Activation is to be done via the Tune Talk App.

Who is eligible to purchase eSIM?

Both New and Existing Tune Talk users are eligible to purchase eSIM.

How can I check my points balance?

Check your Points balance by dialing *133# or check through the Tune Talk Mobile app.

Will there be a confirmation SMS upon successful redemption?

Yes. You will receive a SMS within 5mins.

Can I redeem airasia points via SMS?

airasia points redemption is only applicable via App or Self care.

What If I don’t have enough points to redeem any goodies?

Don’t worry, simply top-up to earn Points. Find out more

Can I redeem different data goodies?

Yes, you may. However, be advised only different data goodies can co-exist and be stacked. Redeeming the same data goodies will overwrite the existing data goodie.

I am currently subscribed to a data plan. What will happen if I redeem the 120GB yearly data plan?

Please note that your current data plan will be automatically terminated so we suggest fully exhausting your current plan first to fully maximize.

If I am on the 120GB yearly plan (redeemed via points), and I ran out of data, can I subscribe to other data plans for extra data?

The Goodie works like any data plan and you should avoid subscribing to other data plans as it will override. We recommend activating the 10GB booster for just RM10, which will be valid for the remainder of the monthly cycle.

When can I redeem my points?

Anytime anywhere! Redeem via App or Selfcare.

What can I redeem with my points?

View our Goodies catalogue via the Tune Talk Mobile app now.

Do I need to have an airasia member ID to transfer my points?

Yes. Upon converting your points to airasia points, you will need to enter your airasia member ID.

Will my points expire?

Yes. Points collected from 1st February 2018 onward will have a two (2) year validity period. Find out more HERE.

Do I get to enjoy 120GB data upon successful redemption?

Yes, but only 10GB data will be released each month for 12 times.

Is it only the 120GB yearly plan redemption? What about other plans?

Yes, it is only the 120GB plan. The other data Goodies can coexist with any of your other active data plans.

How can I check my points balance?

Check your Points balance by dialing *133# or check through the Tune Talk Mobile app.

When can I redeem my points?

Anytime anywhere! Redeem via App or Selfcare.

Will there be a confirmation SMS upon successful redemption?

Yes. You will receive a SMS within 5mins.

What can I redeem with my points?

View our Goodies catalogue via the Tune Talk Mobile app now.

Can I redeem airasia points via SMS?

airasia points redemption is only applicable via App or Self care.

Do I need to have an airasia member ID to transfer my points?

Yes. Upon converting your points to airasia points, you will need to enter your airasia member ID.

What If I don’t have enough points to redeem any goodies?

Don’t worry, simply top-up to earn Points. Find out more

Will my points expire?

Yes. Points collected from 1st February 2018 onward will have a two (2) year validity period. Find out more HERE.

Can I redeem different data goodies?

Yes, you may. However, be advised only different data goodies can co-exist and be stacked. Redeeming the same data goodies will overwrite the existing data goodie.

Do I get to enjoy 120GB data upon successful redemption?

Yes, but only 10GB data will be released each month for 12 times.

I am currently subscribed to a data plan. What will happen if I redeem the 120GB yearly data plan?

Please note that your current data plan will be automatically terminated so we suggest fully exhausting your current plan first to fully maximize.

Is it only the 120GB yearly plan redemption? What about other plans?

Yes, it is only the 120GB plan. The other data Goodies can coexist with any of your other active data plans.

If I am on the 120GB yearly plan (redeemed via points), and I ran out of data, can I subscribe to other data plans for extra data?

The Goodie works like any data plan and you should avoid subscribing to other data plans as it will override. We recommend activating the 10GB booster for just RM10, which will be valid for the remainder of the monthly cycle.

Who is eligible to switch to Tune Talk Hi-Value (TTHV) Pack?

Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from your existing tariff plans to the TTHV pack (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available on the TTHV pack from 24th August 2021 onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch

How long does it take for the switch to happen after sending the SMS or request via Tune Talk app?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after I switch to the TTHV Pack?

Upon successful switch to TTHV Pack, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 64Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request for switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually send in the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new TTHV Pack?

The TTHV Pack offers plans with hi-speed data at the best value with no worries on validity or the need to top-up for continuous usage

View the plans HERE!

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the TTHV Pack?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 13th Sept 2021 until 31st March 2022.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *133#)

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

Can I switch if my number is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

Once I switch to TTHV Pack, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note you may NOT reverse any switching of tariff plans.

Who is eligible to switch to Tune Talk Hi-Value (TTHV) Pack?

Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from your existing tariff plans to the TTHV pack (or equivalent) to enjoy the new plans available on the TTHV pack from 24th August 2021 onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new TTHV Pack?

The TTHV Pack offers plans with hi-speed data at the best value with no worries on validity or the need to top-up for continuous usage

View the plans HERE!

Do I need to replace my SIM card?

No, you can continue to use your existing SIM card and any changes will be reflected automatically upon successful switch

I am an existing Tune Talk user. Will there be any charges to switch my current mobile number to the TTHV Pack?

Yes, you can switch for 300 pts. However, this fee is waived from 13th Sept 2021 until 31st March 2022.

Tune Talk Points balance can be viewed via the Tune Talk App or USSD (dial *133#)

How long does it take for the switch to happen after sending the SMS or request via Tune Talk app?

The switch may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once it is successful.

What will happen to my existing credit, Points and credit validity?

All the above will be maintained as per pre-switch.

What will happen to my existing data plan, voice quota, bonus or freebies after I switch to the TTHV Pack?

Upon successful switch to TTHV Pack, all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. It is suggested to exhaust all your existing quota prior to switching.

Upon switching, you will automatically be utilising Basic Internet 64Kbps and will need to subscribe to a data plan for hi-speed data quota.

Can I switch if my number is in Grace Period?

No, you would need to reactivate your line by topping up first.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request for switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually send in the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Once I switch to TTHV Pack, can I switch back to my previous pack?

Kindly note you may NOT reverse any switching of tariff plans.

Upon having issues while redeeming the deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to pre-redemption, you should be contacting our Tune Talk’s Customer Care by Live Chat ,calling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 (non-Tune Talk or overseas) from 8am to 10pm daily.

Can I retrieve the deals back upon expiry?

No. You are encouraged to use the deals before meeting the expiry date.

Where can I check the redeemed deals and the details?

All the redeemed deals will be available at Tune Talk App on the My Rewards Page under Available Rewards. Upon successful usage or expiry, the deals will be moved to Past Rewards.

What are the available methods to redeem the deals?

The deals are redeemable or purchasable via Points, cash (in the form of airtime credit, FPX or credit/debit card), or a combination of both Points and cash.

Are the redemption mechanics same across all the deals?

No. Each lifestyle deal may have its own unique redemption method and usage journey, which are detailed in its specific terms and conditions and can be found on its respective pages within the Tune Talk App.

Where can I find the latest #JomEnjoy deals?

The #JomEnjoy deals catalogue can be accessed on the Tune Talk App.

Upon having issues while using the redeemed deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to post redemption, you should be contacting the particular merchant’s Customer Care which is stated in the terms and conditions of the promotion.

I have accidentally swiped right to use the deal, what do I do?

If you are not ready to use it, we advise you to take a screenshot of or copy down the promo code. Once the timer runs out, you may no longer have access to the promo code.

I have just redeemed a deal but it is not showing on the My Rewards page. What do I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the transaction. If the deal takes longer than 10 minutes to appear on the My Rewards page, kindly contact our Customer Care for further action.

How can I keep track of my Points redemptions?

You may track all your Points-related transactions in the Points History section in the Loyalty Tiering page in the Tune Talk App.

Can I transfer my redeemed deals to other mobile numbers?

No. The redemptions are mobile number-specific and are not transferable to other mobile numbers.

When can I redeem the #JomEnjoy deals?

Anytime! However, please note that the deals catalogue is not fixed and may change from time to time. If you see a deal that you like, redeem it before it runs out!

What offers are available on #JomEnjoy?

You may find telecommunications and lifestyle deals that are redeemable via Points and/or airtime credit.

Upon having issues while redeeming the deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to pre-redemption, you should be contacting our Tune Talk’s Customer Care by Live Chat ,calling 13100 or 03-2771 7000 (non-Tune Talk or overseas) from 8am to 10pm daily.

I have accidentally swiped right to use the deal, what do I do?

If you are not ready to use it, we advise you to take a screenshot of or copy down the promo code. Once the timer runs out, you may no longer have access to the promo code.

Can I retrieve the deals back upon expiry?

No. You are encouraged to use the deals before meeting the expiry date.

I have just redeemed a deal but it is not showing on the My Rewards page. What do I do?

Our system may take several minutes to validate the transaction. If the deal takes longer than 10 minutes to appear on the My Rewards page, kindly contact our Customer Care for further action.

Where can I check the redeemed deals and the details?

All the redeemed deals will be available at Tune Talk App on the My Rewards Page under Available Rewards. Upon successful usage or expiry, the deals will be moved to Past Rewards.

How can I keep track of my Points redemptions?

You may track all your Points-related transactions in the Points History section in the Loyalty Tiering page in the Tune Talk App.

What are the available methods to redeem the deals?

The deals are redeemable or purchasable via Points, cash (in the form of airtime credit, FPX or credit/debit card), or a combination of both Points and cash.

Can I transfer my redeemed deals to other mobile numbers?

No. The redemptions are mobile number-specific and are not transferable to other mobile numbers.

Are the redemption mechanics same across all the deals?

No. Each lifestyle deal may have its own unique redemption method and usage journey, which are detailed in its specific terms and conditions and can be found on its respective pages within the Tune Talk App.

When can I redeem the #JomEnjoy deals?

Anytime! However, please note that the deals catalogue is not fixed and may change from time to time. If you see a deal that you like, redeem it before it runs out!

Where can I find the latest #JomEnjoy deals?

The #JomEnjoy deals catalogue can be accessed on the Tune Talk App.

What offers are available on #JomEnjoy?

You may find telecommunications and lifestyle deals that are redeemable via Points and/or airtime credit.

Upon having issues while using the redeemed deals, who should I be contacting for assistance?

All queries pertaining to post redemption, you should be contacting the particular merchant’s Customer Care which is stated in the terms and conditions of the promotion.

What is Jendela?

Jalinan Digital Negara or JENDELA is a comprehensive digital infrastructure plan aimed at addressing the arising needs and demand for better quality for fixed and mobile broadband coverage, whilst preparing the country for 5G technology. The JENDELA will support activities such as working remotely or work from home, operating businesses online, and students’ education as well as to stay in touch with families and friends.

What is 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset refers to the shutting down of 3G network and discontinuation of all 3G related services, i.e. the voice, SMS and data services that are carried over 3G network.

What are the benefits of 3G sunsetting for the public?

The ultimate goal of 3G Sunset initiative is to repurpose the use of the spectrum for 4G and further enhance the quality of service to the public for a greater experience in Internet browsing, video streaming and online services. In other words, we can notice improvement in many ways including:

  • Higher data speeds
  • Lower latency
  • Improved network reliability and stability
  • Enhancing the quality of experience
Will there be any service disruption during 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset will be seamless for all customers as long as your device and SIM card are 4G capable.

Will the 2G network also be shut down?

There are no plans to shut down the 2G network and 2G services such as voice and SMS will be available as usual.

If I decide not to upgrade or switch to 4G upon 3G Sunset, what will happen to my current contract/plan?

Your current contract and plan will remain the same. However, you will experience a drop in the quality of data service as you will only be able to use services on 2G network.

How will I benefit from JENDELA?

JENDELA is aimed to facilitate and provide better quality of experience and 100% connectivity to Malaysians:

  • Education/Productivity – home-based learning for students and employees working from home.
  • Industries – Digitise SMEs / Business-to-Business to recover and diversify their businesses.
  • Communities and Societies – Constantly connected and seamless digital lifestyle.
Why is the 3G network being shut down?

3G Sunset is one of the initiatives identified under the Jalinan Digital Negara (JENDELA) program that aims to migrate existing spectrum to 4G technology, to further improve wireless broadband speeds for all Malaysians.

When is the 3G network shut down happening?

The 3G network will be shut down in phases throughout 2021 and it is targeted to be completed by 31st December 2021. At the same time, the 4G network will be improved and expanded to provide wider coverage and higher data speeds.

Is Tune Talk the only service provider affected by 3G Sunset or is it affecting other service providers in Malaysia as well?

All service providers will be shutting down their 3G networks by the end of 2021.

Am I required to change my current SIM Card?

If you are currently using a 4G/5G device but unable to connect to LTE/4G network, it is very likely you are using an older SIM card. Kindly walk-in to the nearest Tune Talk Store to upgrade to a 4G SIM card or contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

What will I experience once I have switched to a 4G device with 4G network, as compared to 3G network?

You will enjoy better network coverage and higher data speeds upon switching to our 4G network with a 4G device.

What is Jendela?

Jalinan Digital Negara or JENDELA is a comprehensive digital infrastructure plan aimed at addressing the arising needs and demand for better quality for fixed and mobile broadband coverage, whilst preparing the country for 5G technology. The JENDELA will support activities such as working remotely or work from home, operating businesses online, and students’ education as well as to stay in touch with families and friends.

How will I benefit from JENDELA?

JENDELA is aimed to facilitate and provide better quality of experience and 100% connectivity to Malaysians:

  • Education/Productivity – home-based learning for students and employees working from home.
  • Industries – Digitise SMEs / Business-to-Business to recover and diversify their businesses.
  • Communities and Societies – Constantly connected and seamless digital lifestyle.
What is 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset refers to the shutting down of 3G network and discontinuation of all 3G related services, i.e. the voice, SMS and data services that are carried over 3G network.

Why is the 3G network being shut down?

3G Sunset is one of the initiatives identified under the Jalinan Digital Negara (JENDELA) program that aims to migrate existing spectrum to 4G technology, to further improve wireless broadband speeds for all Malaysians.

What are the benefits of 3G sunsetting for the public?

The ultimate goal of 3G Sunset initiative is to repurpose the use of the spectrum for 4G and further enhance the quality of service to the public for a greater experience in Internet browsing, video streaming and online services. In other words, we can notice improvement in many ways including:

  • Higher data speeds
  • Lower latency
  • Improved network reliability and stability
  • Enhancing the quality of experience
When is the 3G network shut down happening?

The 3G network will be shut down in phases throughout 2021 and it is targeted to be completed by 31st December 2021. At the same time, the 4G network will be improved and expanded to provide wider coverage and higher data speeds.

Will there be any service disruption during 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset will be seamless for all customers as long as your device and SIM card are 4G capable.

Is Tune Talk the only service provider affected by 3G Sunset or is it affecting other service providers in Malaysia as well?

All service providers will be shutting down their 3G networks by the end of 2021.

Will the 2G network also be shut down?

There are no plans to shut down the 2G network and 2G services such as voice and SMS will be available as usual.

Am I required to change my current SIM Card?

If you are currently using a 4G/5G device but unable to connect to LTE/4G network, it is very likely you are using an older SIM card. Kindly walk-in to the nearest Tune Talk Store to upgrade to a 4G SIM card or contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

If I decide not to upgrade or switch to 4G upon 3G Sunset, what will happen to my current contract/plan?

Your current contract and plan will remain the same. However, you will experience a drop in the quality of data service as you will only be able to use services on 2G network.

What will I experience once I have switched to a 4G device with 4G network, as compared to 3G network?

You will enjoy better network coverage and higher data speeds upon switching to our 4G network with a 4G device.

What is Jendela?

Jalinan Digital Negara or JENDELA is a comprehensive digital infrastructure plan aimed at addressing the arising needs and demand for better quality for fixed and mobile broadband coverage, whilst preparing the country for 5G technology. The JENDELA will support activities such as working remotely or work from home, operating businesses online, and students’ education as well as to stay in touch with families and friends.

What is 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset refers to the shutting down of 3G network and discontinuation of all 3G related services, i.e. the voice, SMS and data services that are carried over 3G network.

What are the benefits of 3G sunsetting for the public?

The ultimate goal of 3G Sunset initiative is to repurpose the use of the spectrum for 4G and further enhance the quality of service to the public for a greater experience in Internet browsing, video streaming and online services. In other words, we can notice improvement in many ways including:

  • Higher data speeds
  • Lower latency
  • Improved network reliability and stability
  • Enhancing the quality of experience
Will there be any service disruption during 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset will be seamless for all customers as long as your device and SIM card are 4G capable.

Will the 2G network also be shut down?

There are no plans to shut down the 2G network and 2G services such as voice and SMS will be available as usual.

If I decide not to upgrade or switch to 4G upon 3G Sunset, what will happen to my current contract/plan?

Your current contract and plan will remain the same. However, you will experience a drop in the quality of data service as you will only be able to use services on 2G network.

How will I benefit from JENDELA?

JENDELA is aimed to facilitate and provide better quality of experience and 100% connectivity to Malaysians:

  • Education/Productivity – home-based learning for students and employees working from home.
  • Industries – Digitise SMEs / Business-to-Business to recover and diversify their businesses.
  • Communities and Societies – Constantly connected and seamless digital lifestyle.
Why is the 3G network being shut down?

3G Sunset is one of the initiatives identified under the Jalinan Digital Negara (JENDELA) program that aims to migrate existing spectrum to 4G technology, to further improve wireless broadband speeds for all Malaysians.

When is the 3G network shut down happening?

The 3G network will be shut down in phases throughout 2021 and it is targeted to be completed by 31st December 2021. At the same time, the 4G network will be improved and expanded to provide wider coverage and higher data speeds.

Is Tune Talk the only service provider affected by 3G Sunset or is it affecting other service providers in Malaysia as well?

All service providers will be shutting down their 3G networks by the end of 2021.

Am I required to change my current SIM Card?

If you are currently using a 4G/5G device but unable to connect to LTE/4G network, it is very likely you are using an older SIM card. Kindly walk-in to the nearest Tune Talk Store to upgrade to a 4G SIM card or contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

What will I experience once I have switched to a 4G device with 4G network, as compared to 3G network?

You will enjoy better network coverage and higher data speeds upon switching to our 4G network with a 4G device.

What is Jendela?

Jalinan Digital Negara or JENDELA is a comprehensive digital infrastructure plan aimed at addressing the arising needs and demand for better quality for fixed and mobile broadband coverage, whilst preparing the country for 5G technology. The JENDELA will support activities such as working remotely or work from home, operating businesses online, and students’ education as well as to stay in touch with families and friends.

How will I benefit from JENDELA?

JENDELA is aimed to facilitate and provide better quality of experience and 100% connectivity to Malaysians:

  • Education/Productivity – home-based learning for students and employees working from home.
  • Industries – Digitise SMEs / Business-to-Business to recover and diversify their businesses.
  • Communities and Societies – Constantly connected and seamless digital lifestyle.
What is 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset refers to the shutting down of 3G network and discontinuation of all 3G related services, i.e. the voice, SMS and data services that are carried over 3G network.

Why is the 3G network being shut down?

3G Sunset is one of the initiatives identified under the Jalinan Digital Negara (JENDELA) program that aims to migrate existing spectrum to 4G technology, to further improve wireless broadband speeds for all Malaysians.

What are the benefits of 3G sunsetting for the public?

The ultimate goal of 3G Sunset initiative is to repurpose the use of the spectrum for 4G and further enhance the quality of service to the public for a greater experience in Internet browsing, video streaming and online services. In other words, we can notice improvement in many ways including:

  • Higher data speeds
  • Lower latency
  • Improved network reliability and stability
  • Enhancing the quality of experience
When is the 3G network shut down happening?

The 3G network will be shut down in phases throughout 2021 and it is targeted to be completed by 31st December 2021. At the same time, the 4G network will be improved and expanded to provide wider coverage and higher data speeds.

Will there be any service disruption during 3G Sunset?

3G Sunset will be seamless for all customers as long as your device and SIM card are 4G capable.

Is Tune Talk the only service provider affected by 3G Sunset or is it affecting other service providers in Malaysia as well?

All service providers will be shutting down their 3G networks by the end of 2021.

Will the 2G network also be shut down?

There are no plans to shut down the 2G network and 2G services such as voice and SMS will be available as usual.

Am I required to change my current SIM Card?

If you are currently using a 4G/5G device but unable to connect to LTE/4G network, it is very likely you are using an older SIM card. Kindly walk-in to the nearest Tune Talk Store to upgrade to a 4G SIM card or contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

If I decide not to upgrade or switch to 4G upon 3G Sunset, what will happen to my current contract/plan?

Your current contract and plan will remain the same. However, you will experience a drop in the quality of data service as you will only be able to use services on 2G network.

What will I experience once I have switched to a 4G device with 4G network, as compared to 3G network?

You will enjoy better network coverage and higher data speeds upon switching to our 4G network with a 4G device.

What is the speed for Unlimited Basic Internet

Speed for Basic internet is capped at 200kbps.

Can I continue to use the Japan SIM after the validity expires?

No you may not, as this is a 1 time use only.

Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am
until 10pm daily.

Where can I purchase this sim?
How much is the cost for international shipping?

It will cost you RM16 for worldwide delivery.

How long will it take to deliver the Japan SIM to International address?

Your order will take within 14 to 21 working days to reach you. If you placed your order over
the weekend or on a public holiday it might take an extra day or two to arrive as we process
these orders on the next business day.

Who is eligible to purchase these Tune Talk Japan SIM?

The sim purchasing is open to all who is traveling to Japan.

What do I get when I purchased the Japan SIM packages?
Tune Talk Japan SIM
  • 5GB High Speed Data
  • Unlimited Basic Internet
  • 7 days validity
How do I activate my Japan SIM?

You may need to change the APN setting as per below:

Name *free*
APN vmobile.jp
Username *free*
Password *free*
Authentication Type PAP of CHAP

 

What is the validity for my Japan SIM?

Tune Talk Japan Sim is valid for 7 days

How much is the cost for domestic shipping?

It will cost Rm10 for domestic delivery.

If I have inquiries about my order, who can I contact?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us to customer.care@tunetalk.com
and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  •   Full name
  •  Order number / Transaction ID
  • Date of purchase
What is the speed for Unlimited Basic Internet

Speed for Basic internet is capped at 200kbps.

Who is eligible to purchase these Tune Talk Japan SIM?

The sim purchasing is open to all who is traveling to Japan.

Can I continue to use the Japan SIM after the validity expires?

No you may not, as this is a 1 time use only.

What do I get when I purchased the Japan SIM packages?
Tune Talk Japan SIM
  • 5GB High Speed Data
  • Unlimited Basic Internet
  • 7 days validity
Who should I contact if my sim is not working?

You may contact our customer care team at 13100 or chat online at tunetalk.com from 8am
until 10pm daily.

How do I activate my Japan SIM?

You may need to change the APN setting as per below:

Name *free*
APN vmobile.jp
Username *free*
Password *free*
Authentication Type PAP of CHAP

 

Where can I purchase this sim?
What is the validity for my Japan SIM?

Tune Talk Japan Sim is valid for 7 days

How much is the cost for international shipping?

It will cost you RM16 for worldwide delivery.

How much is the cost for domestic shipping?

It will cost Rm10 for domestic delivery.

How long will it take to deliver the Japan SIM to International address?

Your order will take within 14 to 21 working days to reach you. If you placed your order over
the weekend or on a public holiday it might take an extra day or two to arrive as we process
these orders on the next business day.

If I have inquiries about my order, who can I contact?

If you have any inquiries about your order, please email us to customer.care@tunetalk.com
and ensure the following details are included in your mail:

  •   Full name
  •  Order number / Transaction ID
  • Date of purchase
Who can use CodeShop platform?

CodeShop by Tune Talk is available for Tune Talk subscribers with valid Tune Talk mobile numbers only. If you do not have a Tune Talk SIM card, you can purchase your SIM card from the nearest Tune Talk store, or visit here.

Can I refund or return a game voucher after purchase?

No. Once a voucher code has been received, it is not refundable.

What is the purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Starting 4th October 2023, we have implemented purchase limit as below:

Purchase Limit Type Limit Limit Reset
Daily Limit RM150 After 24 hours
Monthly Limit RM300 First day of each calendar month
How do I redeem a game voucher?

To redeem a game voucher, follow these steps:

  1. Log in to your gaming platform account.
  2. Go to “Redeem a Steam Gift Card or Wallet Code” for Steam Wallet or “Redeem Code” for PlayStation Network platform.
  3. Enter the voucher code and follow further instructions.
Do I need to provide my payment information on CodeShop platform to complete my purchase?

No. Charges for the voucher code and its surcharge via CodeShop platform will be deducted from your Tune Talk Credit. In the case of insufficient balance, your voucher code purchase will not be processed.

Do I need to create an account on CodeShop platform to purchase game vouchers?

No. Subscribers only need to provide their valid Tune Talk mobile number when purchasing game vouchers on CodeShop.

What is CodeShop platform?

CodeShop is a digital game voucher platform that allows users to purchase game vouchers for Steam Wallet and PlayStation Network gaming platforms.

What should I do if I have issues with a voucher code or have not received the voucher code after the payment has been made?

If you encounter any issues with a voucher code or do not receive the voucher code, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

Why is there a purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Purchase limits are implemented to ensure fair access to voucher codes, prevent voucher code abuse, and manage inventory effectively.

Can I purchase game vouchers as gifts for someone else?

Yes, you can purchase game vouchers as gifts for others. During the checkout process, you can send the voucher code to the recipient’s email address or share it with them manually.

How do I purchase game vouchers in the CodeShop platform?

Purchasing in CodeShop platform is simple:

  1. Go to https://codeshop-tt.com/.
  2. Browse the available game vouchers.
  3. Choose the voucher you want to purchase by clicking on “BUY NOW”.
  4. On “Choose your payment option” page, click on “Tune Talk”.
  5. Provide your Tune Talk mobile number and email address.
  6. Request for TAC number.
  7. Provide the TAC number and proceed with the voucher purchasing.
  8. After payment confirmation, you will receive a voucher code via SMS and/or email.
Who can use CodeShop platform?

CodeShop by Tune Talk is available for Tune Talk subscribers with valid Tune Talk mobile numbers only. If you do not have a Tune Talk SIM card, you can purchase your SIM card from the nearest Tune Talk store, or visit here.

What is CodeShop platform?

CodeShop is a digital game voucher platform that allows users to purchase game vouchers for Steam Wallet and PlayStation Network gaming platforms.

Can I refund or return a game voucher after purchase?

No. Once a voucher code has been received, it is not refundable.

What should I do if I have issues with a voucher code or have not received the voucher code after the payment has been made?

If you encounter any issues with a voucher code or do not receive the voucher code, please contact Tune Talk Customer Care via 13100 or 03-2771 7000 from 8AM to 10PM and we will assist you.

What is the purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Starting 4th October 2023, we have implemented purchase limit as below:

Purchase Limit Type Limit Limit Reset
Daily Limit RM150 After 24 hours
Monthly Limit RM300 First day of each calendar month
Why is there a purchase limit for CodeShop platform?

Purchase limits are implemented to ensure fair access to voucher codes, prevent voucher code abuse, and manage inventory effectively.

How do I redeem a game voucher?

To redeem a game voucher, follow these steps:

  1. Log in to your gaming platform account.
  2. Go to “Redeem a Steam Gift Card or Wallet Code” for Steam Wallet or “Redeem Code” for PlayStation Network platform.
  3. Enter the voucher code and follow further instructions.
Can I purchase game vouchers as gifts for someone else?

Yes, you can purchase game vouchers as gifts for others. During the checkout process, you can send the voucher code to the recipient’s email address or share it with them manually.

Do I need to provide my payment information on CodeShop platform to complete my purchase?

No. Charges for the voucher code and its surcharge via CodeShop platform will be deducted from your Tune Talk Credit. In the case of insufficient balance, your voucher code purchase will not be processed.

How do I purchase game vouchers in the CodeShop platform?

Purchasing in CodeShop platform is simple:

  1. Go to https://codeshop-tt.com/.
  2. Browse the available game vouchers.
  3. Choose the voucher you want to purchase by clicking on “BUY NOW”.
  4. On “Choose your payment option” page, click on “Tune Talk”.
  5. Provide your Tune Talk mobile number and email address.
  6. Request for TAC number.
  7. Provide the TAC number and proceed with the voucher purchasing.
  8. After payment confirmation, you will receive a voucher code via SMS and/or email.
Do I need to create an account on CodeShop platform to purchase game vouchers?

No. Subscribers only need to provide their valid Tune Talk mobile number when purchasing game vouchers on CodeShop.

I forgot to request for e-Invoice and have exited the Tune Talk Shop – Thank You page! How can I request for it?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

What additional information is required to enable Tune Talk to issue my e-Invoice ?

For individuals (non-dealer), you will need to provide your TIN number.

For dealers, you will need to ensure that all the information provided is accurate:

  • Business Name
  • Tax Identification Number (TIN)
  • Business Registration Number
  • SST Registration Number
  • Business email address
  • Business activity description
  • Business address
  • Contact number
Is the issuer required to share the validated e-Invoice or visual representation of the e-Invoice?

IRBM acknowledges that there may be practical challenges in sharing the validated e-Invoice (in the form of XML / JSON file). Therefore, until further notice, the IRBM allows taxpayers to share either the validated e-Invoice or a visual representation of the validated e-Invoice, or both.

What is the key difference between e-Invoice and bill / receipt / normal invoice?

The e-Invoice must be validated by LHDN. Any proof of validation can be made through a QR Code which can be inserted on the PDF e-Invoice shared with customers.

Which TIN should individual taxpayers use for the purposes of e-Invoice?

For the purposes of e-Invoice, individual taxpayers should provide TIN with prefix of “IG”. Please refer to Section 2.3.1.1 of the e-Invoice Guideline for more details on how to retrieve and verify TIN.

Does LHDN provide a standard visual representation template for suppliers to share the e-Invoices to buyers upon LHDN’s validation?

Taxpayers are allowed to adopt any format for the visual representation of the e-Invoice as per current practice, provided the QR Code is embedded accordingly.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-Invoice on the Thank You page. There will be a ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

How can I set up my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

If you haven’t provided your TIN number, there will be a pop-up prompting you to submit your TIN upon App log in. If you have accidentally dismissed it, there will be a banner at the top of the home page where you can click to submit your TIN.

What is the purpose of the QR Code?

You can use the QR Code to check if the issued e-Invoice is validated by LHDN.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-invoice by going to Transactions Details > Thank You page. Click the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

Alternatively, you can still request for the e-Invoice at the My Order > Order Details page.

Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

How can I provide my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

It is as easy as 123!
First, log in to the Tune Talk App.
Go to More > Profile > Edit Profile and key in your TIN in the TIN Number field.
Remember to click Confirm to save your TIN!

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

As long as you have set up your TIN, you will be able to view the e-Invoice button on the Transaction History page and view the e-Invoice QR Code in your Tax Invoice.

I requested for e-Invoice but it is taking too long to generate. I have tried to request for it again but nothing happens. What can I do?

Your request for e-Invoice is duly noted and we will do our best to generate it for you. Kindly spare us some time and we appreciate your patience. For more info, kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives.

Are taxpayers allowed to continue claiming for tax deduction / personal tax relief without an e-Invoice?

Yes, taxpayers can continue to claim tax deductions or personal tax relief using existing documentation until the legislation has been amended.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You may request for the e-Invoice via the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page. Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

How can I get my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

TIN registered with LHDN can be obtained through:

What is an e-Invoice?

An e-Invoice is a digital representation of a transaction between a seller and a buyer. e-Invoice is intended to replace paper or electronic documents of invoices, credit notes, debit notes and refund notes, which contains the same essential transactional data. For more info, please refer to LHDN e-Invoice website.

Why am I not able to view the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button in the Order Details page?

It is likely that the duration to request for e-Invoice has expired. e-Invoice requests are only accepted within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter. Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

How do taxpayers issue an e-Invoice to a non-Tax Identification Number (TIN) holder such as foreign (non-Malaysian) buyers?

Suppliers are required to obtain buyer’s details from the foreign buyers for the purposes of e-Invoice issuance. In relation to TIN to be input in the e-Invoice, supplier may use “EI00000000020” for foreign buyers without TIN.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice QR Code?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

Where can I view the e-Invoice QR Code?

You can view it on the Transaction History page.

I forgot to request for e-Invoice and have exited the Tune Talk Shop – Thank You page! How can I request for it?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

I requested for e-Invoice but it is taking too long to generate. I have tried to request for it again but nothing happens. What can I do?

Your request for e-Invoice is duly noted and we will do our best to generate it for you. Kindly spare us some time and we appreciate your patience. For more info, kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives.

What additional information is required to enable Tune Talk to issue my e-Invoice ?

For individuals (non-dealer), you will need to provide your TIN number.

For dealers, you will need to ensure that all the information provided is accurate:

  • Business Name
  • Tax Identification Number (TIN)
  • Business Registration Number
  • SST Registration Number
  • Business email address
  • Business activity description
  • Business address
  • Contact number
Are taxpayers allowed to continue claiming for tax deduction / personal tax relief without an e-Invoice?

Yes, taxpayers can continue to claim tax deductions or personal tax relief using existing documentation until the legislation has been amended.

Is the issuer required to share the validated e-Invoice or visual representation of the e-Invoice?

IRBM acknowledges that there may be practical challenges in sharing the validated e-Invoice (in the form of XML / JSON file). Therefore, until further notice, the IRBM allows taxpayers to share either the validated e-Invoice or a visual representation of the validated e-Invoice, or both.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

What is the key difference between e-Invoice and bill / receipt / normal invoice?

The e-Invoice must be validated by LHDN. Any proof of validation can be made through a QR Code which can be inserted on the PDF e-Invoice shared with customers.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You may request for the e-Invoice via the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page. Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

Which TIN should individual taxpayers use for the purposes of e-Invoice?

For the purposes of e-Invoice, individual taxpayers should provide TIN with prefix of “IG”. Please refer to Section 2.3.1.1 of the e-Invoice Guideline for more details on how to retrieve and verify TIN.

How can I get my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

TIN registered with LHDN can be obtained through:

Does LHDN provide a standard visual representation template for suppliers to share the e-Invoices to buyers upon LHDN’s validation?

Taxpayers are allowed to adopt any format for the visual representation of the e-Invoice as per current practice, provided the QR Code is embedded accordingly.

What is an e-Invoice?

An e-Invoice is a digital representation of a transaction between a seller and a buyer. e-Invoice is intended to replace paper or electronic documents of invoices, credit notes, debit notes and refund notes, which contains the same essential transactional data. For more info, please refer to LHDN e-Invoice website.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-Invoice on the Thank You page. There will be a ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

Why am I not able to view the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button in the Order Details page?

It is likely that the duration to request for e-Invoice has expired. e-Invoice requests are only accepted within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter. Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

How can I set up my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

If you haven’t provided your TIN number, there will be a pop-up prompting you to submit your TIN upon App log in. If you have accidentally dismissed it, there will be a banner at the top of the home page where you can click to submit your TIN.

How do taxpayers issue an e-Invoice to a non-Tax Identification Number (TIN) holder such as foreign (non-Malaysian) buyers?

Suppliers are required to obtain buyer’s details from the foreign buyers for the purposes of e-Invoice issuance. In relation to TIN to be input in the e-Invoice, supplier may use “EI00000000020” for foreign buyers without TIN.

What is the purpose of the QR Code?

You can use the QR Code to check if the issued e-Invoice is validated by LHDN.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-invoice by going to Transactions Details > Thank You page. Click the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

Alternatively, you can still request for the e-Invoice at the My Order > Order Details page.

Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice QR Code?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

How can I provide my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

It is as easy as 123!
First, log in to the Tune Talk App.
Go to More > Profile > Edit Profile and key in your TIN in the TIN Number field.
Remember to click Confirm to save your TIN!

Where can I view the e-Invoice QR Code?

You can view it on the Transaction History page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

As long as you have set up your TIN, you will be able to view the e-Invoice button on the Transaction History page and view the e-Invoice QR Code in your Tax Invoice.

What additional information is required to enable Tune Talk to issue my e-Invoice ?

For individuals (non-dealer), you will need to provide your TIN number.

For dealers, you will need to ensure that all the information provided is accurate:

  • Business Name
  • Tax Identification Number (TIN)
  • Business Registration Number
  • SST Registration Number
  • Business email address
  • Business activity description
  • Business address
  • Contact number
Is the issuer required to share the validated e-Invoice or visual representation of the e-Invoice?

IRBM acknowledges that there may be practical challenges in sharing the validated e-Invoice (in the form of XML / JSON file). Therefore, until further notice, the IRBM allows taxpayers to share either the validated e-Invoice or a visual representation of the validated e-Invoice, or both.

Which TIN should individual taxpayers use for the purposes of e-Invoice?

For the purposes of e-Invoice, individual taxpayers should provide TIN with prefix of “IG”. Please refer to Section 2.3.1.1 of the e-Invoice Guideline for more details on how to retrieve and verify TIN.

Does LHDN provide a standard visual representation template for suppliers to share the e-Invoices to buyers upon LHDN’s validation?

Taxpayers are allowed to adopt any format for the visual representation of the e-Invoice as per current practice, provided the QR Code is embedded accordingly.

How do taxpayers issue an e-Invoice to a non-Tax Identification Number (TIN) holder such as foreign (non-Malaysian) buyers?

Suppliers are required to obtain buyer’s details from the foreign buyers for the purposes of e-Invoice issuance. In relation to TIN to be input in the e-Invoice, supplier may use “EI00000000020” for foreign buyers without TIN.

Are taxpayers allowed to continue claiming for tax deduction / personal tax relief without an e-Invoice?

Yes, taxpayers can continue to claim tax deductions or personal tax relief using existing documentation until the legislation has been amended.

What is the key difference between e-Invoice and bill / receipt / normal invoice?

The e-Invoice must be validated by LHDN. Any proof of validation can be made through a QR Code which can be inserted on the PDF e-Invoice shared with customers.

How can I get my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

TIN registered with LHDN can be obtained through:

What is an e-Invoice?

An e-Invoice is a digital representation of a transaction between a seller and a buyer. e-Invoice is intended to replace paper or electronic documents of invoices, credit notes, debit notes and refund notes, which contains the same essential transactional data. For more info, please refer to LHDN e-Invoice website.

What is the purpose of the QR Code?

You can use the QR Code to check if the issued e-Invoice is validated by LHDN.

What additional information is required to enable Tune Talk to issue my e-Invoice ?

For individuals (non-dealer), you will need to provide your TIN number.

For dealers, you will need to ensure that all the information provided is accurate:

  • Business Name
  • Tax Identification Number (TIN)
  • Business Registration Number
  • SST Registration Number
  • Business email address
  • Business activity description
  • Business address
  • Contact number
Are taxpayers allowed to continue claiming for tax deduction / personal tax relief without an e-Invoice?

Yes, taxpayers can continue to claim tax deductions or personal tax relief using existing documentation until the legislation has been amended.

Is the issuer required to share the validated e-Invoice or visual representation of the e-Invoice?

IRBM acknowledges that there may be practical challenges in sharing the validated e-Invoice (in the form of XML / JSON file). Therefore, until further notice, the IRBM allows taxpayers to share either the validated e-Invoice or a visual representation of the validated e-Invoice, or both.

What is the key difference between e-Invoice and bill / receipt / normal invoice?

The e-Invoice must be validated by LHDN. Any proof of validation can be made through a QR Code which can be inserted on the PDF e-Invoice shared with customers.

Which TIN should individual taxpayers use for the purposes of e-Invoice?

For the purposes of e-Invoice, individual taxpayers should provide TIN with prefix of “IG”. Please refer to Section 2.3.1.1 of the e-Invoice Guideline for more details on how to retrieve and verify TIN.

How can I get my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

TIN registered with LHDN can be obtained through:

Does LHDN provide a standard visual representation template for suppliers to share the e-Invoices to buyers upon LHDN’s validation?

Taxpayers are allowed to adopt any format for the visual representation of the e-Invoice as per current practice, provided the QR Code is embedded accordingly.

What is an e-Invoice?

An e-Invoice is a digital representation of a transaction between a seller and a buyer. e-Invoice is intended to replace paper or electronic documents of invoices, credit notes, debit notes and refund notes, which contains the same essential transactional data. For more info, please refer to LHDN e-Invoice website.

How do taxpayers issue an e-Invoice to a non-Tax Identification Number (TIN) holder such as foreign (non-Malaysian) buyers?

Suppliers are required to obtain buyer’s details from the foreign buyers for the purposes of e-Invoice issuance. In relation to TIN to be input in the e-Invoice, supplier may use “EI00000000020” for foreign buyers without TIN.

What is the purpose of the QR Code?

You can use the QR Code to check if the issued e-Invoice is validated by LHDN.

How can I set up my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

If you haven’t provided your TIN number, there will be a pop-up prompting you to submit your TIN upon App log in. If you have accidentally dismissed it, there will be a banner at the top of the home page where you can click to submit your TIN.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

As long as you have set up your TIN, you will be able to view the e-Invoice button on the Transaction History page and view the e-Invoice QR Code in your Tax Invoice.

Where can I view the e-Invoice QR Code?

You can view it on the Transaction History page.

How can I set up my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

If you haven’t provided your TIN number, there will be a pop-up prompting you to submit your TIN upon App log in. If you have accidentally dismissed it, there will be a banner at the top of the home page where you can click to submit your TIN.

Where can I view the e-Invoice QR Code?

You can view it on the Transaction History page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

As long as you have set up your TIN, you will be able to view the e-Invoice button on the Transaction History page and view the e-Invoice QR Code in your Tax Invoice.

Why am I not able to view the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button in the Order Details page?

It is likely that the duration to request for e-Invoice has expired. e-Invoice requests are only accepted within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter. Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-invoice by going to Transactions Details > Thank You page. Click the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

Alternatively, you can still request for the e-Invoice at the My Order > Order Details page.

Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

How can I provide my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

It is as easy as 123!
First, log in to the Tune Talk App.
Go to More > Profile > Edit Profile and key in your TIN in the TIN Number field.
Remember to click Confirm to save your TIN!

Why am I not able to view the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button in the Order Details page?

It is likely that the duration to request for e-Invoice has expired. e-Invoice requests are only accepted within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter. Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-invoice by going to Transactions Details > Thank You page. Click the ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

Alternatively, you can still request for the e-Invoice at the My Order > Order Details page.

Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

How can I provide my Tax Identification Number (TIN)?

It is as easy as 123!
First, log in to the Tune Talk App.
Go to More > Profile > Edit Profile and key in your TIN in the TIN Number field.
Remember to click Confirm to save your TIN!

I forgot to request for e-Invoice and have exited the Tune Talk Shop – Thank You page! How can I request for it?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-Invoice on the Thank You page. There will be a ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

I requested for e-Invoice but it is taking too long to generate. I have tried to request for it again but nothing happens. What can I do?

Your request for e-Invoice is duly noted and we will do our best to generate it for you. Kindly spare us some time and we appreciate your patience. For more info, kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice QR Code?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

I forgot to request for e-Invoice and have exited the Tune Talk Shop – Thank You page! How can I request for it?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

I requested for e-Invoice but it is taking too long to generate. I have tried to request for it again but nothing happens. What can I do?

Your request for e-Invoice is duly noted and we will do our best to generate it for you. Kindly spare us some time and we appreciate your patience. For more info, kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You can request for the e-Invoice on the Thank You page. There will be a ‘Generate e-Invoice’ button at the bottom.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice QR Code?

Kindly reach out to our friendly Customer Care representatives to assist you.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You may request for the e-Invoice via the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page. Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

Where can I access a previously requested e-Invoice?

You can access the e-Invoice at the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page.

How do I request for an e-Invoice?

You may request for the e-Invoice via the Tune Talk App. Go to My Order > Order Details page. Note: All e-Invoice requests can only be done within the transaction’s calendar month and 5 days thereafter.

What are the prizes?

There are Grand Prizes, First Prizes, and Weekly Prizes available. Winners will be selected at random. Please refer to the table below for further details.

Prizes Number of Winners
Grand Prize Winner iPhone 16 2
First Prize Winner Samsung Galaxy S24 FE 2
Weekly Winner RM50 TnG eWallet PIN 25 per week
How do I join the campaign?
  1. Login to Tune Talk App
  2. You will receive push notification about the campaign
  3. An additional pop-up will appear to Opt-In (join) the campaign
  4. Click “YES, I want to join!” to confirm your participation in the campaign
  5. You will receive ongoing notification, updates of your entries and other relevant campaign information
  6. Top up your mobile number to earn entries
What is the difference between entries and Tune Talk Points?

Entries are valid exclusively for this campaign, while Tune Talk Points can be redeemed for #JomEnjoy offers and Tune Talk Rewards are available within the Tune Talk App.

I have won a weekly prize. Am I still eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize?

You remain eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize, but you are not eligible to win the multiple weekly prizes thereafter. However, if you win the First Prize, you will not be eligible for the Grand Prize, and vice versa.

How will I receive my prize?

Weekly winners must provide their email address, and the RM50 TnG e-Wallet PIN will be sent via email. The code will only be sent once and will not be reissued in the event of an incorrect email address.

Grand Prize and First Prize winners residing in Kuala Lumpur and Selangor (as per MyKad address) are to collect their prize in person or appoint a representative. For winners outside of Kuala Lumpur and Selangor, delivery arrangements are available. Prizes must be collected or delivered within 7 days from the announcement date (excluding public holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays). Failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of the prize.

What is the “Go for Gold” campaign?

The “Go for Gold” campaign is a promotional campaign on the Tune Talk App, whereby users may earn entries by topping up or subscribing to eligible plans. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of entries earned is directly proportional to the likelihood of winning a prize; thus, the more entries accumulated, the greater the chances of winning.

Can I convert my entries into Tune Talk Points after the campaign ends?

Entries are valid solely for this campaign.

I have multiple mobile numbers. How can I confirm which number is opted in for this campaign?

Please ensure that you log in to the Tune Talk App using the mobile number you wish to use before opting in (joining) the campaign.

I have more than one mobile number, how are my entries calculated?

Entries shall be counted separately for each mobile number.

Is there a difference between Silver tier and Gold tier for this campaign?

Yes, participants in the Silver tier shall receive double entries for the duration of the campaign, while those in the Gold tier shall receive an additional 10 bonus entries at the start of the campaign.

How do I know the total number of entries I have earned?

A weekly push notification will be sent to update you on your total accumulated entries.

Who is eligible to participate in this campaign?

This campaign is eligible for all Tune Talk subscribers excluding inbound/outbound travelers, Staff or Dealers/Partners.

How do I earn entries?

You will earn entries through successful top up transactions or direct plan purchase (applicable only for Pelan Jimat and Epik).

How many entries do I need to win the prizes?

The more entries you accumulate, the greater your chances of winning, provided you are within the Gold tier. For the avoidance of doubt, the Gold tier is achieved by accumulating 1,500 pts or more through top ups or plan purchase. This tier system is an existing feature on the Tune Talk App.

How will the winners be notified?

The winners will receive an SMS / app push notification and our Tune Talk representative will reach out to them via a call. If the winner does not answer the call after three attempts, the prize shall be deemed forfeited.

When is the campaign period?

The campaign starts from 15 November 2024 until 31 December 2024.

Is the chance of winning prizes pertaining to this campaign is limited to Gold tier subscribers only?

Only Gold tier subscribers can win the prizes.

Can I transfer my entries to another Tune Talk mobile number?

Entries are non-transferable. The entries you earn shall remain linked to the associated Tune Talk mobile number.

Is there a limit to the number of top ups or plans that can be purchased to join this campaign?

There is no limit to the number of top ups or plans you can purchase. The more you top up, the more points and entries you earn, the higher your chances of winning. However, there is a maximum credit limit of RM1,000 that a subscriber can hold at any given time.

If I purchase a new plan during the campaign period, will entries earned from my previous plan remain valid?

Yes, your entries shall continue to accumulate as long as you retain the same mobile number.

If I move from the Silver tier to the Gold tier, will I receive the additional 10 entries?

No, only participants who are in the Gold tier at the start of the campaign shall receive the additional 10 entries. Silver tier participants shall continue to enjoy double entries.

What are the prizes?

There are Grand Prizes, First Prizes, and Weekly Prizes available. Winners will be selected at random. Please refer to the table below for further details.

Prizes Number of Winners
Grand Prize Winner iPhone 16 2
First Prize Winner Samsung Galaxy S24 FE 2
Weekly Winner RM50 TnG eWallet PIN 25 per week
Who is eligible to participate in this campaign?

This campaign is eligible for all Tune Talk subscribers excluding inbound/outbound travelers, Staff or Dealers/Partners.

How do I join the campaign?
  1. Login to Tune Talk App
  2. You will receive push notification about the campaign
  3. An additional pop-up will appear to Opt-In (join) the campaign
  4. Click “YES, I want to join!” to confirm your participation in the campaign
  5. You will receive ongoing notification, updates of your entries and other relevant campaign information
  6. Top up your mobile number to earn entries
How do I earn entries?

You will earn entries through successful top up transactions or direct plan purchase (applicable only for Pelan Jimat and Epik).

What is the difference between entries and Tune Talk Points?

Entries are valid exclusively for this campaign, while Tune Talk Points can be redeemed for #JomEnjoy offers and Tune Talk Rewards are available within the Tune Talk App.

How many entries do I need to win the prizes?

The more entries you accumulate, the greater your chances of winning, provided you are within the Gold tier. For the avoidance of doubt, the Gold tier is achieved by accumulating 1,500 pts or more through top ups or plan purchase. This tier system is an existing feature on the Tune Talk App.

I have won a weekly prize. Am I still eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize?

You remain eligible to win the Grand Prize or First Prize, but you are not eligible to win the multiple weekly prizes thereafter. However, if you win the First Prize, you will not be eligible for the Grand Prize, and vice versa.

How will the winners be notified?

The winners will receive an SMS / app push notification and our Tune Talk representative will reach out to them via a call. If the winner does not answer the call after three attempts, the prize shall be deemed forfeited.

How will I receive my prize?

Weekly winners must provide their email address, and the RM50 TnG e-Wallet PIN will be sent via email. The code will only be sent once and will not be reissued in the event of an incorrect email address.

Grand Prize and First Prize winners residing in Kuala Lumpur and Selangor (as per MyKad address) are to collect their prize in person or appoint a representative. For winners outside of Kuala Lumpur and Selangor, delivery arrangements are available. Prizes must be collected or delivered within 7 days from the announcement date (excluding public holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays). Failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of the prize.

When is the campaign period?

The campaign starts from 15 November 2024 until 31 December 2024.

What is the “Go for Gold” campaign?

The “Go for Gold” campaign is a promotional campaign on the Tune Talk App, whereby users may earn entries by topping up or subscribing to eligible plans. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of entries earned is directly proportional to the likelihood of winning a prize; thus, the more entries accumulated, the greater the chances of winning.

Is the chance of winning prizes pertaining to this campaign is limited to Gold tier subscribers only?

Only Gold tier subscribers can win the prizes.

Can I convert my entries into Tune Talk Points after the campaign ends?

Entries are valid solely for this campaign.

Can I transfer my entries to another Tune Talk mobile number?

Entries are non-transferable. The entries you earn shall remain linked to the associated Tune Talk mobile number.

I have multiple mobile numbers. How can I confirm which number is opted in for this campaign?

Please ensure that you log in to the Tune Talk App using the mobile number you wish to use before opting in (joining) the campaign.

Is there a limit to the number of top ups or plans that can be purchased to join this campaign?

There is no limit to the number of top ups or plans you can purchase. The more you top up, the more points and entries you earn, the higher your chances of winning. However, there is a maximum credit limit of RM1,000 that a subscriber can hold at any given time.

I have more than one mobile number, how are my entries calculated?

Entries shall be counted separately for each mobile number.

If I purchase a new plan during the campaign period, will entries earned from my previous plan remain valid?

Yes, your entries shall continue to accumulate as long as you retain the same mobile number.

Is there a difference between Silver tier and Gold tier for this campaign?

Yes, participants in the Silver tier shall receive double entries for the duration of the campaign, while those in the Gold tier shall receive an additional 10 bonus entries at the start of the campaign.

If I move from the Silver tier to the Gold tier, will I receive the additional 10 entries?

No, only participants who are in the Gold tier at the start of the campaign shall receive the additional 10 entries. Silver tier participants shall continue to enjoy double entries.

How do I know the total number of entries I have earned?

A weekly push notification will be sent to update you on your total accumulated entries.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

What is Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+)?

Tune Talk Pek Epik+ (TTEpik+) is an enhanced version of Tune Talk’s Pek Epik, offering bigger data Internet quota and uncapped speeds for an even smoother 5G experience.

How can I become a Pek Epik+ subscriber?

Pek Epik+ is eligible for:

  1. New Tune Talk subscribers that register for new SIM after 00:01 on 16h December 2024;
  2. Subscribers that request to port-in to Tune Talk after 00:01 on 16th December 2024;
  3. Existing active Tune Talk subscribers that switch to Pek Epik after 16th December 2024.
Will the older tariff packs still be available (e.g.: Tune Talk CUN VALUE or JIMAT) after “16th December 2024”?

Starting from 16th December 2024, only Pek Epik+ tariffs are available for new SIM registration and switch. Subscribers in Pahang, Terengganu, Kelantan will still be able to subscribe to Pek Pantai Timur while Pek Borneo will also be available for new subscribers in Sabah and Sarawak.

How do I ensure I am 5G-ready?

Here’s a basic checklist:

  • Use a 5G-enabled device in 5G coverage areas (Check your coverage HERE)
  • You will need a Tune Talk SIM or eSIM with an active subscription to the Pelan Epik+
  • Ensure that 5G is enabled in your device’s ‘Network Settings’. Note that power-saving mode or third-party apps may deactivate the 5G setting.
  • For more information on 5G, kindly refer HERE
What are the Epik+ plans available for subscribers?

Please refer to the table below for the range of products available under the TTEpik+ tariff.

Plans SMS Keyword Data Quota Calls Validity
On Net Off net
2Hari 2HARI 500mb (4g) UNL 2 days
Mingguan MINGGUAN Unlimited (4G) UNL UNL 7 days
EpikCall 20 EPIKCALL20 15GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 25+ EPIK25 40GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik35+ EPIK35 150GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Epik5G 45 EPIK5G45 70GB (5G)
30GB(4G)
UNL UNL 30 days
Epik 50+ EPIK50 350GB (4G/5G) UNL UNL 30 days
Tahunan 99 TAHUNAN99 2GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Tahunan 200 TAHUNAN200 10GB x12 (4G) UNL 30 days x12
Can I use hotspot with my Epik+ plans?

Generally, you can utilise hotspot with all Epik+ plans, except for Pelan Epik25+.

For all the other Epik+ plans, any hotspot usage will be shared with the allocated basic internet data. Additionally, you can purchase eligible add-ons if you require more data for hotspot.

What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to my hotspot?

The maximum number of devices depends on your plan subscription:

  1. EpikCall20 (1 Device)
  2. Epik 35+ (2 Devices)
  3. Epik 50+ (3 Devices)
Will I still be able to use my hotspot if I reach the optimised device limit?

Upon reaching the optimised device limit, additional devices may still be able to connect. However, they will not be able to utilise the Internet via your hotspot.

What is the speed of the Epik+ plans?

All of our Epik+ plans offer uncapped 5G speed, whereby you will be able to enjoy blazing fast Internet speed based on your location.

Do all Epik+ plans come with validity extensions?

Yes, all Epik+ plans or passes come with validity extensions that do not stack with existing validity but will add to the latest date.

Example: If you reload RM30 on 5th January 2025, the validity will be extended by 30 days, until 23:59 on 4th February 2025. If you then subscribe to Pelan Epik5 35+ on 10th January 2024, the validity will be further extended until 9th February 2025.

What happens if I subscribe to a Epik+ plan but I’m not using a 5G device or not in the 5G coverage area?

All the monthly Epik+ plans offer 5G and 4G Internet. If you do not have a 5G-compatible device or are outside of a 5G coverage area, you will automatically fall on 4G.

Will I still be able to connect to 5G if my Unlimited 5G Internet in my Pelan Epik5G 45 has hit the FUP limit?

You will still be able to utilise 5G using basic Internet in the event your Unlimited 5G Internet has reached its FUP.

Can I use my Unlimited 5G Internet on my Pelan Epik5G 45 when my 30GB Hi-Speed Internet has been fully utilised?

You can still enjoy Unlimited 5G Internet when you are in a 5G coverage area. Subscribers outside 5G coverage areas will need to purchase the boosters applicable for Pelan Epik5G 45.

What are “boosters” and how do I subscribe to them?

Boosters are an additional Internet quota that you can add when a plan is active. Epik+ plans are eligible for 5G boosters, allowing you to seamlessly experience 5G’s incredible Internet speeds! Additionally, certain plans also offer 4G boosters. You can subscribe to boosters via the ‘Get Add-Ons’ section via your Tune Talk App.

How do I choose between 5G and 4G network?

You can set within your device by following the steps below:

  1. Open your device’s “Settings
  2. Look for “Network & Internet” or a similar option
  3. Find and select “Mobile Network” or “Cellular Network
  4. Look for “Preferred Network Type” or a similar setting
  5. Change the network type from “5G” or “5G/LTE” to “4G” or “LTE
  6. Save or apply the changes
How do I check if my device is compatible with 5G?

You may check your device’s 5G compatibility HERE.

What is Free 1GB Internet and how can I redeem it?

Any subscriber that registers and activates a new Tune Talk SIM from 10th December 2024 onwards is eligible for 1GB of FREE Welcome Internet included in their new Pelan Epik+. This FREE 1GB Welcome Internet can only be redeemed once via the Tune Talk App and is valid for 7 days.

Subscribers are required to redeem their FREE 1GB Welcome Internet within 60 days from the day of SIM activation. To redeem, you may go to Tune Talk App > Plans > Freebies & Others

What will happen when I fully utilised my Internet quota?

If you have fully utilised your Internet plan, you can continue using basic Internet at 256kbps. Alternatively, you can purchase available add-ons or re-purchase a plan to enjoy basic Internet speeds.

How do I check the status or the balance of my Internet plan quota?

For the best experience, we recommend check your Internet usage via the Tune Talk App. You can also check your usage via SMS by sending STATUS to 2222 or dial *134# (USSD).

What happened to my Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps from EpikCall20?

Unlimited Chat & Navigation Apps will no longer be available as the data usage will be utilised from the Basic Internet quota.

Can I get a refund if I do not utilise all my Internet quota or services?

No, unutilised Internet quotas or services will not be refunded or carried forward to your next cycle.

Can I switch and try other Epik+ plans?

Yes, you can switch to a different Epik+ plan at any point of time. However, if you switch plans before your current plan expires, the existing plan will be forfeited and the new plan will take effect immediately.

How do I become eligible for the PA Insurance coverage with Epik+ plan subscription?

The criteria for being eligible are stated below:

  • Stay active on Epik35+ or Epik50+ plans every month OR
  • Subscribe other plans and/or top up with the monthly accumulative of RM50
Can I transfer my PA Insurance coverage to someone else?

The PA Insurance coverage will only cover registered Tune Talk users that are subscribed to specific Epik+ plans.

Where can I check my PA Insurance eligibility?

Kindly refer HERE to check your PA Insurance eligibility.

Will I be able to claim the PA Insurance immediately if I had just subscribed to the insured Epik+ plans?

Your coverage will only be active on the 3rd month of plan subscription. It is advisable to subscribe to the specified Epik+ plan every month to ensure your PA Insurance coverage remains active.

What will happen to my PA Insurance coverage if I forget to renew my Epik+ plan this month?

Your plan subscription this month will determine the status of your PA Insurance status for the following month.

  • If your plan is active this month, your PA Insurance will show an active status next month
  • If your plan is not active this month, your PA Insurance will show an inactive status next month
What happens if I violate the Terms and Conditions?

If you breach the Terms and Conditions, Tune Talk reserves the right to suspend or terminate your service, including Internet and voice call subscriptions.

Where can I find the comprehensive Terms and Conditions?

You can find the comprehensive Epik+ Terms and Conditions here or contacting our Customer Care by dialing 13100 or 03-2771 7000.

What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
What are the key upgrades between my current pack and the new Pek Epik?

Pek Epik is Tune Talk’s latest plan range catering to the fast-growing internet demand of 5G enthusiasts, Gen Z lifestyle apps (such as Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube and iQiYi) and users who are looking for total peace of mind with massive internet quotas.

You can view the plans HERE.

I am currently on an older tariff. What are the key things I need to know before I make the switch?
  • When you choose to switch to the Pek Epik please know that all your existing data, voice and SMS balances will be forfeited. (Definitely recommended to exhaust all your existing internet prior to switching)
  • You will not be able to revert back to older packs.
  • What will remain is your existing credit balance, Tune Talk points and credit validity.
  • You will need to be in an Active status (simply top up to reactivate your line)
  • The best way to do switch is in the Tune Talk App! (Check out the ‘Loyalty Redemptions’ section)
  • The switching process may take up to 15 minutes. You will receive a confirmation SMS once the switch is successful.
  • Most importantly, (for now) switching to Pek Epik is FREE! Let’s go!
Do I need to replace my SIM card when upgrading to Pek EPIK?

If you haven’t already, you are highly encouraged to ensure you are utilizing a 4G-enabled USIM which will enable you to use 4G and 5G network services and VoLTE and VoWiFi calls.

You can check your SIM type by sending CHECK4G to 23332.

Head on to this link to find out more details or how to upgrade your SIM card.

I’m an existing Tune Talk subscriber. Can I switch to Pek Epik?

All Tune Talk Subscribers can switch from their existing tariff plans to the Pek Epik tariff (or partner equivalent tariff) to enjoy the new plans available from 27th October onwards.

You may check your current tariff plan via:

  • The Tune Talk App (next to your Mobile number); or
  • USSD by dialling *111# > Account Info > Tariff plan
I have more than one Tune Talk number. If I request to switch, will it apply to all my other numbers as well? Can I switch more than one number?

No, the switch will only happen for the number that you have requested for. You will need to manually submit the request for each number that you wish to switch.

Terms and Conditions (T&Cs)